Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2020.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Poshmark, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   5961   27-4827617

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 262-4771

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Manish Chandra

Chief Executive Officer

Poshmark, Inc.

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 262-4771

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Anthony J. McCusker

Heidi E. Mayon

Goodwin Procter LLP

601 Marshall Street

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 752-3100

 

Anan Kashyap

Poshmark, Inc.

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 262-4771

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Emily Roberts

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

Emerging growth company

 

    

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated                      , 2021

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Poshmark, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Poshmark, Inc.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We have applied to list the Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “POSH.”

We have two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, with our directors and executive officers and their affiliates holding approximately     %.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and, as such, we have elected to comply with reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $        

Underwriting discount(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Poshmark

   $                    $                

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of Class A common stock, or up to 5.0% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to                                         . See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2021.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC    BARCLAYS
STIFEL   WILLIAM BLAIR   RAYMOND JAMES   COWEN   JMP SECURITIES

                    , 2021

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

OUR MISSION IS TO PUT PEOPLE AT THE HEART OF COMMERCE, EMPOWERING EVERYONE TO THRIVE 70M TOTAL USERS (1) $4B TOTAL GMV (1) 130M+ ITEMS SOLD (1) 20.5B SOCIAL INTERACTIONS (2) (1) CUMULATIVE SINCE INCEPTION. (2) IN 2019.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

SOCIAL INTERACTIONS LIST SELLERS EARN SHIP SHOP BUYERS DISCOVER HOW WORKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

POWERED BY PEOPLE


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

POSH MOM POSH DAD POSH PARTY


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

POWERED BY TECHNOLOGY


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

DATA-DRIVEN FEED ALGORITHMS TO DELIVER PERSONALIZED SHOPPING EXPERIENCES SOCIAL AMPLIFICATION ENGINE TO DRIVE DISCOVERY AND SALES POSH POST SIMPLIFIED SHIPPING TO PROVIDE FAST AND HASSLE·FREE LOGISTICS PROPRIETARY BUYING AND SELLING TOOLS TO DRIVE REAL·TIME ENGAGEMENT AND CONVERSION POSH PROTECT VERIFICATION SERVICES TO ENSURE USER SATISFICATION


Table of Contents

WELCOME TO THE FUTURE OF SHOPPING

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     15  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46  

Market, Industry, and Other Data

     48  

Use of Proceeds

     49  

Dividend Policy

     50  

Capitalization

     51  

Dilution

     54  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     57  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     60  

Letter from Manish Chandra, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

     91  

Business

     93  

Management

     112  

Executive Compensation

     121  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     131  

Principal Stockholders

     136  

Description of Capital Stock

     138  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     144  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     149  

Underwriting

     153  

Legal Matters

     165  

Experts

     165  

Newly Appointed Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     165  

Additional Information

     166  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-35  

 

 

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

Glossary

Unless we otherwise indicate, or unless the context requires otherwise, any references in this prospectus to the following key business terms have the respective meaning set forth below:

Active Buyers” are users who have purchased at least one item on our marketplace in the trailing 12 months preceding the measurement date, regardless of returns and cancellations.

Active Sellers” are users who have listed an item on our marketplace in the trailing 12 months preceding the measurement date.

Active Users” are users who have logged on to our marketplace in the trailing 12 months preceding the measurement date.

Average order value” is the average value of all orders placed on our marketplace in a given period, prior to returns and cancellations, and excluding shipping and sales taxes.

Baby Boomers” is the generation consisting of consumers in the U.S. and Canada born between 1946 and 1964.

Gen X” is the generation consisting of consumers in the U.S. and Canada born between 1965 and 1979.

Gen Z” is the generation consisting of consumers in the U.S. and Canada born between 1996 and 2010.

GMV” is gross merchandise value, meaning the total dollar value of transactions on our platform in a given period, prior to returns and cancellations, and excluding shipping and sales taxes.

Millennials” is the generation consisting of consumers in the U.S. and Canada born between 1980 and 1995.

New user” is a user who registered on Poshmark with a unique email address that was not previously registered.

Order” is the number of total orders on our marketplace in a given period, prior to returns and cancellations.

Social interactions” are defined as likes, comments, shares, offers, and follows on our marketplace.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Poshmark,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Poshmark, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

POSHMARK, INC.

Mission

Our mission is to put people at the heart of commerce, empowering everyone to thrive.

Overview

We are a social marketplace that combines the human connection of a physical shopping experience with the scale, reach, ease, and selection benefits of eCommerce. In doing so, we bring the power of community to buying and selling online. We created Poshmark in 2011 to make buying and selling simple, social, and fun. Pairing technology with the inherent human desire to socialize, our marketplace creates passion and personal connections among users. In 2019, our Active Users spent an average of 27 minutes a day on our marketplace browsing, shopping, buying, selling, and connecting with each other via 20.5 billion social interactions. We dynamically curate our marketplace into lifestyle categories that our users love, including apparel, accessories, footwear, home, and beauty. Powered by our proprietary technology, our social marketplace is purpose-built to enable simple transactions, seamless logistics, and an engaging experience at scale. As of September 30, 2020, there were over 201 million secondhand and new items for sale across 9,431 brands on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, we had 31.7 million Active Users, 6.2 million Active Buyers, and 4.5 million Active Sellers.

We empower people to sell a few items or to become successful entrepreneurs by providing them with end-to-end seller tools. We refer to this as “making selling a superpower.” Our comprehensive infrastructure makes it easy for sellers, from casual consumers to professional sellers, brands, and retailers, to build their businesses with seamless listing, merchandising, promotion, pricing, and shipping. Sellers use content, inventory selection, and social interactions to monetize their listings. Our transparent fee structure aligns our success with the success of our sellers. Our fee is 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. We attract, engage, and retain sellers by creating a vibrant community where sellers can use their personal passion for economic empowerment.

Our social features make the discovery and purchase process simple and enticing for buyers, fostering high engagement and retention. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace. We enable buyers to discover, connect, and curate their network and news feed with that of other users who share similar styles and personal preferences, creating a fun shopping experience. Our marketplace is vast, with sellers listing millions of secondhand and new items across multiple categories. We use data-driven personalization to customize each user’s feed to feature the most relevant listings and make it easy to quickly search for and find products of interest. Furthermore, sellers list a variety of items across all price points, with the added benefit of being able to negotiate offers directly with buyers seeking to optimize their budget, allowing sellers to manage their listings to achieve their individual objectives. Because our marketplace features a massive selection of secondhand items, buyers are also able to support their personal style while minimizing their environmental impact.



 

1


Table of Contents

The scale of our community of users, buyers, and sellers creates network effects that drive growth in our social marketplace. We make it easy for buyers and sellers to build and deepen relationships through a variety of social mechanisms designed to foster social interactions, create community, and drive engagement. As users join our community, they interact with one another and build personal networks through likes, comments, shares, follows, offers, and purchases. Each day in 2019, there were, on average, over 56 million social interactions on our marketplace, including 38 million shares. In 2019, we also saw a 34% increase in social interactions per Active User as compared to 2018. This engagement attracts new sellers who, in turn, increase the breadth and depth on our marketplace, and ultimately attract more buyers. Buyers often convert to becoming sellers after experiencing the ease and value of selling on our marketplace. At any time, a user may be a buyer, a seller, or both. This high velocity flywheel of community engagement drives strong monetization potential and an attractive business model with efficient user acquisition dynamics. Of all buyers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 34% of these buyers also activated as sellers by year end 2019, and of all sellers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 39% of these sellers activated as buyers by year end 2019. In addition, in 2019, 48% of sellers used a portion of their earnings on our marketplace to make a purchase on our marketplace in the same year.

Proprietary technology and data underpin our community, social marketplace, logistics, and payments. Our eCommerce technology allows seamless, secure transaction capabilities in a highly distributed network across millions of buyers and sellers, without having to touch or own physical inventory. We rely on data science to personalize every user’s feed while offering powerful, easy to use tools to drive seller success. The result is a unique ecosystem built for social commerce, which leverages social tools to humanize the online shopping experience and harnesses community engagement, while providing an integrated end-to-end system across the transaction cycle, from shopping to shipping.

The engagement of our community has fueled strong growth in our business, supported by attractive unit economics and efficient user acquisition. We do not own or manage inventory as all products are listed, managed, sold, and shipped by our sellers, utilizing our transaction tools that makes the selling process seamless and easy. This asset-light model creates scalability and favorable working capital dynamics. As of September 30, 2020, our community has generated $4.0 billion in GMV since 2011, with $1.3 billion in the four quarters ended September 30, 2020 and $1.0 billion in the four quarters ended September 30, 2019, representing a 30% growth rate. We win when our sellers win; we earn our revenue based on a simple fee from each successful transaction that is conducted on our marketplace. In the four quarters ended September 30, 2020, we had revenue of $247.5 million and we generated net income of $6.2 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $17.5 million. In the quarter ended September 30, 2020, we had GMV of $375.4 million, revenue of $68.8 million, net income of $10.8 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $15.0 million.

The Future of Online Shopping is Social

While eCommerce offers substantial improvements to buyers over in-person shopping, namely the easy access to unparalleled scale and diversity of brands, styles, and price points, the personalization element remains a challenge. The sheer scale of online inventory can often overwhelm potential customers. Despite some advances in personalization, the online buyer experience is still largely one-way and transactional.

In the offline shopping experience, product discovery is inherently social. Shoppers are seeking the same in the digital world and increasingly turn to one another for recommendations and validation online. Social technology platforms take a central role facilitating personal, meaningful interactions at scale through photos and discovery-based content. In addition, consumers increasingly favor resale shopping, fueled by the desire for sustainable consumption and increased orientation towards value.

From the seller perspective, people continue to find ways to pursue their passions with a digital “side-hustle” or as digital entrepreneurs. The growing demand for social shopping online creates a meaningful



 

2


Table of Contents

opportunity for sellers to expand their potential customer base from local to global, with the data-driven ability to reach, acquire, and retain buyers.

The Poshmark Solution

Poshmark makes buying and selling simple, social, and fun.

Benefits to Buyers

Social and fun. Our shopping experience flourishes because of authentic human connection. We enable our buyers to grow their personal networks on our marketplace, driving positive social feedback, long-term engagement, and repeat purchases. Our community builds relationships through a variety of social actions and encourages sellers to style and promote each other’s items. Through Likes, Posh Parties, conversations, styling “Bundles,” and negotiations, we have brought the benefits of the real-world shopping experience online.

Simple and personalized. Our marketplace makes shopping and buying easy and accessible. Users access our marketplace on numerous devices, with a simple payment and shipping process and a consistent buying experience across the platform. Buyers can benefit from personalized experiences with sellers who understand their individual style, sizing, and fit. Our sellers offer a vast assortment of items, over 201 million as of September 30, 2020, and we offer the data-driven ability to sift through all of it and personalize the experience for each user. Sellers often send personal, handwritten notes to buyers along with their item, while buyers often write digital “love notes,” commenting on the purchase or seller experience.

Value shopping with breadth and depth. Our marketplace allows buyers to optimize the best value for them. Sellers offer a vast assortment of secondhand and new items at value price points enabling shoppers to easily find and purchase any style, including everyday items as well as hard-to-find items. The average order value on our marketplace in 2019 was $33.

Win-win for environment and enduring style. Shopping on our marketplace allows members of our community to support their commitment to environmental sustainability across multiple products and brands that fit their personal style. We believe this trend will grow, particularly as the next generation of consumers age and have growing disposable income.

Benefits to Sellers

Easy and simple to rotate a closet or build and grow a business. End-to-end tools make selling a superpower through robust listing, fulfillment, and customer support capabilities. Underpinned by our proprietary technology, our millions of sellers can easily list their inventory in real time and connect with buyers. We offer an integrated stack for running a full-scale online shop from a mobile phone, supported by end-to-end marketplace tools for order fulfillment. The simplicity of this selling experience makes it possible for anyone to engage with buyers and sell on our marketplace, whether it is individuals cleaning out their closets, professional sellers building their own brands, local boutiques expanding online, merchants engaging other merchants, or brands and retailers building their online social store presence. Since 2011, our sellers have delivered more than $4.0 billion in GMV as of September 30, 2020.

Ability to build a personal brand and loyal customers. Sellers use their personal passion to feature content, select and style inventory, and engage in social interactions to monetize their listings and drive the growth of their businesses. In 2019 our community engaged in 20.5 billion social interactions on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, sellers on average had 359 followers, and the most-followed seller had more than 2.7 million. Sellers can create a personal brand and ongoing relationships with buyers on our marketplace, and



 

3


Table of Contents

this social feedback helps keep sellers engaged. This is a powerful feature of our marketplace and has enabled entrepreneurial sellers to launch their businesses and build their own brands quickly and cost effectively, while empowering brands and retailers to deepen their interaction and engagement with our loyal customer base.

Built-in demand based on community scale and engagement. As our business has grown, we have invested in new technology and capabilities to allow our sellers to reach and engage with more users and buyers. We market and enable sellers to market their items through social tools so that sellers do not need to spend money on marketing to drive traffic to their listings. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace, and our community of over 30 million Active Users spent an average of 27 minutes per day on our marketplace.

Transparent business model and pricing. Our business model is simple. We make money when our sellers make money on our marketplace. We charge a transparent fee based on the final sale price of an item: 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. There are no other fees that the seller pays to sell on our marketplace.

Our Market Opportunity

Three key trends are driving the future of retail: the shift to online, the shift to social, and the shift to secondhand. Many of these trends are led by younger generations who continue to grow their spending power as they age.

The retail industry is undergoing significant transformation as consumer preferences shift away from traditional, physical retail in favor of the selection and convenience of eCommerce. The online U.S. apparel and footwear market is estimated at $90 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow at a 10% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, to $131 billion by 2023, according to Statista. This growth represents increasing online penetration of the total U.S. apparel and footwear market from 20% in 2019 to 26% in 2023.

Consumers are also shifting to more engaging and personalized experiences, fueled by the rapid growth of social platforms. According to Pew Research, in 2011, 50% of U.S. adults used social media, and in 2019 the share had risen to 72% of all adults, including 90% of those aged 18–29, and 82% of those aged 30–49. The proliferation of social platforms has created a new opportunity for commerce. According to our Social Commerce Report that we commissioned from Zogby Analytics in 2019 and 2020, 57% of our users use friends, family, and word-of-mouth to discover new brands, and 42% of our users use influencers. According to that report, 55% of Gen Z consumers rely on influencers on social platforms to discover new brands.

Secondhand and resale also continue to grow as consumers, particularly younger generations, adopt efforts to reduce overall consumption and support a more sustainable economy. According to that report, an estimated 16% of the Gen Z consumer closet is secondhand, compared to 10% of the Baby Boomer closet. Shoppers are turning to platforms to extend the lifecycle of clothing, creating a more sustainable future. According to that report, 72% of our U.S. users often consider an item’s resale value before purchasing, and that when unable to return an item online, 93% of our U.S. users would sell it online. The online U.S. resale market for apparel and footwear is estimated to have been $7 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow to an estimated $26 billion in 2023, according to a report we commissioned by GlobalData in 2020. Shopping secondhand also provides shoppers with the opportunity to access a wide variety of brands and price points in a sustainable way. Consumers are increasingly seeking to diversify their fashion choices, from luxury brands, to mainstream retailers, to emerging online brands, a trend we expect to continue.

Our social marketplace has grown rapidly due to these trends, and is well-positioned to address the future of shopping online in the U.S. apparel and footwear market. Over the long-term, we have the opportunity to address



 

4


Table of Contents

additional categories of retail and serve a broader global population. The online global apparel and footwear market is estimated at $422 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow at an 11% CAGR to $636 billion by 2023, according to Statista.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and expand our position as a leading social marketplace, including:

 

   

Diverse, highly engaged, and loyal community built on genuine human connection. Our community is diverse and spans age and geography in the United States and Canada. Our users live in big cities and small towns and engage with each other across geographies to discover, list, buy, and sell items across all price points. As of December 31, 2019, 83% of Active Users were female, and 80% were Millennials or Gen Z. In 2019, Active Users also spent an average of 27 minutes a day on our marketplace. This is evidence of the high engagement and strong network effect of our community. Active Buyers placed 6.3 orders on average on our platform in 2019.

 

   

Vast, curated social marketplace. Our marketplace offers a vast and diverse collection of resale and new items. Our sellers offer a wide variety of items, from a $20 casual dress to a $1,000 luxury handbag, from kids’ shoes to menswear, from home decor to beauty products and rare sneakers. Our sellers provide a uniquely curated, constantly refreshed selection that they share with our community. Our algorithms personalize each user’s feed to feature the most relevant listings. Buyers can also quickly and easily search for specific items or categories. The dynamic nature of the product listings on our marketplace and the freshness of the curated assortments offered by our sellers further increase engagement on our marketplace.

 

   

End-to-end social marketplace services provide a seamless buying and selling experience. Our end-to-end solutions are designed to connect buyers with sellers, promote listings, enable easy shipping, and grow sales. We provide buyers with the ability to meaningfully engage with sellers via socially curated content, video sharing capabilities, and personal styling. We also offer comprehensive marketplace services that make it seamless for sellers to grow their businesses on our marketplace.

 

   

Proprietary technology and data platform designed to enable social interactions and transactions at scale. We have built our proprietary technology and data platform from the ground up and designed it to enable social interactions and transactions at scale, across iOS, Android, and on the web. We have built a complex social graph that helps power each user’s experience on our marketplace. Additionally, our platform allows for real-time updates, with the Poshmark feed refreshing in real time throughout the day with new products, social updates, and recent deals.

 

   

Supports sustainability. We believe our marketplace can be a force for social good and drive more sustainable consumption. Consumers, in particular younger generations, are increasingly focused on sustainability. We deliver on this desire for sustainability by promoting resale, while also helping consumers to make and save money and fuel small business entrepreneurship.

 

   

Visionary, founder-driven management team with complementary strengths. Poshmark is a social marketplace built on love and community. Since day one, this has been the vision of our founders and management team and remains the core tenant of our brand. Furthermore, we prioritize diversity of experience, thought, and background throughout our entire team, to ensure a breadth of complementary skill sets.

Our Growth Strategy

Community is the engine of our business, and our main priority is ensuring that this community continues to grow and transact. Our community provides both the supply and the demand on our social marketplace, which is



 

5


Table of Contents

critical to our success. We are therefore focused on expanding the community and fostering the best environment possible for a seamless and enjoyable shopping experience. We focus on the following elements of our strategy to drive our growth:

 

   

Grow our community of Active Users. New users bring incremental social engagement, listings, and transactions to all users which leads to a virtuous cycle—the more Active Users on our platform, the more powerful the network effect. Not only are we focused on growing the community in number, but also in diversity which directly feeds into the breadth of products and social interactions offered on our marketplace.

 

   

Add new product categories. We organize all of the products on our marketplace into distinct, shoppable categories. We anticipate adding new categories to expand our product offering and continue to serve demand from our diverse community.

 

   

Drive innovation to increase engagement and enhance the marketplace. There is a strong correlation between the overall level of engagement on our platform and the frequency of transactions. As a result, we are focused on increasing engagement on our marketplace by adding new discovery elements and continuing to make social interaction with other users simple, useful, and fun. We plan to continue to innovate to increase engagement and make selling easier on our marketplace.

 

   

Expand internationally. The more people we can reach, the greater the benefit to our users. We have designed our global infrastructure to serve a multitude of countries with minimal local support. We believe our marketplace can be successful in additional geographies outside of the United States and Canada, and we plan to strategically expand globally in the future.

 

   

Offer high impact enterprise seller services. Sellers are drawn to our social marketplace because we empower them to succeed. The more we invest in our marketplace, the more we enable our sellers to grow and scale their businesses efficiently, reaching a vast and diverse user base. We intend to enhance our enterprise selling services and continue to attract professional sellers, brands, and retailers to participate on our social marketplace.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary before making an investment decision. We may be unable for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy successfully. Some of these risks are:

 

   

Our continued growth depends on attracting new users and converting users into Active Buyers and Active Sellers. We must continue to encourage sellers to list items for sale and use our services. We must also encourage Active Buyers to return to our platform and frequently purchase items on our marketplace.

 

   

We only recently became profitable and have experienced net losses. We may not be able to sustain our profitability and our revenue growth rate may decline. We experienced net losses of $14.5 million and $48.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We achieved our first quarter of profitability for the three months ended June 30, 2020. We cannot assure you that we will maintain our profitability in future periods, and we may incur significant losses in future periods.

 

   

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and will continue to impact, our business, results of operations, and financial condition. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Our advertising activity may fail to efficiently drive growth in users, buyers, and sellers, which may not yield increased revenue, and the efficacy of these activities will depend on a number of factors.

 

   

If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

 

   

We rely, in part, on Internet search engines and social networking sites to help drive traffic to our apps and website. If we fail to appear prominently in the search results or fail to drive traffic through paid advertising, our traffic would decline and our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

   

If we fail to engage our users or innovate, improve and enhance our platform in a manner that responds to our users’ evolving needs, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

   

The vibrancy of our community and trustworthiness of our marketplace are important to our success. If we are unable to maintain them, our ability to attract, engage and retain users could suffer.

 

   

If sellers fail to provide a fulfilling experience to buyers, our reputation, business and the strength of our community could be harmed. If sellers fail to provide quality items that are consistent with current fashion trends or the likes of our community, our user growth, retention, and engagement may decline, and our reputation, business, and the strength of our community could be harmed.

 

   

Shipping is a critical part of our business. We currently rely on the United States Postal Service, or the USPS, for our U.S. business and any changes in our shipping arrangements with the USPS or any interruptions in shipping could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, shipping costs are rising faster than the rate of inflation, which could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects may be adversely affected.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the investor relations page on our website (poshmark.com), press releases, public conference calls, and public webcasts.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. You should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2011 as GoshPosh, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and changed our name to Poshmark, Inc. in 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor, Redwood City, California 94065, and our telephone number is (650) 262-4771. Our website address is www.poshmark.com. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.



 

7


Table of Contents

“Poshmark” is our registered trademark in the United States, Australia, the European Union, Japan, Korea, and the United Kingdom. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols.

Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to those for companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

For certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations—We are an ‘emerging growth company’ and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.



 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by us

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional              shares from us.

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares (or             shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for our stockholders and us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including funding our growth strategies discussed in this prospectus. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in products, services, technologies, complementary businesses, or other assets, although we have no commitments or agreements to make such investments or acquisitions. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

Shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

 

 

Shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share.

 

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise



 

9


Table of Contents
 

required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Concentration of ownership

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to            shares of Class A common stock, or up to 5.0% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to                         . The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.                                will administer our directed share program.

 

 

See the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” and “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market trading symbol

“POSH”

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

7,906,495 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that were outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.05 per share;

 

   

2,085,818 shares of our common stock subject to Restricted Stock Units, or RSUs, outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

141,889 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after September 30, 2020;



 

10


Table of Contents
   

40,464 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 40,464 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on December 1, 2011, with an exercise price of $0.37 per share;

 

   

25,588 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 25,588 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 10, 2013, with an exercise price of $1.37 per share;

 

   

19,531 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 19,531 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 22, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.56 per share;

 

   

                 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2011 Plan; and

 

   

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, to be adopted in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

   

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying any awards under our 2011 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or are otherwise terminated, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of 52,286,631 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 into 52,286,631 shares of our Class B common stock, the conversion of which will occur immediately upon to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              shares of our Class A common stock upon the automatic conversion of senior unsecured convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million, or the Convertible Notes, upon the closing of this offering, based on a discount to an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus(1);

 

   

the reclassification of our outstanding existing common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to Class B common stock warrants, which will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering.

 

(1)

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Convertible Note Financing” for additional information.



 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

        

Net revenue

   $ 148,305     $ 205,225     $ 150,489     $ 192,760  

Costs and expenses(1):

        

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     22,837       34,142       24,345       31,924  

Operations and support

     20,299       29,879       21,295       27,871  

Research and development

     15,484       25,033       18,725       22,226  

Marketing

     88,439       132,470       95,928       65,449  

General and administrative

     15,464       31,474       23,548       21,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     802       2,056       1,412       2,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     163,325       255,054       185,253       170,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (15,020     (49,829     (34,764     21,839  

Interest income

     1,096       1,677       1,305       540  

Other expense, net

        

Change in fair value of convertible notes

     —         —         —         (516

Other, net

     (460     (366     (357     (732
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (460 )      (366 )      (357 )      (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (14,384     (48,518     (33,816     21,131  

Provision for income taxes

     91       174       130       225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

     —         —         —         (12,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 8,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(2)

   $ (1.29   $ (4.01   $ (2.81   $ 0.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(2)

   $ (1.29   $ (4.01   $ (2.81   $ 0.45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

12


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands except per share data)  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(2)

     11,215       12,151       12,093       12,433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(2)

     11,215       12,151       12,093       18,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic (unaudited)(2)

     $ (0.75     $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted (unaudited)(2)

     $ (0.75     $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

       64,348      
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted (unaudited)(2)

       64,348      
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial information:

        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (11,077   $ (37,060   $ (24,462   $ 30,052  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(3)

     (7 )%      (18 )%      (16 )%      16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  

Operations and support

   $ 250      $ 689      $ 520      $ 521  

Research and development

     775        3,017        2,455        2,028  

Marketing

     400        1,306        993        1,012  

General and administrative

     1,181        4,675        3,896        2,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,606      $ 9,687      $ 7,864      $ 6,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(2)

See Notes 2 and 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. See Notes 2 and 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

(3)

See section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.



 

13


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual      Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $  216,558      $ 216,558     

Marketable securities

     30,409        30,409     

Working capital(4)

     102,718        102,718     

Total assets

     269,568        269,568     

Convertible Notes(5)

     50,750        —       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,721        —       

Total liabilities

     210,459        157,988     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     156,175        —       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (97,066      111,580     

 

(1)

The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above gives effect to (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the automatic conversion of 52,286,631 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 into 52,286,631 shares of our Class B common stock, (iii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, all of which will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering, (iv) the issuance by us of              shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in connection with this offering, based on a discount to an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (v) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock-based compensation expense of $7.2 million associated with RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of September 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering. Payroll tax withholding and remittance obligations have not been included in the pro forma adjustments, as further described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of             shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. Current liabilities includes funds payable to customers of $105.5 million.

(5)

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Convertible Note Financing” for additional information.



 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be not material could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations

We have a short operating history in an evolving industry. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.

We have a short operating history in a rapidly evolving industry that may not develop in a manner favorable to our business. Our relatively short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future performance. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter.

Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to, among other things:

 

   

cost-effectively acquire new users;

 

   

engage with our users and increase the number of Active Buyers and Active Sellers;

 

   

foster and grow the Poshmark community of users;

 

   

effectively manage our growth;

 

   

develop new features to enhance the experience of our users;

 

   

increase awareness of our brand;

 

   

successfully expand the offering of items on our marketplace and the market categories we serve;

 

   

adapt to rapidly evolving trends in the ways consumers interact with technology;

 

   

compete effectively;

 

   

hire, integrate, and retain talented people at all levels of our organization;

 

   

maintain effective relationships with third parties, such as the USPS, Amazon Web Services, or AWS, and Braintree Payment Solutions, a subsidiary of PayPal;

 

   

further develop our data analytics capabilities;

 

   

maintain the quality and security of our technology infrastructure; and

 

   

avoid interruptions in our business from information technology downtime and cybersecurity attacks and data breaches.

If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the challenges listed above and those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business and our results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our continued growth depends on attracting new users and converting users into Active Buyers and Active Sellers.

In order to increase revenue and to maintain profitability, we must attract new users and convert Active Users into Active Buyers and Active Sellers in a cost-effective manner. We must continue to encourage sellers to list items for sale and use our services. We must also encourage Active Buyers to return to our platform and frequently purchase items on our marketplace.

 

15


Table of Contents

To increase the number of users, we must appeal to, and engage with, individuals who have historically used other means to sell or purchase apparel, footwear, and accessories, such as traditional brick-and-mortar apparel retailers or the apps or websites of our competitors. We reach new users through paid marketing, referral programs, organic word-of-mouth, and other methods of discovery, such as mentions in the press or Internet search engine results. If existing users are dissatisfied with their experience on our platform or do not find our platform appealing, whether because of a negative experience, unfulfilling social interactions, lack of user-friendly features, declining interest in the nature of the goods listed on our marketplace, or other factors, they may list fewer items or stop listing items on our marketplace or make fewer purchases, and they may stop referring others to us. In addition, consumer shopping preferences may also change from time to time, and if users do not continue to list items on our marketplace that other users find appealing, our user base and user engagement may decline. Additionally, if we are not able to address user concerns regarding the safety and security of our platform, if we are unable to successfully prevent abusive or other hostile behavior on our platform, or if we fail to address the use of programs or other forms of automation to participate on our platform, the size of our user base and user engagement may also decline. For example, the use of such programs (commonly referred to as “bots”) to artificially inflate the popularity of users or their goods (including through liking, sharing, and following), or the perception that these programs are being used, could diminish the user experience on our platform. Although such programs are prohibited by our Terms of Service, or TOS, a small number of users have nonetheless made use of them in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Under these circumstances, we may have difficulty attracting and engaging users and converting them into Active Buyers or Active Sellers without incurring additional marketing expense.

Additionally, we anticipate that our growth rate will decline over time. To the extent that our growth rate slows, our business performance will become increasingly dependent on our ability to retain existing users, convert those existing users into Active Buyers and Active Sellers, and increase engagement of those Active Buyers and Active Sellers.

We only recently became profitable and have experienced net losses. We may not be able to sustain our profitability, and our revenue growth rate may decline.

We experienced net losses of $14.5 million and $48.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We achieved our first quarter of profitability for the three months ended June 30, 2020. We cannot assure you that we will maintain our profitability in future periods, and we may incur significant losses in future periods.

We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient revenue to offset the cost of maintaining our platform and maintaining and growing our business in the future. We cannot assure you that our revenue will continue to grow or will not decline. Our revenue growth rate may decline in the future because of a variety of factors, including increased competition and the maturation of our business. You should not consider our historical revenue growth or operating expenses as indicative of our future performance. If our revenue growth rate declines or our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance will be adversely affected. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods in order to maintain or increase our level of profitability.

Additionally, we also expect our costs to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future results of operations. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on acquiring and retaining users, our technology infrastructure, research and development (including investments in our research and development team and the development of new features), expansion into new markets, marketing, and general administration (including expenses related to being a public company). These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. If we cannot successfully grow our revenue at a rate that exceeds the increases in costs associated with our business, we will not be able to maintain profitability or generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis.

 

16


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and will continue to impact, our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is severe, widespread, and continues to evolve. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time, including:

 

   

the duration and spread of the pandemic, including any additional resurgences;

 

   

governmental, business, and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic, including voluntary or government mandated business closures and shelter in-place guidelines;

 

   

the impact of the pandemic on national and global economic activity, unemployment levels, and capital and financial markets, including the possibility of a national or global recession;

 

   

potential shipping difficulties, including delays in sellers shipping products, as well as delays in delivery services;

 

   

the severity of travel restrictions imposed by geographic areas in which we operate;

 

   

other business disruptions that affect our workforce; and

 

   

actions taken throughout the world, including in markets in which we operate, to contain the COVID-19 pandemic or treat its impact.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread global health crisis and adversely affected global economies and financial markets, and similar public health threats could do so in the future. Such events have impacted, and could in the future impact, demand for products sold on our platform, which in turn could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. Further, the preventative and protective measures currently in place, or which may be instituted or re-instituted in the future, such as quarantines, closures, and travel restrictions, have interfered with the ability of our sellers to deliver products to our buyers. If delivery services are delayed or shut down, or if they are perceived as unreliable, our GMV and revenue could be negatively impacted in the future.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a variety of impacts on our business to date. In the initial weeks of the pandemic in the United States, we experienced a significant decrease in GMV. In the month of March 2020, we had negative 13% year-over-year GMV growth which in turn impacted the year-over-year GMV growth for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, which was 9%. Subsequently, in the quarter ended June 30, 2020, the year-over-year GMV growth rebounded to 42% as buyer and seller activity resumed. However, such trends may not continue and could be reversed. In particular, to the extent that federal and state governmental aid programs initiated in connection with the pandemic are reduced or terminated, consumer discretionary spending would likely decrease, which would have a negative impact on our business. In addition, although the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated the trend toward eCommerce, it has negatively affected demand for apparel and fashion as retail categories. Responses to the COVID-19 pandemic such as prolonged work-from-home policies, quarantines, closures, and travel restrictions could continue to depress demand for the products sold on our platform. Even if a virus or other disease does not spread significantly and such measures are not implemented, the perceived risk of infection or significant health risk may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have been required to temporarily close our corporate offices and the majority of our employees are currently working remotely, which impacts productivity and has otherwise disrupted our business operations, including by adding administrative complexity to our everyday human resources and employee technology functions. The remote working environment may also create increased vulnerability to cybersecurity incidents, including breaches of information systems security, which could damage our reputation and commercial relationships, disrupt operations, increase costs and/or decrease net revenue, and expose us to claims

 

17


Table of Contents

from users, suppliers, financial institutions, regulators, payment card associations, employees and others, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar public health threat has an impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition, it is likely to also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

Our advertising activity may fail to efficiently drive growth in users, buyers, and sellers.

Our future growth and profitability depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our advertising, promotion, public relations, and marketing programs, and we are investing heavily in these activities. These brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and the efficacy of these activities will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to do the following:

 

   

determine the effective creative message and media mix for advertising, marketing, and promotional expenditures;

 

   

select the right markets, media, and specific media vehicles in which to advertise;

 

   

identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market, media, and specific media vehicle; and

 

   

effectively manage marketing costs, including creative and media expenses, to maintain acceptable user acquisition costs.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we substantially reduced our advertising spend. While this reduction has not resulted in a commensurate reduction in revenue growth to date due to other factors related to the pandemic, you should not expect that a similar level of advertising spend in the future will be able to drive similar growth. We, therefore, plan to increase advertising spend in future periods to continue driving our growth. We also expect that the cost of advertising is likely to increase as we emerge from the pandemic and competition for advertising returns to normal levels. Additionally, increases in the pricing of one or more of our marketing and advertising channels could increase our marketing and advertising expenses or cause us to choose less expensive but possibly less effective marketing and advertising channels.

We also may incur marketing and advertising expenses significantly in advance of the time we anticipate recognizing revenue associated with such expenses, and our marketing and advertising expenditures may not generate sufficient levels of brand awareness or result in increased revenue. Even if our marketing and advertising expenses result in increased sales, the increase might not offset our related expenditures. If we are unable to maintain our marketing and advertising channels on cost-effective terms or replace or supplement existing marketing and advertising channels with similarly or more effective channels, our marketing and advertising expenses could increase substantially, our seller and buyer base could be adversely affected, and our business, results of operations, financial condition, and brand could suffer.

If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, business, and operations, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount grew from 212 full-time employees as of December 31, 2017 to 501 full-time employees as of September 30, 2020. In addition, our cumulative GMV grew at a 50% CAGR from $491 million as of December 31, 2017 to $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2019.

We continue to increase the breadth and scope of our platform and our operations, and the growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. For example, our growth in 2017 put a significant strain on our Community Services team, which we believe led to a temporary decrease in user satisfaction.

 

18


Table of Contents

The scalability and flexibility of our platform depends on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand. The growth in the number of users using our platform and the number of transactions processed through our platform has increased the amount of data and requests that we process. Any problems with the transmission of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of our platform. These efforts may require substantial financial expenditures, commitments of resources, developments of our processes, and other investments and innovations. Any investments we make will occur in advance of experiencing the benefits from such investments, making it difficult to determine in a timely manner if we are efficiently allocating our resources. These efforts may also involve hiring additional personnel, and we cannot be sure that we will be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future.

Furthermore, we believe that an important contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, passion for our users, and a focus on attractive designs and technologically advanced software. As we continue to grow, or acquire other companies, we must effectively integrate, develop, and motivate a growing number of new employees. As a result, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, continue to perform at current levels, or execute on our business strategy.

If we fail to engage our users or innovate, improve, and enhance our platform in a manner that responds to our users’ evolving needs, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

The markets in which we compete are characterized by constant change and innovation, and we expect them to continue to evolve rapidly. Our success has been based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of our users and design a platform that provides them with the tools they want and need to engage and transact. Our ability to attract new users, retain existing users, and increase engagement of both new and existing users will depend in large part on our ability to continue to innovate and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform.

We may experience difficulties with software development that could delay or prevent the development, introduction, or implementation of new features and enhancements. We must also continually update, test, and enhance our software platform. The continual improvement and enhancement of our platform requires significant investment, and we may not have the resources to make such investment. To the extent we are not able to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our users’ evolving needs, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

The vibrancy of our community and trustworthiness of our marketplace are important to our success. If we are unable to maintain them, our ability to attract, engage, and retain users could suffer.

The vibrancy of our community and trustworthiness of our marketplace are the cornerstones of our business. The social interactions on our platform contribute significantly to our ability to attract, engage, and retain users. Many things could undermine these cornerstones, such as:

 

   

declines in social activity on our platform or any negative sentiment or degradation in the nature of the social activity on our platform;

 

   

complaints or negative publicity about us, our marketplace, or our policies and guidelines, even if factually incorrect or based on isolated incidents;

 

   

an inability to gain the trust of prospective users;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

actions of, or online behavior by, users that are perceived to be hostile or inappropriate by other users;

 

   

the use of programs or other forms of automation (such as “bots”) to participate on our platform;

 

   

issues associated with the quality and authenticity of items listed on our marketplace;

 

   

disruptions or defects on our marketplace, such as authenticity issues, privacy or data security breaches, site outages, payment disruptions, or other incidents that impact the reliability of our marketplace; and

 

   

the failure of our sellers to deliver the items sold in our marketplace in a timely manner or at all.

If we are unable to maintain a vibrant community and trustworthy marketplace, then our ability to attract, engage, and retain users could be impaired and our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our user metrics and other estimates are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and inaccuracies in those metrics could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We regularly review metrics, including our Active Users, Active Buyers, and Active Sellers, to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, and make strategic decisions. These metrics are calculated using internal company data and have not been validated by an independent third party. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates of our user base for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring how our platform is used. Errors or inaccuracies in our metrics or data could result in incorrect business decisions and inefficiencies.

For example, there are individuals who have multiple accounts on our platform. A user is separately identified on our marketplace by a unique email address; a single person could have multiple accounts and can count as multiple distinct users. If a significant understatement or overstatement of Active Users were to occur, we may expend resources to implement unnecessary business measures or fail to take required actions to attract a sufficient number of users to satisfy our growth strategies.

Further, certain of the other information we collect from users, including users’ dates of birth, and other demographic information, are self-reported and may differ from our users’ actual ages or other demographics. The age and other demographic information we report may be inaccurate if our users provide us with incorrect or incomplete information regarding their age or other attributes, or choose not to report this information. If we discover material inaccuracies in our user demographic metrics, we may inefficiently allocate our marketing budget or resources, which could seriously harm our business.

If sellers fail to provide a fulfilling experience to buyers, our reputation, business, and the strength of our community could be harmed.

We are dependent on our sellers to provide the vast and diverse merchandise that is available on our marketplace. If sellers fail to provide quality items that are consistent with current fashion trends or the likes of our community, our user growth, retention, and engagement may decline, and our reputation, business, and the strength of our community could be harmed.

A small portion of users have complained to us about their experience with our marketplace. For example, buyers have reported to us in the past that they have not received the items that they purchased, that the items received were not as represented by a seller, or that a seller has not been responsive to their questions. Sellers from time to time disagree with us when we resolve a dispute in favor of a buyer. Negative publicity and user sentiment generated as a result of these types of complaints could reduce our ability to attract new users, retain our current users, or damage our reputation. A perception that our levels of responsiveness and member support

 

20


Table of Contents

are inadequate could have similar results. In some situations, we may choose to reimburse buyers for their purchases to help avoid harm to our reputation, but we may not be able to recover the funds we expend for those reimbursements.

We face significant competition and may be unsuccessful in competing against current and future competitors. If our competitors are more successful in offering compelling products or in attracting and retaining buyers and sellers than we are, our revenue and growth rates could decline.

The retail industry is intensely competitive. Online retail, including on mobile devices and tablets, is rapidly evolving and is subject to changing technology, shifting consumer preferences and tastes, and frequent introductions of new products and services. To be successful, we need to attract and retain both buyers and sellers, who have a variety of choices when it comes to shopping and selling, both online and offline. We face competition for both our buyers and our sellers from a wide range of competitors, which include both online or offline retailers, such as large marketplaces, national retail chains, local consignment, and vintage stores and other venues or marketplaces. These competitors include, but are not limited to, Amazon, eBay, Etsy, Facebook, Mercari, Shopify, T.J.Maxx, and Walmart. Many of these competitors offer low-cost or free shipping, fast shipping times, favorable return policies, and other features that may be difficult for sellers to match, or may be a reason buyers choose not to buy items on our marketplace.

We compete with retailers of new and used goods, including big box retailers, specialty retailers, direct-to-consumer retailers, discount chains, independent retail stores, the online offerings of these traditional retail competitors, resale players focused on multiple, niche or single categories, as well as technology-enabled marketplaces or platforms that may offer the same or similar goods and services that we offer. We also face competition from social media sites and commerce enablement companies. Additionally, large retailers seeking to establish an online presence in the fashion industry may be able to devote substantially more resources to attracting users and exert more leverage over the supply chain for products than we can. Larger competitors may also be better capitalized to opportunistically acquire, invest in, or partner with other domestic and international businesses. We believe that companies with a combination of technical expertise, brand recognition, financial resources, and eCommerce experience also pose a significant threat. In particular, if known incumbents in the eCommerce space choose to offer competing services, they may devote greater resources than we have available, have a more accelerated time frame for deployment, and leverage their existing user base and proprietary technologies to provide services or a user experience that consumers may view as superior.

Online retail companies and marketplaces, including emerging start-ups, may be able to innovate and provide products and services faster than we can. In addition, traditional brick-and-mortar based retailers offer consumers the ability to handle and examine products in person and offer a more convenient means of returning and exchanging purchased products. If our competitors are more successful in offering compelling products or in attracting and retaining buyers and sellers than we are, our revenue and growth rates could decline. If we are unable to compete for buyers and sellers successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to expend significant resources in response to our competitors’ actions, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We derive all of our revenue from our marketplace. Failure of our marketplace to satisfy user demands or to achieve increased market acceptance could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We derive and expect to continue to derive all of our revenue from transaction fees arising from sales by sellers to buyers on our marketplace. As such, the market acceptance of our marketplace is critical to our continued success. If we are unable to continue to meet user demands or to achieve more widespread market penetration of our marketplace, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

We launched Posh Remit in 2019, an automated service to collect sales tax for taxable items sold on our marketplace. This sales tax collection increased the costs our buyers pay for offerings on our marketplace and caused a negative impact on our GMV, and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court held in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. that states could impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers even if those retailers lack any physical presence within the state. As a result of this decision, states have begun to enact marketplace collection laws that require marketplaces to collect sales tax on behalf of retailers. Based on these new laws, in April 2019, we implemented sales tax in 46 states that collect state or local sales tax, ahead of expected change in tax legislation. As a result, we saw a decrease in GMV growth, with the highest impact in higher-tax states. The sales tax adversely impacted the growth rate of our GMV and financial results in the quarter ended June 30, 2019 through the quarter ended March 31, 2020. We may also experience higher than historical growth for the next several quarters given the comparison to lower performing historical periods, and you should not assume that such growth will continue in future periods. The application of sales tax and other indirect taxes on cross-border sales by remote sellers is continuing to change and evolve. If one or more states increase their sales tax rates, or if we determine to collect sales tax in additional jurisdictions, including as a result of subsequent changes in marketplace collection laws, our platform could be less attractive to users, and we could experience further declines in GMV growth and in other key metrics. Posh Remit has created additional administrative burdens for us and put us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to our competitors that do not collect sales tax. In addition, the requirement to collect additional sales tax could result in liabilities related to improper or incorrect collecting and remitting of sales tax, and subject us to potential lawsuits or litigation related to such collection.

We may have to decrease our fees, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the fee for sales on our platform, and we may need to change our pricing model from time to time. Currently, our fee is 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. In the future, we may be unable to attract new sellers or retain current sellers at these fee levels, as they may choose to sell their merchandise on other platforms with lower fees. Furthermore, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in having to decrease fees, which could cause reduced revenues, reduced margins, or losses, any of which would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our expansion into new markets may be unsuccessful.

We intend to expand by entering into new markets. Our efforts to expand into new markets could fail for many reasons, including lack of acceptance of new offerings on our platform by existing or new users, our failure to promote the new markets effectively, or negative publicity about us or our new markets.

Expanding into new markets involves significant risk. For example, these initiatives may not drive increases in revenue, may require substantial investment and planning, and may bring us more directly into competition with companies that are better established or have greater resources than we do. Expanding into new categories may have a dilutive effect. It will require additional investment of time and resources of our management and personnel. If we are unable to cost-effectively expand into new markets, then our growth prospects and competitive position may be harmed and our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and we may not be able to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand and reputation.

We believe that maintaining our brand and reputation is critical to driving user engagement and attracting new users. Building our brand will depend largely on our sellers’ ability to continue to provide our users with a

 

22


Table of Contents

wide variety of high-quality merchandise, which they may not do successfully. User complaints or negative publicity about our platform, marketplace, merchandise, delivery times, or client support, especially on social media platforms, could harm our reputation and diminish the number of users that use our services.

Our brand depends in part on effective customer support, which requires significant personnel expense. Failure to manage or train our customer support representatives properly or inability to handle customer complaints effectively could adversely affect our brand, reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In addition, harm to our brand can arise from many other sources, including inadequate protection of sensitive information by us or our third-party partners, litigation and other claims, seller or buyer misconduct, and employee misconduct. If we do not successfully maintain a strong and trusted brand, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our security measures have in the past been, and may in the future be, compromised. Compromises of our data security could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and may adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our third-party service providers collect, process, and store certain personal information and other data relating to individuals, such as our users and employees, including users’ names, email addresses, physical addresses, and transaction data. Our third-party service providers also store payment card information. We rely substantially on commercially available systems, software, tools, and monitoring to provide security for our processing, transmission, and storage of personal information and other confidential information. There can be no assurance, however, that we or our vendors will not suffer a data compromise, that hackers or other unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal information or other data, including payment card data or confidential business information, or that any such data compromise or access will be discovered on a timely basis. We have experienced a data breach and other security incidents in the past and any future failure to adequately maintain security and prevent unauthorized access to electronic and other confidential information could result in an additional data breach or security incident which could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, and we and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. For example, in 2017 we experienced an incident in which hackers targeted our systems and used stolen usernames and passwords obtained from data breaches of third parties to steal funds from our users, resulting in several thousand active accounts being compromised. In response to this incident, we implemented several changes, including engaging a third-party fraud vendor to monitor login events and requiring multi-factor authentication for key account changes, such as password changes, email, or redemption details. In addition, we reimbursed our users for any funds that were stolen; the aggregate amount of such reimbursements were not material. In addition, our employees, contractors, or other third parties with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent security measures in order to misappropriate such personal or other confidential information or other data or may inadvertently release or compromise such data.

As we gain greater public visibility, we may face a higher risk of being targeted by cyber-attacks. Although we rely on a variety of security measures, including commercially available systems, software, tools, and monitoring to provide security for our processing, transmission, and storage of personal information and other confidential information, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security, particularly given the increasingly sophisticated tools and methods used by hackers and cyber terrorists.

We are also reliant on the security practices of our third-party service providers, which may be outside of our direct control. Additionally, some of our third-party service providers, such as payment processing providers, regularly have access to some confidential and sensitive user data. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate

 

23


Table of Contents

security practices, or experience a breach of their networks, our users’ data may be improperly accessed, used, or disclosed.

Compromise of our data security, failure to prevent or mitigate the loss of personal or business information and delays in detecting or providing prompt notice of any such compromise or loss could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and subject us to litigation, government action, or other additional costs and liabilities that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For example, in August 2019 we announced a security breach where data from our users was acquired by an unauthorized third party, resulting in several million accounts being compromised. The data acquired contained information such as username, first and last name, gender, city, email address, and size preferences. We took numerous preventive measures, including forcing password changes and if another breach was to occur again, we may have to take additional measures that could be more costly in the future.

We may be unable to establish, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights or prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of our technology.

Our intellectual property is an essential asset of our business. We rely on trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret, and domain-name-protection laws, in addition to confidentiality agreements and other practices to protect our brands, proprietary information, technologies, and processes.

Our most material trademark asset is the registered trademark “Poshmark.” Our trademarks are valuable assets that support our brand and consumers’ perception of our services and merchandise. We also hold the rights to the “poshmark.com” internet domain name and various other related domain names, which are subject to internet regulatory bodies and trademark and other related laws of each applicable jurisdiction. If we are unable to protect our trademarks or domain names in the United States or in other jurisdictions in which we may ultimately operate, our brand recognition and reputation would suffer, we would incur significant rebranding expenses, and our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, may be of limited territorial reach, and may be held invalid or unenforceable if successfully challenged by third parties, and our patent applications may never be granted. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these patents will adequately protect our intellectual property or survive a legal challenge, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. Our limited patent protection may restrict our ability to protect our technologies and processes from competition.

We primarily rely on trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements with our employees, collaborators, contractors, advisors, consultants, and other third parties, and invention assignment agreements with our employees, to protect our technologies and processes, including the algorithms we use throughout our business. The confidentiality agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of agreements or clauses containing invention assignment, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with employees or third parties. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information. Additionally, despite these efforts, no assurance can be given that the confidentiality agreements we enter into will be effective in controlling access to such proprietary information and trade secrets. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect certain technologies may be breached, may not be adequate to protect our confidential information, trade secrets, and proprietary technologies, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets, or proprietary technology. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or others from independently developing the same or similar technologies and processes, which may allow them to provide a service similar or superior to ours, which could harm our competitive position.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property

 

24


Table of Contents

rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay the introduction and implementation of new technologies, impair the functionality of our marketplace, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our software, or injure our reputation. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets, and intellectual property may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. If we fail to meaningfully establish, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may be subject to intellectual property claims, which are extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages, and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.

Companies in the internet and technology industries are frequently subject to litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We periodically receive communications that claim we have infringed, misappropriated, or misused others’ intellectual property rights. To the extent we gain greater public recognition, we may face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property claims. Third parties may have intellectual property rights that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods and prevent us from expanding our offerings. Third parties may also allege a company is secondarily liable for intellectual property infringement, or that it is a joint infringer with another party. Any intellectual property claim against us, with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to settle or litigate and could divert the attention of our management. Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is inherently uncertain due to the complex issues involved, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves in such matters. In addition, some of our competitors have extensive portfolios of issued patents. Many potential litigants, including some of our competitors and patent holding companies, have the ability to dedicate substantial resources to enforcing their intellectual property rights. Any claims successfully brought against us could subject us to significant liability for damages, and we may be required to stop using technology or other intellectual property alleged to be in violation of a third party’s rights in one or more jurisdictions where we do business. We also might be required to seek a license for third-party intellectual property. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties or submit to unreasonable terms, which would increase our operating expenses. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant time and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit our service and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may be subject to claims that items listed on our marketplace are counterfeit, infringing, or illegal which could be costly to defend and require us to pay damages.

Our success depends on our ability to accurately and cost-effectively determine whether an item offered through our marketplace is an authentic product. As the sophistication of counterfeiters increases, it may be increasingly difficult to identify counterfeit products. Additionally, we may be subject to allegations that a luxury item sold on our platform is not authentic despite our confirmed authentication of such item. Such controversy could negatively impact our reputation and brand and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

When a luxury item with a value of $500 or greater is purchased on our marketplace, it is shipped directly to our headquarters for authentication. One of our trained employees on our authentication team then reviews the item for authenticity and either sends the item on to the buyer or refunds the purchase price to the buyer. If our employees fail to properly identify authentic goods or fail to identify counterfeit items, we could be subject to several risks including negative publicity and sentiment resulting from fraudulent or deceptive conduct by sellers as well as the threat of litigation from brands, including luxury brands, who believe counterfeit goods are being sold on our marketplace.

Our policies promote legal business practices, and our TOS permit us to take down a seller’s listing if we become aware of such illegal use. We do not proactively monitor or review the appropriateness of the content of our users’ activities, and we do not have control over users’ activities. The safeguards we have in place may not be sufficient for us to avoid litigation or liability, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In addition, we periodically receive communications from brands claiming items sold on our marketplace violate third-party copyrights, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights. Our procedures may not effectively reduce or eliminate our liability. In particular, we may be subject to civil or criminal liability for activities carried out by sellers on our marketplace, especially outside the United States where laws may offer less protection for intermediaries and platforms than the United States. Under current U.S. copyright law and Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act, we may benefit from statutory safe harbor provisions that may help protect us from certain types of liability for content posted on our marketplace by sellers and buyers. However, trademark laws do not include similar statutory provisions, and liability for trademark infringement is often determined by court decisions. These safe harbors and court rulings may change unfavorably. In that event, we may be held secondarily liable for the intellectual property infringement of sellers on our marketplace.

Regardless of the validity of any claims made against us, we may incur significant costs and efforts to defend against or settle them. If a governmental authority determines that we have aided and abetted the infringement or sale of stolen, illegal, or counterfeit goods or if changes in the law result in us being liable for actions by sellers on our marketplace, we could face regulatory, civil, or criminal penalties. Successful claims by third-party rights owners could require us to pay substantial damages or reduce our ability to offer certain brands on our marketplace. These types of claims could force us to modify our business practices, which could lower our revenue, increase our costs, or make our marketplace less user-friendly.

Furthermore, while we strictly prohibit the sale of illegal items, sellers may try to sell stolen goods, impaired goods, replicas, or fakes, goods derived from threatened or extinct species, and misrepresented Native American or American Indian arts and crafts. Examples of products that may be interpreted as trading in or derived from threatened or extinct species include, but are not limited to, clothing, shoes, jewelry, fur, bags, accessories, rings, or bracelets containing parts or products from tigers, sharks, turtles, yaks, whales, dolphins, staghorn or elkhorn coral, rhinoceroses, boars, elephants, walruses, mammoths, or other endangered or extinct species. The public perception that stolen, illegal, or counterfeit or other unauthorized items are common on our marketplace, even if factually incorrect, could result in negative publicity and damage to our reputation.

Our procedures may not effectively reduce or eliminate our liability. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If our software contains serious errors or defects, we may lose revenue and market acceptance and may incur costs to defend or settle claims with our sellers and harm our reputation among users.

Software such as ours often contains errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, or software bugs that are difficult to detect and correct, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Despite internal testing, our software may contain serious errors or defects, security vulnerabilities, or software bugs that we may be unable to successfully correct in a timely manner or at all, which could result in

 

26


Table of Contents

lost revenue, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance, and damage to our reputation and brand, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Since some of our sellers use our services for processes that are critical to their businesses, errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, service interruptions, or software bugs on our marketplace could result in losses. Further, buyers or sellers could share information about bad experiences on social media, which could result in damage to our reputation and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Some of our software and systems contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary applications.

We utilize open source software in the applications we have developed to operate our business and will use open source software in the future. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses and is typically freely accessible, usable, and modifiable. Pursuant to such open source licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements that we offer our proprietary software that incorporates the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. We may face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding the release or license of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed from such software (which could include our proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, or cease offering the implicated software unless and until we can re-engineer it to avoid infringement. We also may be required to re-engineer products if the license terms for incorporated open source software change. The re-engineering process of some or all of our software could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition, use of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to breach our website and systems that rely on open source software. These risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage and, if not addressed, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial conditions.

If we fail to attract and retain key personnel, or effectively manage succession, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Competition for key personnel is strong, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where our headquarters are located, and we cannot be sure that we will be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future or that the compensation costs of doing so will not adversely affect our results of operations. If we are unable to retain, attract, and motivate talented employees with the appropriate skills at cost-effective compensation levels or if changes to our business adversely affect morale or retention, we may not achieve our objectives, and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In addition, our failure to put in place adequate succession plans for senior and key management roles or the failure of key employees to successfully transition into new roles could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The unexpected or abrupt loss of one or more of our key personnel or the failure to effectively transfer knowledge and effect smooth key personnel transitions could have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Chandra, has unique and valuable experience leading our company from its inception through today. If he were to depart or otherwise reduce his focus on our business, our business may be severely disrupted. We do not currently maintain key-person life insurance policies on any members of our senior management team or other key employees.

 

27


Table of Contents

To attract and retain key personnel, we use equity incentives, among other measures. These measures may not be sufficient to attract and retain the personnel we require to operate our business effectively. Additionally, members of our senior management team and many of our employees hold stock options that are or will become exercisable for Class A common stock that will be tradeable following this offering, which may adversely impact our ability to retain these employees. Further, the equity incentives we currently use to attract, retain, and motivate employees may not be as effective as in the past, particularly if the value of the underlying stock does not increase commensurate with expectations or consistent with our historical stock price growth. If we are unable to attract and retain high-quality management and operating personnel, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may incur significant losses from fraud.

We have in the past incurred and may in the future incur losses from various types of fraud, including stolen credit card numbers, account takeovers, claims that a user did not authorize a purchase, merchant fraud, and users who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in open bank accounts to satisfy payments. In addition to the direct costs of such losses, if the fraud is related to credit card transactions and becomes excessive, it could potentially result in us paying higher fees or losing the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, under current credit card practices, we are liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. Our failure to adequately prevent fraudulent transactions or follow payment card industry data security standards could damage our reputation, result in litigation or regulatory action, and lead to expenses that could substantially impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Sellers may falsely describe or promote items or take portions of branded items and re-purpose them into other items like jewelry. Negative publicity and user sentiment resulting from fraudulent or deceptive conduct by users, or the sale of products derived from threatened or extinct species, or the perception that our levels of responsiveness and customer support are inadequate could reduce our ability to attract new users or retain existing users and damage our reputation.

In addition, even though our TOS provide that taking any part of a transaction off our platform is a violation of our rules, and even though we cannot protect such transactions or uphold such agreements, a small number of transactions is nonetheless conducted outside our platform between buyers and sellers who initially located each other on our platform. We do not receive any fees from those transactions, which results in fewer revenues to us, and any future increase in such off-platform transactions would likely lead to further decreases in our revenue.

Our results of operations are subject to seasonal and quarterly variations in our revenue and operating income. As a result, our quarterly results may fluctuate and could be below expectations.

Our business is seasonal, and we expect this seasonality to continue in the future. If we experience lower than expected revenue during any quarter that traditionally experiences seasonally high revenue, it may have a significant impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition for that year. Any factors that harm quarterly results of operations, including unfavorable economic conditions, could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for our entire fiscal year.

Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance, and comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

 

   

fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business described above;

 

   

our ability to attract users, buyers, and sellers;

 

   

our ability to retain our existing users at existing levels and expand their engagement on our platform;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

the amount and timing of our costs, including operating expenses;

 

   

potential accelerations of prepaid expenses and deferred costs;

 

   

the timing and success of new services and features we introduce;

 

   

our ability to effectively launch and manage new categories;

 

   

our ability to effectively launch and manage new markets;

 

   

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth;

 

   

the impact of competitive developments and our response to those developments;

 

   

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth;

 

   

disruptions or defects in our marketplace, such as privacy or data security breaches;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other global health pandemics;

 

   

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation and other non-cash charges; and

 

   

awareness of our brand.

We rely on consumer discretionary spending and may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends.

Macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our business. If general economic conditions further deteriorate in the United States, consumer discretionary spending may decline and demand for the items available on our marketplace may be reduced. This decline would cause sales on our marketplace to decline and adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Our business, results of operations, and financial condition are also subject to global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending, many of which are becoming increasingly present as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and political instability, include high levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, reductions in net worth, declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices, general uncertainty regarding the overall future political and economic environment, and recent large-scale social unrest across much of the United States. Economic conditions in certain regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tropical storms, and wildfires. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, including the merchandise that we offer, generally decline during periods of economic uncertainty when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence.

Even without changes in economic conditions, the demand for the items listed on our marketplace is dependent on consumer preferences. Consumer preferences can change quickly and may differ across generations and cultures. If demand for the items that sellers offer on our marketplace declines, our business would be harmed. Our growth prospects would also be hampered if the shift from brick-and-mortar retail to online and mobile commerce does not continue.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available or may be available only by diluting existing stockholders.

We intend to continue making investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to support this growth and respond to business challenges, including the need to develop our services, enhance our operating infrastructure, expand the markets in which we operate, and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure

 

29


Table of Contents

additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. Our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, and therefore we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our common stock and diluting their interest.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, deficiencies or weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on Nasdaq. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition and could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

Certain estimates of market opportunity, forecasts of market growth, and our operating metrics included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. These estimates are calculated using data published by third parties and internally generated data and assumptions data and are subject to a number of assumptions and extrapolations, and as a result, the actual market opportunity and growth forecasts may be different than our disclosed numbers. We have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. In addition, our projections, assumptions, and estimates of opportunities within our market are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including but not limited to those described in this prospectus. If this third-party or internally generated data proves to be inaccurate or we make errors in our assumptions based on that data, our actual market may be more limited than our estimates. In addition, these inaccuracies or errors may cause us to misallocate capital and other critical business resources, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We plan to expand our operations abroad where we have no operating experience and will be subject to risks associated with operations abroad.

Expanding our platform into markets outside of the United States is an important part of our strategy. We launched Poshmark in Canada in 2019 and are considering launching in additional international geographies. We plan to enter international markets where we have no experience in marketing, selling, and deploying our platform. The nature of the items that sellers list on our marketplace may not appeal to non-U.S. users in the same way as they do to users in the United States. Also, visits to our marketplace from buyers outside the United States may not convert into sales as often as visits from within the United States, including due to the impact of the strong U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. Our success in markets outside the United States will be linked to our ability to attract local sellers and buyers to our platform. If we are not able to do so, our growth prospects could be harmed.

In addition, competition is likely to intensify in the international markets where we plan to expand our operations. Local companies based in markets outside the United States may have a substantial competitive advantage because of their greater understanding of, and focus on, those local markets. Some of our competitors may also be able to develop and grow in international markets more quickly than we will.

Expansion in markets outside of the United States also requires significant financial investment. These investments include marketing to attract and retain new users, contracting with localized delivery and payment services, forming relationships with third-party service providers, supporting operations in multiple countries, and potentially acquiring companies based outside the United States and integrating those companies with our operations.

In addition, we are subject to a variety of risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:

 

   

political, social, and economic instability;

 

   

impact of global health pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

risks related to the legal and regulatory environment in foreign jurisdictions, including with respect to privacy, and unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements, and enforcement;

 

   

potential damage to our brand and reputation due to compliance with local laws, including requirements to provide user information to local authorities;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

higher levels of credit risk and payment fraud;

 

   

higher shipping costs;

 

   

complying with multiple tax jurisdictions;

 

   

managing and staffing operations over a broader geographic area with varying cultural norms and customs;

 

   

adapting our platform to local cultural norms and customs;

 

   

complying with a variety of foreign laws, including certain employment laws requiring national collective bargaining agreements that set minimum salaries, benefits, working conditions, and termination requirements;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual-property rights in some countries;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing global operations and the increased travel, infrastructure, and compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

 

   

regulations that might add difficulties in repatriating cash earned outside the United States and otherwise preventing us from freely moving cash;

 

   

import and export restrictions and changes in trade regulation;

 

   

complying with statutory equity requirements;

 

   

complying with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar laws in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

export controls and economic sanctions administered by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security and the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Finally, operating in markets outside of the United States requires significant management attention. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our operations outside of the United States and cannot manage these risks effectively, the costs of doing business in those markets may be prohibitive or our expenses may increase disproportionately to the revenue generated in those markets.

If we fail to deploy or manage our operations in international markets successfully, our business, results of operation, and financial condition may suffer.

If we are unable to make acquisitions and investments, or successfully integrate them into our business, our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be harmed.

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire other companies or businesses. However, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition, including:

 

   

difficulties in integrating the technologies, operations, existing contracts, and personnel of an acquired company;

 

   

difficulties in supporting and transitioning clients and suppliers, if any, of an acquired company;

 

   

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations or alternative acquisition opportunities;

 

   

failure to realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of a transaction;

 

   

failure to identify all of the problems, liabilities, or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition, or other accounting practices, or employee or client issues;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

   

potential loss of key employees and clients from either our current business or an acquired company’s business;

 

   

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs;

 

   

additional costs or equity dilution associated with funding the acquisition; and

 

   

possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.

Our operations could be significantly hindered by the occurrence of a natural disaster, terrorist attack, or other catastrophic event.

Our business operations are susceptible to outages due to earthquakes, fire, floods, power loss, hurricanes, tornadoes, and other adverse weather and climate conditions, public health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic, political crises such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability, social unrest, or other catastrophic events, telecommunications failures, and other events beyond our control. In addition, a substantial portion of our facilities, including our headquarters, are located in Northern California, an area susceptible to earthquakes and wildfires, and are thus vulnerable to damage. We do not carry earthquake insurance for earthquake-related losses. In addition, public health crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, acts of terrorism, and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our buyers or sellers, or the economy as a whole. To the extent that such events disrupt our business or the business of our current or prospective users, or adversely impact our reputation, such events could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may not accurately forecast our results of operations or appropriately plan our expenses.

We base our current and future expense levels on our operating forecasts and estimates of future results. Operating results are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on the volume and timing of the activity of our users, which are uncertain. Additionally, our business is affected by general economic and business conditions around the world. A decrease in our revenue could be caused by changes in consumer preferences or a weakening in global economies and we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in revenue. This inability could cause our operating results in a given quarter to miss our expectations or those of securities analysts or investors. We also make certain assumptions when forecasting the amount of expense we expect related to our share based payments, which includes the expected volatility of our share price, the expected life of share options granted, and the expected rate of share option forfeitures. These assumptions are partly based on historical results. If actual results differ from our estimates, our business, results of operations, or financial condition may be harmed.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely, in part, on Internet search engines and social networking sites to help drive traffic to our apps and website. If we fail to appear prominently in the search results or fail to drive traffic through paid advertising, our traffic could decline and our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We depend in part on Internet search engines, such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo!, as well as social networking sites such as Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, and Pinterest, to drive traffic to our website. Our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. Our competitors may increase their search engine optimization efforts and outbid us for placement on various search engines, resulting in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours. Additionally, Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings, or they could remove our paid listings altogether. For example, in January 2019, Google

 

33


Table of Contents

temporarily suspended our paid listings appearing on its search engine on account of the number of items for sale on our website that Google perceived to be replicas. We continue to take steps to identify listings that might be replicas; however, there can be no assurance that replicas or perceived replicas may still be listed from time to time. If Internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, remove our paid listings or if our competitors’ efforts are more successful than ours, overall growth in users could slow or the number of users using our platform could decline. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website through Internet search engines or social networking sites could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Shipping is a critical part of our business. We currently rely on the USPS for our U.S. business, and any changes in our shipping arrangements with the USPS or any interruptions in shipping could adversely affect our business results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, shipping costs are rising faster than the rate of inflation, which could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We currently rely on the USPS to enable sellers to easily ship the products they sell on our marketplace in the United States. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the USPS and caused delays, and the COVID-19 pandemic, and any future pandemic, epidemic, or similar outbreak, may disrupt the USPS’s ability to meet their obligations to us, which may negatively affect our operations. In addition, there has been recent news coverage about politicization of, and funding challenges at, the USPS, and reports of significant service delays. In addition, delays or interruptions in shipping may be caused by inclement weather, natural disasters, labor disputes, transportation disruptions, acts of war or terrorism, public health crises, labor unrest, government shut-downs, and similar factors. Delays in the shipping of items sold on our marketplace may result in the cancellation of a purchase by the buyer. If sellers do not deliver items sold in a timely manner, if items sold on our marketplace are damaged or lost during the delivery process, or if users perceive that there could be such delivery delays or failures, our users could become dissatisfied and cease using our services, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Furthermore, in the event of an interruption in the USPS’s delivery capabilities, we may not be able to obtain an alternate delivery service without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays, which could adversely impact our revenue, gross margins, and results of operations. Our agreement with the USPS is scheduled to expire in March 2023. If we are not able to renew the agreement or if we are not able to renegotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with the USPS or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition and our users’ experience. Furthermore, the USPS may introduce improved scanning technology to measure the weight and dimensions of packages which may cause us to incur additional shipping costs for excess weight and oversized packages. In addition, shipping costs are rising faster than the rate of inflation in the economy in general, thereby making our products more expensive relative to other goods and services with cheaper or free shipping, which could lead to a reduction in the demand for items available on our marketplace. This would cause sales on our marketplace to decline and could adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We rely on AWS to host our mobile app and website and on third parties to process payments on our online marketplace. Any significant disruption in service provided by, or termination of our relationship with, AWS and such third parties could damage our reputation and result in loss of users, buyers, and sellers, which would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our brand and ability to attract and retain buyers and sellers depends in part on the reliable performance of our network infrastructure and content delivery process. We have experienced, and expect that in the future we will experience interruptions, delays, and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints that could affect the availability of services on our platform and prevent or inhibit the ability of buyers to access our online marketplace or complete purchases on our apps and website. We currently host our

 

34


Table of Contents

platform and support our operations using AWS. We do not have control over the operations of the facilities of AWS that we use. AWS’ facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, cybersecurity attacks, terrorist attacks, power outages, and similar events or acts of misconduct. The continuing and uninterrupted performance of our online marketplace is critical to our success. Volume of traffic and activity on our online marketplace spikes on certain days and during certain periods of the year and any interruption would be particularly problematic if it were to occur during a high volume time. In the event that our agreement with AWS is terminated, we may experience downtime for a short period or significant short-term costs in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new cloud infrastructure service providers, which could cause short-term harm to our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We rely on third-party payment processors to process payments made by buyers on our marketplace. If our third-party payment processors terminate their relationships with us or refuse to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, we would need to find an alternate payment processor and may not be able to secure similar terms or replace such payment processors in an acceptable time frame. Further, the software and services provided by our third-party payment processors contain errors or vulnerabilities, be compromised, experience outages, or not meet our expectations. Any of these risks could cause us to lose our ability to accept online payments, make payments to sellers, or conduct other payment transactions, any of which could make our platform less convenient and attractive and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain buyers and sellers.

Risk Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

We store, process, and use data, some of which contains personal information. This subjects us to complex and evolving federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could result in investigations, claims, changes to our business practices, increased cost of operations, and declines in user growth, retention, or engagement, any of which could seriously harm our business, results of operations, and financial conditions.

We collect and maintain significant amounts of personal information and other data relating to our users and employees. Numerous federal, state and international laws, rules, and regulations govern privacy and the collection, use, and protection of personal information and can expose us to enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities, and potentially result in regulatory penalties and significant legal liability, if our compliance efforts fail. For example, in June 2018 the State of California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020 and broadly defines personal information, gives California residents expanded privacy rights and protections, and provides for civil penalties for violations and a private right of action for data breaches. In addition, California voters recently approved the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA. Among other changes, the CPRA would establish a dedicated privacy regulator in California, create a new category of “sensitive information” over which California residents have additional rights, and require businesses to implement data minimization principles. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations, including those related to the CCPA, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could impair our ability to collect, use, or disclose information relating to consumers.

Laws, rules, and regulations concerning privacy, data protection, and data security evolve frequently and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may be interpreted to conflict with our practices. For example, in addition to the developments in California, a number of other states are considering privacy legislation similar to the CCPA and/or other potential privacy laws. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security in the United States, the EU, and other jurisdictions. We cannot yet fully determine the impact that these or future laws, rules, and regulations may have on our business or operations. Additionally, we may be bound by contractual requirements applicable to our collection, use, processing, and disclosure of various types of data, including personal information, and may be bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters.

 

35


Table of Contents

Any failure or perceived failure by us or any third parties with which we do business to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations, or with other obligations to which we may be or may become subject, may result in actions against us by governmental entities, private claims and litigations, fines, penalties, or other liabilities, or result in orders or consent decrees forcing us to modify our business practices. Any such action would be expensive to defend, would damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with evolving internet and eCommerce regulations could substantially harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the internet and eCommerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, privacy and data security, consumer protection, the ability to collect and/or share necessary information that allows us to conduct business on the internet, marketing communications and advertising, content protection, electronic contracts, or gift cards. Furthermore, the regulatory landscape impacting internet and eCommerce businesses is constantly evolving which could expose us to enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities, and potentially result in regulatory penalties. For example, California has proposed legislation that would expand product liability of defective products to an online platform even when the platform does not manufacture, sell, distribute, or take possession of the product. If this proposal were to pass, our legal liability could increase significantly. Any unfavorable changes in the regulatory or legal environment could have a material adverse impact to our business.

We may experience fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to taxes in every jurisdiction in which we operate. We record tax expense based on current tax liabilities and our estimates of future tax liabilities, which may include reserves for estimates of probable settlements of tax audits. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. Further, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in tax laws, changes in the mix and level of earnings by taxing jurisdictions, or changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $23.9 million of federal and $4.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, available to reduce future taxable income, some of which will begin to expire in 2031 for both federal and state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use certain NOLs before their expiration, or at all. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs to offset its post-change income may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent stockholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use net operating loss to reduce future taxable income and liabilities may be subject to annual limitations as a result of prior ownership changes and ownership changes that may occur in the future, including as a result of this offering or as a result of transactions that are outside of our control.

The amount of NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 that we are permitted to deduct in a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2020 will be limited to 80% of our taxable income in each such year to which the NOLs are applied (where taxable income for such year is determined without regard to the NOL deduction itself). In addition, NOLs arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely, but carryback is generally prohibited (except that, under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and

 

36


Table of Contents

Economic Security Act, federal NOLs generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the taxable year in which the loss arises).

Changes in tax law could adversely affect our financial condition and results of our operations.

The rules dealing with U.S. federal, state, and local income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department. Changes in U.S. tax laws or their interpretations (which may have retroactive application) could materially increase the amount of taxes we owe, thereby negatively impacting our results of operations as well as our cash flows from operations. Furthermore, our implementation of new practices and processes designed to comply with changing tax laws and regulations could require us to make substantial changes to our business practices, allocate additional resources, and increase our costs, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

As we grow internationally, we may also be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws, or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could harm our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest, and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved could expose us to monetary damages or limit our ability to operate our business.

We have in the past and may in the future become involved in private actions, collective actions, investigations, and various other legal proceedings by users, employees, clothing brands, competitors, government agencies, or others. The results of any such litigation, investigations, and other legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and expensive. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation and an unfavorable judgment, damage our reputation, require significant amounts of management time, and divert significant resources. If any of these legal proceedings were to be determined adversely to us, or we were to enter into a settlement arrangement, we could be exposed to monetary damages or limits on our ability to operate our business, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain stockholders, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which are the shares we are selling in this offering, have one vote per share. The Class B common stock,     % of which is held by our founders, certain of whom are executive officers and directors of the company, will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

After the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our share capital even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively would continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even if the shares of Class B common

 

37


Table of Contents

stock were to represent as little as     % of the combined voting power of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. Therefore, holders of Class B common stock will likely be able to control substantially all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until the ten-year anniversary of the closing of this offering when the Class B common stock class sunsets and converts into Class A common stock, or such other date as described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that may cause the Class B common stock class to convert into Class A common stock. These holders of our Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of our Class B common stock into our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Chandra retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Chandra owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Chandra is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally.

We cannot predict the impact our dual class structure may have on our stock price.

We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. In July 2017, FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400, and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Beginning in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track those indices will not be investing in our stock. These policies are still fairly new, and it is as of yet unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices, but it is possible that they may depress these valuations compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Because of our dual class structure, we will likely be excluded from certain of these indexes, and we cannot assure you that other stock indexes will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock. An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, under the symbol “POSH.” However, there has been no prior public trading market for our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that an active

 

38


Table of Contents

trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price of shares of our common stock is, or will be, determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial disclosure obligations, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting requirements. If we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting requirements in future filings, the information that we provide our stockholders may be different than the information you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We expect that the market price of our Class A common stock will fluctuate significantly, regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate significantly regardless of our operating performance. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates or ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies, particularly those in the technology, eCommerce or retail sectors;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole, or in our industry in particular;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our solutions, or third-party proprietary rights;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, our platform;

 

   

new laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws, or the new application of existing regulations to our business;

 

   

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

   

additional Class A common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders or the anticipation of such sales;

 

   

lawsuits and governmental investigations threatened or filed against us; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our Class A common stock will be listed, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from operating our business, and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our results of operations or guidance fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause demand for our Class A common stock to decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering, and we may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used effectively. The net proceeds may be invested with a view towards long-term benefits for our stockholders and this may not increase our results of operations or market value. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could require us to raise additional capital and may adversely affect the return on your investment. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

40


Table of Contents

Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their investment.

We anticipate the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately following the closing of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $             per share, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

Substantial future sales of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could also depress our market price. After this offering, we will have              shares outstanding of Class A common stock and              shares outstanding of Class B common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering based on a discount to an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as well as shares of Class B common stock issuable in connection with outstanding equity awards. The shares of our Class A common stock offered in this offering, including any shares reserved under our directed share program, may be resold in the public market immediately. In addition, the            shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share) are not subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff agreements and may be resold in the public market immediately subject to Rule 144. Substantially all of the remaining shares of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions described in “Underwriting” and the Rule 144 holding period requirements described in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

As a result of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Earliest Date Available for Sale in the Public Market    Number of Shares of Common Stock

The date of this prospectus.

  

The              shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, including the shares reserved under our directed share program, and the              shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes (calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

The third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, which we expect to be the public release of earnings for the period ended            , and which we refer to as the “first post-IPO earnings announcement.”

  

Up to            shares of Class A common stock. Includes certain securities held by Employee Stockholders (as defined in the section titled “Underwriting”). Excludes securities held by “affiliates” for the purposes of Rule 144, as described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Rule 144.”

 

41


Table of Contents
Earliest Date Available for Sale in the Public Market    Number of Shares of Common Stock

The third trading day immediately following our public release of our earnings for the second quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, which we expect to be the public release of earnings for the period ending            , and which we refer to as the “second post-IPO earnings announcement,” provided that the closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15 consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement.

  

Up to            million additional shares of Class A common stock. Excludes securities held by “affiliates” for the purposes of Rule 144. Does not give effect to up to            million shares available for sale after the first post-IPO earnings announcement that may be sold after the second post-IPO earnings announcement if not previously sold.

The 181st day after the date of this prospectus.

  

All remaining shares held by our stockholders not previously eligible for sale, subject to volume limitations applicable to “affiliates” under Rule 144 as described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Rule 144”.

Furthermore, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC may waive the lock-up agreements before they expire.

Upon completion of this offering, stockholders owning an aggregate of              shares of Class B common stock will be entitled, under contracts providing for registration rights, to require us to register their shares for public sale in the United States. We also intend to register common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans and ESPP. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to certain market stand-off or lock-up agreements.

Sales of our Class A common stock as these lockup end or our registration rights are waived may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell our Class A common stock at a price that you deem appropriate.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur greater legal, accounting, and other expenses than we incurred as a private company. After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations of Nasdaq. These requirements will increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will need to comply with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, as we prepare for such compliance, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and

 

42


Table of Contents

technical accounting knowledge. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent if such action occurs after the first date that the total aggregate number of votes represented by all then-issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock constitute less than 51% of the total aggregate number of votes represented by all then-issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock, or the Written Consent Threshold Date;

 

   

until the Written Consent Threshold Date, allow our stockholders to be able to act by written consent if the action is first recommended or approved by our board of directors;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president (in the absence of our chief executive officer);

 

   

provide for a dual class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock have the ability to control the outcome of certain matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding shares of our common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms and provide that directors are removable only for cause;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control or changes in our management or our board of directors and could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium

 

43


Table of Contents

for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding, or investigation. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

While we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, such insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur, which may reduce our available funds to satisfy third-party claims and could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees or our stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provisions of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim

 

44


Table of Contents

governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act; provided, however, that our stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions.

These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find these exclusive forum provisions in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, for the development, operation, and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our share price, which may never occur.

 

45


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which are statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses, profitability, and other operating results;

 

   

the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;

 

   

our ability to acquire new users and successfully engage new and existing users and convert them into Active Users, Active Buyers, and sellers;

 

   

the costs and effectiveness of our marketing efforts through paid advertising channels and otherwise, as well as our ability to promote our brand;

 

   

our ability to continue to collect meaningful data, improve our algorithms, and provide recommendations for our users;

 

   

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to identify, recruit, and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth, including offering new categories and any international expansion;

 

   

our ability to maintain our profitability;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and availability of our software;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and avoid disputes in connection with the use of intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

our ability to protect our users’ information and comply with growing and evolving data privacy laws and regulations;

 

   

impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and consumers;

 

   

future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements; and

 

   

our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations and is inherently imprecise, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. The industry in which we operate, as well as projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate, are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in industry publications, publicly available reports, or reports that we commissioned from market research firms. The sources of these industry publications and reports that we commissioned are provided below:

 

   

GlobalData

 

   

Pew Research Center, Demographics of Social Media Users and Adoption in the United States, June, 2019

 

   

Social Commerce Report containing findings from a consumer survey conducted by Zogby Analytics

 

   

Statista

 

   

The Nielsen Company (US), LLC, Unpacking the Sustainability Landscape, November 2018

This prospectus also contains information regarding our sellers, including those described in “Business—Meet Our Community.” We encourage our sellers to describe their experiences with our marketplace. We also survey our sellers from time to time regarding their experiences with us. In response to the stories and positive feedback received, we contacted a group of sellers to request their consent to use their story in this prospectus and, in some cases, requested further detail about their positive experience.

User Metrics and Other Data

The number of users, buyers, and sellers, including Active Users, Active Buyers, and Active Sellers, presented in this prospectus are based on internal company data and we use certain of these numbers in managing our business. These metrics are calculated using internal company data and have not been validated by an independent third party. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates of our user base for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring how our platform is used.

A user is separately identified on our marketplace by a unique email address; a single person could have multiple accounts and can count as multiple distinct users. If one user sells items from multiple accounts, that user will be counted as multiple sellers, and if one user purchases items from multiple accounts, such user will be counted as multiple buyers. As such, our presentation of users, buyers, and sellers, including Active Users, Active Buyers, and Active Sellers, may not accurately represent the actual number of distinct users, buyers, and sellers on our marketplace.

Further, certain of the other information we collect from users, including users’ dates of birth and other demographic information, are self-reported and may differ from our users’ actual ages or other demographics. The age and other demographic information we report may be inaccurate if our users provide us with incorrect or incomplete information regarding their age or other attributes, or choose not to report this information.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for our stockholders and us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering for working capital, other general corporate purposes, and to fund our growth strategies. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive to acquire or invest in products, services, technologies, complementary businesses, or other assets. We have not entered into any agreements or commitments with respect to any investments or acquisitions at this time. We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering or the amounts we actually spend on the uses set forth above. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

 

49


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

50


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, as well as our capitalization, as of September 30, 2020 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 52,286,631 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 into 52,286,631 shares of our Class B common stock, (ii) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock, (iii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, which conversion and reclassification will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion and reclassification had occurred on September 30, 2020, (iv) the issuance by us of              shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in connection with this offering, based on a discount to an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (v) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock-based compensation expense of $7.2 million associated with RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of September 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, all of which are further described in Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

51


Table of Contents

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

   $ 246,967     $ 246,967     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible Notes(1)

   $ 50,750     $ —     $                

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,721       —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 52,372,222 shares authorized, 52,286,631 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, or issued and outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     156,175       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —       —    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized and 12,860,746 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1       —    

Class A common stock, 0.0001 par value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(1)

     —       —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —       6    

Additional paid-in capital(1)

     25,596       249,552    

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income(1)

     (215     19    

Accumulated deficit(1)

     (122,448     (137,997  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (97,066     111,580    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 111,580     $ 111,580     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1)

Reflects the conversion of our Convertibles Notes. See Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the adjustment to the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as a result of the conversion of our Convertible Notes.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 would be $             million, $             million, $             million and             shares, respectively.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set

 

52


Table of Contents

forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

7,906,495 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that were outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.05 per share;

 

   

2,085,818 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

141,889 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after September 30, 2020;

 

   

40,464 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 40,464 shares of redeemable convertible stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on December 1, 2011, with an exercise price of $0.37 per share;

 

   

25,588 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 25,588 shares of redeemable convertible stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 10, 2013, with an exercise price of $1.37 per share;

 

   

19,531 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 19,531 shares of redeemable convertible stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 22, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.56 per share;

 

   

                 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2011 Plan; and

 

   

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, to be adopted in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying any awards under our 2011 Plan that expire, are forfeited or are otherwise terminated, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

 

53


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2020 was $(98.0) million, or $(7.62) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $110.6 million, or $             per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 after giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of 52,286,631 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 52,286,631 shares of our Class B common stock, the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock, reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes into              shares of our Class A common stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the (i) sale and issuance by us of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) issuance by us of shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in connection with this offering, based on a discount to an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $    

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 2020

   $ (7.62                   

Increase (decrease) per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and

 

54


Table of Contents

commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase Class B common stock are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $            per share.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. A one million share increase in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $                and decrease the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $                , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A one million share decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

    

            

       100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase Class B common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full from us, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

55


Table of Contents

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

7,906,495 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that were outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.05 per share;

 

   

2,085,818 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

141,889 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after September 30, 2020;

 

   

40,464 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 40,464 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on December 1, 2011, with an exercise price of $0.37 per share;

 

   

25,588 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 25,588 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 10, 2013, with an exercise price of $1.37 per share;

 

   

19,531 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 19,531 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated on May 22, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.56 per share;

 

   

             shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2011 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, to be adopted in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our common stock or warrants are exercised, RSUs are settled or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (in thousands except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

       

Net revenue

  $ 148,305     $ 205,225     $ 150,489     $ 192,760  

Costs and expenses(1):

       

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    22,837       34,142       24,345       31,924  

Operations and support

    20,299       29,879       21,295       27,871  

Research and development

    15,484       25,033       18,725       22,226  

Marketing

    88,439       132,470       95,928       65,449  

General and administrative

    15,464       31,474       23,548       21,321  

Depreciation and amortization

    802       2,056       1,412       2,130  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    163,325       255,054       185,253       170,921  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (15,020     (49,829     (34,764     21,839  

Interest income

    1,096       1,677       1,305       540  

Other expense, net

       

Change in fair value of convertible notes

    —         —         —         (516

Other, net

    (460     (366     (357     (732
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (460 )      (366 )      (357 )      (1,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (14,384     (48,518     (33,816     21,131  

Provision for income taxes

    91       174       130       225  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

    —         —         —         (12,776
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 8,130  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(2)

  $ (1.29   $ (4.01   $ (2.81   $ 0.65  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(2)

  $ (1.29   $ (4.01   $ (2.81   $ 0.45  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(2)

    11,215       12,151       12,093       12,433  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (in thousands except per share data)  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(2)

    11,215       12,151       12,093       18,016  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic (unaudited)(2)

    $ (0.75     $    
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted (unaudited)(2)

    $ (0.75     $    
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

      64,348      
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted (unaudited)(2)

      64,348      
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial information:

       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ (11,077   $ (37,060   $ (24,462   $ 30,052  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(3)

    (7 )%      (18 )%      (16 )%      16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  

Operations and support

   $ 250      $ 689      $ 520      $ 521  

Research and development

     775        3,017        2,455        2,028  

Marketing

     400        1,306        993        1,012  

General and administrative

     1,181        4,675        3,896        2,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,606      $ 9,687      $ 7,864      $ 6,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Notes 2 and 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. See Notes 2 and 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

(3)

See section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

58


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 74,466     $ 63,318     $ 216,558  

Marketable securities

     63,416       65,546       30,409  

Working capital(1)

     66,511       21,766       102,718  

Total assets

     147,399       151,988       269,568  

Convertible Notes(2)

     —         —         50,750  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     746       1,221       1,721  

Total liabilities

     77,999       120,600       210,459  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     156,175       156,175       156,175  

Total stockholders’ equity

     (86,775     (124,787     (97,066

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. Current liabilities included funds payable to customers of $51.6 million, $73.9 million, and $105.5 million as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020, respectively.

(2)

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Convertible Note Financing” for additional information.

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risk and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a social marketplace that combines the human connection of a physical shopping experience with the scale, reach, ease, and selection benefits of eCommerce. In doing so, we bring the power of community to buying and selling online. We created Poshmark in 2011 to make buying and selling simple, social, and fun. Pairing technology with the inherent human desire to socialize, our marketplace creates passion and personal connections among users. In 2019, our Active Users spent an average of 27 minutes a day on our marketplace browsing, shopping, buying, selling, and connecting with each other via 20.5 billion social interactions. We dynamically curate our marketplace into lifestyle categories that our users love, including apparel, accessories, footwear, home, and beauty. Powered by our proprietary technology, our social marketplace is purpose-built to enable simple transactions, seamless logistics, and an engaging experience at scale. As of September 30, 2020, there were over 201 million secondhand and new items for sale across 9,431 brands on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, we had 31.7 million Active Users, 6.2 million Active Buyers, and 4.5 million Active Sellers.

We empower people to sell a few items or to become successful entrepreneurs by providing them with end-to-end seller tools. We refer to this as “making selling a superpower.” Our comprehensive infrastructure makes it easy for sellers to build their businesses with seamless listing, merchandising, promotion, pricing, and shipping. Sellers use content, inventory selection, and social interactions to monetize their listings and drive growth. Our transparent fee structure aligns our success with the success of our sellers. Our fee is 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. We attract, engage, and retain sellers by offering the community the benefits of social connection with the ability to combine personal passion and economic empowerment. We do not own or manage inventory as products are listed, managed, sold, and shipped by our sellers, utilizing our transaction tool that makes the selling process seamless and easy. This asset-light model creates scalability and favorable working capital dynamics.

Our social features make the discovery and purchase process simple and enticing for buyers, fostering high engagement and retention. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace. The engagement of our community has fueled strong growth in our business, supported by attractive unit economics and efficient user acquisition. We enable buyers to discover, connect, and curate their network and news feed with that of other users who share similar styles and personal preferences, creating a fun shopping experience. Our marketplace is vast, with sellers listing millions of secondhand and new items across multiple categories. We use data-driven personalization to customize each user’s feed to feature the most relevant listings and make it easy to quickly search for and find products of interest. Furthermore, sellers list a variety of items across all price points, with the added benefit of being able to negotiate offers directly with buyers seeking to optimize their budget, allowing sellers to manage their listings to achieve their individual objectives. Because our marketplace features a massive selection of secondhand items, buyers are also able to support their personal style while minimizing their environmental impact.

 

60


Table of Contents

Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics

We collect and analyze operating and financial data to evaluate the health of our community, allocate our resources (such as capital, time, and technology investments), and assess the performance of our business. In addition to revenue, net (loss) income, and other results under GAAP, the key operating and financial metrics we use are GMV, Active Buyers, and Adjusted EBITDA.

Gross Merchandise Value. Our gross merchandise value, or GMV, is the total dollar value of transactions on our platform in a given period, prior to returns and cancellations, and excluding shipping and sales taxes. GMV is a measure of the total economic activity generated by our marketplace, and an indicator of the scale and growth of our marketplace and the health of our marketplace ecosystem.

 

GMV

($ millions)

 

LOGO

$1,107 $807 $491 2017 2018 2019

 

61


Table of Contents

Our GMV has grown rapidly at a 50% CAGR from $491 million in 2017 to $1.1 billion in 2019. Our GMV grew 37% from $807 million in 2018 to $1.1 billion in 2019. Our quarterly GMV has increased year-over-year for the past ten quarters. We have continued to add users and enhance our social marketplace with the ongoing introduction of new features like the launch of Posh Stories and the ability for sellers to make offers to shoppers who like their listings.

GMV

($ millions)

 

 

LOGO

$360 $375 $283 $269 $302 $309 $252 $177 $188 $211 $230 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 2018 2018 2018 2018 2019 2019 2019 2019 2020 2020 2020 60% 64% 67% 65% 60% 34% 28% 31% 9% 42% 39% Year-over-Year GMV Growth (%)

In April 2019, we implemented sales tax in 46 states that collect state or local sales tax, ahead of expected changes in tax legislation. As a result, we saw a decrease in GMV growth, with the largest impact in higher-tax states. The sales tax adversely impacted the year-over-year growth rate of our GMV in the quarters ended June 30, 2019 through the quarter ended March 31, 2020. In the quarter ended June 30, 2019, the year-over-year growth rate of our GMV was 34% compared to a rate of 60% in the quarter ended March 31, 2019, due to the impact of sales tax implementation among other factors. In the twelve months ended March 31, 2019, prior to the implementation of sales tax, GMV per Active Buyer was $218. In the twelve months ended March 31, 2020, following the implementation of sales tax, GMV per Active Buyer fell to $198, a 9% decrease. We believe the majority of this decrease was due to sales tax.

In addition, beginning in the quarter ended March 31, 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic also impacted our GMV growth. In the month of March 2020, we had negative 13% year-over-year GMV growth, which in turn impacted the year-over-year GMV growth for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, which was 9%. In the quarter ended June 30, 2020, the year-over-year GMV growth rate rebounded to 42% as buyer and seller activity resumed. We may experience continued adverse impact on GMV growth during the COVID-19 pandemic as economic conditions continue to unfold. Over the long term, we believe there is substantial opportunity to continue to grow our business by increasing users, buyers, and sellers on our marketplace.

 

62


Table of Contents

Active Buyers. Active Buyers are unique users who have purchased at least one item on our platform in the trailing 12 months preceding the measurement date, regardless of returns and cancellations. An Active Buyer could have more than one account if they were to use a separate unique email address to set up each account. The number of Active Buyers is a key driver of GMV and revenue, as well as a measure of the scale and growth of our buyer community. We believe it is also an important indicator of our ability to convert user activity on our marketplace into transactions.

Active Buyers

(thousands)

 

 

LOGO

5,713 6,032 6,231 5,374 4,952 4,550 4,190 3,734 3,345 2,953 2,657 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 2018 2018 2018 2018 2019 2019 2019 2019 2020 2020 2020 Active Buyers measured as of the last day of the quarter presented

Active Buyers measured as of the last day of the quarter presented

The number of Active Buyers has increased steadily every quarter as we attract and retain users. Active Buyers can be new users to our marketplace who make a purchase, existing users who convert into buyers for the first time as our marketplace strengthens with more sellers and items, or repeat buyers. We have doubled the number of Active Buyers as of June 30, 2020 compared to June 30, 2018, and this has been a key driver of our GMV growth.

 

63


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss attributable to common stockholders, excluding depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, interest income, other expense, net, change in accrued sales tax, and provision for income taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance measure used by our management and board of directors to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the income and expenses that we exclude in Adjusted EBITDA. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhances the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allows for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making. See “—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Net Loss

($ millions)

 

LOGO

($14.5) 2018 ($48.7) 2019

 

 

LOGO

($8.5) ($13.1) ($12.4) ($14.7) ($11.0) $21.1 $10.8 Q1 2019 Q2 2019 Q3 2019 Q4 2019 Q1 2020 Q2 2020 Q3 2020

 

64


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

($ millions)

 

 

LOGO

($11.1) 2018 ($37.1) 2019

 

 

LOGO

($3.2) ($10.9) ($10.4) ($12.6) ($8.7) $23.7 $15.0 Q1 2019 Q2 2019 Q3 2019 Q4 2019 Q1 2020 Q2 2020 Q3 3030

We experienced net losses of $14.5 million in 2018 and $48.7 million in 2019. In the same period, our Adjusted EBITDA loss was $11.1 million in 2018 and $37.1 million in 2019. The increase in net loss and decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to our implementation of sales tax collection and remittance in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, which adversely impacted activity on our marketplace and caused us to decide to increase marketing to help increase user acquisition and engagement.

In the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net income improved to $20.9 million compared to net losses of $33.9 million in the same period in 2019. In the same period, our Adjusted EBITDA improved to $30.1 million compared to Adjusted EBITDA loss of $24.5 million in the same period in 2019. The increase in net income and Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to an increase in revenue and a decrease in marketing spend in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Growth and Retention of User Cohorts. We focus on attracting new users and retaining existing users. New users and the social and transactional activities they contribute help keep existing users more active, increasing their lifetime value over time. The positive relationship between new users and existing users illustrates the network effects of our marketplace. We evaluate this dynamic by tracking GMV of purchases by annual user cohort. A user cohort consists of all new users who joined Poshmark within a particular calendar year. Users engage in many ways on our social marketplace: they connect, they browse, they buy, and they sell.

We track the behavior and engagement of users that joined Poshmark in a calendar year, whether or not they have made a purchase or sale in that year. We refer to the year in which a user joins Poshmark as the initial year. We calculate GMV by user cohort based on when a user has made a purchase in a calendar year. Some users joined at the beginning of the year and were active for an entire year, and others joined at other points during that year. Because of this dynamic, each cohort generally has a greater GMV in its second year than in its initial year,

 

65


Table of Contents

in part because the second year represents the first period during which the full cohort has been active on the platform for an entire year, and in part because more Active Users have become Active Buyers. The chart below shows the GMV of each user cohort over the calendar years presented. We combine the 2012–2015 cohorts for ease of presentation. As evidence of the durability of engagement on our platform, many users from our 2012–2015 cohorts have remained active and engaged, having increased their GMV on our marketplace from $169 million in 2016 to $231 million in 2019, representing a CAGR of 11%. In addition, we have retained at least 100% of the initial year GMV in the subsequent periods for each annual cohort presented below.

GMV by Cohort

($ millions)

 

LOGO

GMV by Cohort ($ Millions) $1,107 $289 $807 $255 $260 $491 $193 $181 $283 $179 $134 $143 $147 $115 $178 $217 $231 $169 2016 2017 2018 2019 2012-2015 Cohort 2016 Cohort 2017 Cohort 2018 Cohort 2019 Cohort Cohort Initial Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2012 $4 $6 $7 $10 $10 2013 $37 $38 $46 $59 $65 2014 $27 $35 $38 $45 $48 2015 $82 $90 $87 $103 $108

User Engagement. The engagement of our community has fueled strong growth in our business, supported by attractive unit economics and efficient user acquisition. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace. We believe that cultivating a robust network of users over the longer-term is crucial to bolstering broader community engagement, growing social interactions, and increasing GMV. We have seen the number of social interactions on our marketplace increase as our network expands, with year-over-year growth of 90% in 2019, more than double our 42% year-over-year growth in Active Users, further supporting the vibrancy of our community. In 2019, our community engaged in 20.5 billion social interactions and we had 30.8 million Active Users, compared to 10.8 billion social interactions and 21.7 million Active Users in 2018. Social interactions include follows (number of times users are followed by other users in a given time period), shares (number of times listings are shared by users in a given time period), comments (number of times users comment on listings in a given time period), offers (number of times users make an offer on listings in a given time period), and likes (number of times listings are liked by users in a given time period).

Users can engage on our marketplace in a variety of activities that range from shopping and social interactions to buying and selling. The continuous increase in users, social interactions, and listings has led to steady activations

 

66


Table of Contents

of buyers and sellers across cohorts, resulting in increasing GMV for these cohorts. Each year, users from each cohort continue to activate into buyers and sellers. As of September 30, 2020, we had 31.7 million Active Users, 6.2 million Active Buyers, and 4.5 million Active Sellers. Of these Active Buyers and Active Sellers, 1.2 million were first-time buyers and 1.0 million were first-time sellers from user cohorts acquired in prior periods. This dynamic demonstrates our increasing buyer and seller activation as we grow our community.

Our social marketplace is powerful because it enables many types of engagement that contribute to GMV growth. For example, many of our buyers become sellers over time and vice versa. Of all buyers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 34% of these buyers also activated as sellers by year end 2019, and of all sellers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 39% of these sellers activated as buyers by year end 2019. On average in year five of a buyer cohort, with year one defined as the first purchase year, 52% have also become sellers. Similarly, on average in year five of a seller cohort, 44% have also become buyers. These averages are calculated using our 2012–2015 cohorts.

Cumulative % Buyers Activated as Sellers from Year 1 to Year 5

 

 

LOGO

41% of First-Time Buyers Also Became Sellers in Year 1 51% 52% 47% 49% 41% Year of Buyer's Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 First Purchase

Cumulative % Sellers Activated as Buyers from Year 1 to Year 5

 

 

LOGO

Cumulative % Sellers Activated as Buyers from Year 1 to Year 5 31% of First-Time Sellers Also Became Buyers in Year 1 40% 42% 44% 37% 31% Year of Seller's Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 First Sale

Investments in Growing Our User Community. We have invested substantially in marketing to grow our user community and drive further awareness of our brand. These investments have enabled us to grow our base of new users, buyers, and sellers while continuing to retain buyers and sellers, resulting in strong growth of our GMV and revenue. Marketing expenses represented 60% and 65% of revenue in 2018 and 2019, respectively. We significantly reduced our investment in marketing to 17% of revenue in the second quarter of 2020 while growing revenue 41% year-over-year for the same period due to the continued benefits from the network effects

 

67


Table of Contents

of our social platform. These network effects continue to increase the number of users who come to our platform organically. In the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we reduced marketing spend by $30.5 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This reduction in marketing spend was not due to a change in marketing channel mix or a significant reduction in marketing spend per new Active User in the period. In the future, we plan to substantially increase our investment in marketing as a percentage of revenue from the level in the second quarter of 2020, as the economy recovers from the COVID-19 pandemic; however, we do not expect that marketing as a percentage of revenue will reach 2019 levels. We intend to manage our marketing spend to balance growth and profitability. We will continue to invest in user acquisition and retention while the underlying user unit economics indicate the return on investment is strong.

Investments in Platform Innovation. We invest in both the people and technology behind our platform. We also intend to continue to make significant investments in the technology and infrastructure of our platform to attract and retain buyers and sellers, expand the capabilities and scope of our platform, and enhance the user experience. We expect to continue to make significant investments to attract and retain employees, particularly engineers, data scientists, designers, product management, and operations personnel. All functions are important, and we intend to invest in our people to help us drive additional efficiencies across our marketplace. In addition, we may invest in new and existing businesses that may lower our margins temporarily but may enhance our platform capabilities, deliver revenue growth, and enable us to achieve and maintain long-term profitability.

International Expansion. We began operations in Canada, the first country we expanded to after the United States, in May 2019. International GMV was $6.4 million in 2019, and has grown to $32.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For each of these periods, revenue from international operations was less than 10% of our net revenue. As we continue our global expansion, we believe international demand for our platform will develop and increase. Accordingly, we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our international business. We have invested, and plan to continue to invest, in the adoption of our platform and solutions internationally, including localization of our platform and the addition of critical capabilities to our platform required to serve those local markets.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the lives of our users, buyers, and sellers have been disrupted as people have been required to stay home and many have experienced significant economic and employment disruption. As many people have shifted to a work-from-home environment, there has been less of a need for some to purchase apparel. In some cases, buyers also have a decreased ability to spend on our marketplace due to economic concerns and pressures. In other cases, physical stores have remained closed or are viewed as potentially dangerous, leaving fewer offline shopping alternatives for people and driving demand to online alternatives, including Poshmark. For our sellers, our marketplace has continued to serve as a means for additional income, though the requirement to handle their own logistics amid quarantine has proven difficult for many. Additionally, the social nature of our platform and the community we have built has attracted users throughout the pandemic to come shop, interact, and share. We have temporarily closed our headquarters and offices, with substantially all of our employees working remotely, temporarily lowering our operating expenses. The conditions caused by the pandemic are still evolving and are unknown. Additional disruptions or a resurgence of offline shopping demand could adversely affect our business, results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition during 2020 and potentially future periods.

Seasonality. Our business is seasonal in nature as it is affected by the cyclicality of the consumer as well as broader market conditions. Historically, we have often seen both stronger growth in the number of Active Users and Active Buyers and in engagement during the first quarter of the year. In addition, we have seen higher GMV in the fourth quarter of the year, followed by the third quarter, which we believe is due in part to the higher price points of seasonal apparel and footwear and the Holiday season. We believe the rapid growth in our business, as well as the recent effects of sales taxes and the COVID-19 pandemic, have partially masked these trends to date, and we expect the impact of seasonality to be more pronounced in our future quarterly results as our business matures.

 

68


Table of Contents

GAAP and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We also review the following GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

Net (Loss) Income

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Net (Loss) Income Margin(1)

     (10 )%      (24 )%      (23 )%      11

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (11,077   $ (37,060   $ (24,462   $ 30,052  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2)

     (7 )%      (18 )%      (16 )%      16

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
                       (in thousands)                    

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,450   $ (13,083   $ (12,413   $ (14,746   $ (10,987   $ 21,120     $ 10,773  

Net (loss) income margin(1)

     (16 )%      (28 )%      (25 )%      (27 )%      (19 )%      32     16

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (3,173   $ (10,903   $ (10,386   $ (12,598   $ (8,656   $ 23,675     $ 15,033  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)

     (6 )%      (23 )%      (21 )%      (23 )%      (15 )%      35     22

 

(1)

Net (Loss) Income Margin is calculated by dividing Net (Loss) Income for a period by revenue for the same period.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA for a period by revenue for the same period.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance measure that we use to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. Because Adjusted EBITDA facilitates internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we use this measure for business planning purposes.

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss attributable to common stockholders, adjusted to exclude:

 

   

depreciation and amortization;

 

   

stock-based compensation expense;

 

   

interest income;

 

   

other expense, net;

 

   

change in accrued sales tax; and

 

   

provision for income taxes.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year primarily due to our implementation of sales tax collection and remittance in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, which adversely impacted activity on our marketplace and caused us to decide to increase marketing to help increase user acquisition and engagement.

 

69


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA increased $54.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019 primarily due to an increase in revenue and a decrease in marketing spend in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, and to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies. Our definition may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish similar metrics. Furthermore, this metric has certain limitations in that it does not include the impact of certain expenses that are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations that are necessary to run our business. Thus, our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

We compensate for these limitations by providing a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to the related GAAP financial measure, net loss attributable to common stockholders. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure, and to view Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with their respective related GAAP financial measures.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     802       2,056       1,412       2,130  

Stock-based compensation

     2,606       9,687       7,864       6,083  

Interest income

     (1,096     (1,677     (1,305     (540

Other expense, net

     460       366       357       1,248  

Change in accrued sales taxes(1)

     535       1,026       1,026       —    

Provision for income taxes

     91       174       130       225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (11,077   $ (37,060   $ (24,462   $ 30,052  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (7 )%      (18 )%      (16 )%      16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
                       (in thousands)                    

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,450   $ (13,083   $ (12,413   $ (14,746   $ (10,987   $ 21,120     $ 10,773  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

              

Depreciation and amortization

     347       529       536       644       711       667       752  

Stock-based compensation

     3,969       2,058       1,837       1,823       1,799       1,663       2,621  

Interest income

     (444     (449     (412     (372     (328     (149     (63

Other expense, net

     325       —         32       9       91       312       845  

Change in accrued sales taxes(1)

     1,026       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Provision for income taxes

     54       42       34       44       58       62       105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (3,173   $ (10,903   $ (10,386   $ (12,598   $ (8,656   $ 23,675     $ 15,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (6 )%      (23 )%      (21 )%      (23 )%      (15 )%      35     22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects our estimated liability for the non-collection and non-remittance of sales taxes which became required beginning in 2018. We began collecting and remitting sales tax in April 2019. Accordingly, beginning in the three months ended June 30, 2019, these liabilities were no longer incurred.

Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenue

We generate revenue from sellers for fees earned when they sell items they have listed on our social marketplace to buyers (20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15). The buyer also pays a shipping label fee as part of their order. On some orders, the shipping label fee exceeds our

 

71


Table of Contents

shipping label cost, which we record as revenue. In 2019, this revenue was 1% of our total net revenue and was less than 1% in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, this revenue was 3% of our total net revenue. Our revenue is recognized when we satisfy our performance obligations. We report both revenue from buyers and revenue from sellers based upon the net amount earned, which is reduced by certain buyer and seller incentives.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Net Revenue. Cost of net revenue primarily consists of costs associated with credit card processing, transaction fees for order related payments, and hosting expenses associated with operating our platform. Cost of net revenue does not include depreciation and amortization.

We expect cost of net revenue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods and to vary from period to period as a percentage of net revenue for the foreseeable future as we grow our platform by increasing Active Buyers and generating higher GMV.

Operations and Support. Operations and support expense primarily consists of personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, incurred in providing support to users of our platform including authentication services that we provide. This expense also includes postage and shipping costs that we incur primarily from order losses and cancellations, and credits and incentives issued to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes in excess of shipping facilitation revenue.

We expect that operations and support expenses will increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow our operations and hire additional employees to support the scaling of our business. To the extent we are successful in becoming more efficient in supporting our users, we would expect operations and support expenses as a percentage of revenue to decrease over the long term.

Research and Development. Research and development expense consist primarily of compensation expenses for engineering, product development, and design employees, including stock-based compensation, expenses associated with ongoing improvements to and maintenance and testing of our platform offerings including website, mobile apps, and other products, and other research and development programs. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. We capitalize certain costs associated with website development and software for internal use.

We expect that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development activities relating to ongoing improvements to and maintenance and testing of our platform offerings including website, mobile apps, and other products, and other research and development programs, including the hiring of engineering, product development, and design employees to support these efforts.

Marketing. Marketing expense primarily consists of expenses associated with personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, and costs related to user acquisition, public relations, marketing events such as Posh Parties, and business development. User acquisition costs primarily consist of costs associated with acquiring new users by spend on advertising channels such as television, Google, Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, and TikTok. These marketing expenses also include promotional credits and incentives issued to buyers to encourage buyer activity on our platform in excess of shipping facilitation revenue and cost of referral incentives for new user acquisition. We plan to continue to invest in our marketing efforts, including hiring additional employees, in order to attract new users.

We expect that marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future as we plan to continue to invest in marketing to grow the number of Active Users and Active Buyers and increase our brand awareness. The trend and timing of our brand marketing expenses will depend in part on the timing of marketing campaigns.

 

72


Table of Contents

General and Administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee related costs including stock-based compensation for those employees associated with administrative services such as legal, human resources, information technology, accounting, and finance, and all related costs associated with our facilities, such as rent and office administration. These expenses also include certain third-party consulting services, facilities, IT shared services, meals and other corporate costs not allocated to other expense categories.

We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future as we focus on processes, systems, and controls to enable our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, expenses related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and expenses for general and director and officer insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We also expect rent expense and other facilities related costs to continue to increase in the future.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense primarily consists of depreciation of computer equipment and software, furniture and fixtures, leasehold improvements, and website development and software for internal use.

We expect that depreciation and amortization expense will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to build out our network infrastructure and establish new office locations to support our growth.

Interest Income

Interest income primarily relates to amounts earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net mainly relates to changes in fair value of the Convertible Notes and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, and foreign exchange remeasurement gains and losses recorded from consolidating our foreign subsidiaries at each period end.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists primarily of foreign taxes and state minimum taxes in the United States. As we expand the scale of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. and foreign taxation of such activities may increase our overall provision for income taxes in the future. We have established a valuation allowance for our U.S. deferred tax assets, including federal and state NOLs.

We expect to maintain this valuation allowance until it becomes more likely than not that the benefit of our federal and state deferred tax assets will be realized by way of expected future taxable income in the United States.

 

73


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations data and such data as a percentage of net revenue for the periods presented:

 

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2019     2020     $     %  
     (in thousands)     (in thousands)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations

        

Net revenue

   $ 150,489     $ 192,760     $ 42,271       28

Costs and expenses (1):

        

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     24,345       31,924       7,579       31  

Operations and support

     21,295       27,871       6,576       31  

Research and development

     18,725       22,226       3,501       19  

Marketing

     95,928       65,449       (30,479     (32

General and administrative

     23,548       21,321       (2,227     (9

Depreciation and amortization

     1,412       2,130       718       51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     185,253       170,921       (14,332     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (34,764     21,839       56,603       NM

Interest income

     1,305       540       (765     (59

Other expense, net

        

Change in fair value of convertible notes

     —         (516     (516     NM

Other, net

     (357     (732     (375     105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (357     (1,248     (891     250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (33,816     21,131       54,947       NM

Provision for income taxes

     130       225       95       73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (33,946   $ 20,906     $ 54,852       NM

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

     —         (12,776     (12,776     NM
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (33,946   $ 8,130     $ 42,076       NM
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

NM–not meaningful

 

74


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
            2018                   2019            $     %  
     (in thousands)     (in thousands)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations

        

Net revenue

   $ 148,305     $ 205,225     $ 56,920       38

Costs and expenses (1):

        

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     22,837       34,142       11,305       50  

Operations and support

     20,299       29,879       9,580       47  

Research and development

     15,484       25,033       9,549       62  

Marketing

     88,439       132,470       44,031       50  

General and administrative

     15,464       31,474       16,010       104  

Depreciation and amortization

     802       2,056       1,254       156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     163,325       255,054       91,729       56  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,020     (49,829     (34,809     232  

Interest income

     1,096       1,677       581       53  

Other expense, net

     (460     (366     94       (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (14,384     (48,518     (34,134     237  

Provision for income taxes

     91       174       83       91  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692   $ (34,217     236
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2018              2019              2019              2020      
     (in thousands)      (in thousands)  

Operations and support

   $ 250      $ 689      $ 520      $ 521  

Research and development

     775        3,017        2,455        2,028  

Marketing

     400        1,306        993        1,012  

General and administrative

     1,181        4,675        3,896        2,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,606      $ 9,687      $ 7,864      $ 6,083  

 

75


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2018             2019             2019             2020      

Consolidated Statements of Operations, as a percentage of net revenue

        

Net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     15       17       16       17  

Operations and support

     14       14       14       14  

Research and development

     10       12       12       12  

Marketing

     60       65       64       34  

General and administrative

     10       15       16       11  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     110       124       123       89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (10     (24     (23     11  

Interest income

     —         1       1       —    

Other expense, net

     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (10     (23     (22     11  

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         —         —    

Net (loss) income

     (10 )%      (23 )%      (22 )%      11

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

     —         —         —         (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

     (10 )%      (23 )%      (22 )%      4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $42.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. This growth was primarily due to an increase in the volume of GMV on our marketplace to a total of $1.0 billion, an increase of 30% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase in GMV was substantially driven by the increase in Active Buyers on the platform to 6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, a 26% increase compared to the same period in 2019, and the 3% increase in GMV per Active Buyer for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019.

Cost of Net Revenue

Cost of net revenue increased $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase was driven by a $6.4 million increase in costs related to overall volume increases on our marketplace, including increased credit card processing fees and associated expenses, and an increase in data hosting costs of $1.2 million to support the increased usage of our platform and upgrades we made to our systems which were required to support our growth.

Operations and Support

Operations and support expense increased $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase was primarily driven by the overall volume increase on our marketplace, including a $3.5 million increase in net shipping costs as a result of our growth, a $1.6 million increase in credits and incentives issued to users for the purposes of dispute resolution, and a $1.4 million increase in customer service and support personnel costs as a result of increased headcount.

 

76


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.3 million in engineering personnel costs required to support the growth of our business as we launch new innovations and improve functionality on our platform.

Marketing

Marketing expense decreased $30.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a $31.5 million decrease in spending on marketing programs, including decreased spending on television ad campaigns and digital marketing to preserve liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by an increase of $1.3 million in marketing personnel costs as a result of an increase in headcount to support the growth of our business.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense decreased $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by a $2.4 million decrease in legal and consulting fees as the current year period was impacted by decreased spending on corporate initiatives and projects to preserve liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, lower expenses for sales tax accruals as the prior year period included accruals of $1.0 million with no corresponding change in the current year period, and $0.5 million decrease in personnel costs, partially offset by a $1.9 million increase in chargeback costs related to the overall volume increase on our marketplace and increased fraud activity.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The increase was due to an increase in leasehold improvements amortization associated with our new headquarters of $0.5 million, and an increase in computer equipment, furniture, and fixtures depreciation of $0.2 million.

Interest Income

The decrease in interest income is due to the lower balance of our marketable securities and lower interest rates earned from our marketable securities.

Other Expense, Net

The increase in other expense, net is primarily due to an increase in fair value of the Convertible Notes and the write-off of debt issuance costs related to the Convertible Notes in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 with no comparable activity in the prior year period.

Provision for Income Taxes

The increase in our provision for income taxes is related to an increase in the provision for taxes resulting from the operations of our foreign subsidiaries.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. This growth was primarily due to an increase in the volume of GMV on our marketplace to a total of $1.1 billion, an

 

77


Table of Contents

increase of 37% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase in GMV was substantially driven by the increase in Active Buyers on the platform to 5.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2019, a 44% increase compared to the prior year, partially offset by a 5% decrease in GMV per Active Buyer due to the implementation of sales tax on our platform.

Cost of Net Revenue

Cost of net revenue increased $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by a $7.9 million increase in costs related to overall volume increases on our marketplace, including increased credit card processing fees and associated expenses, and an increase in data hosting costs of $3.4 million to support more usage of our platform and upgrades we made to our systems. Cost of net revenue increased to 17% of revenue from 15% due to the implementation of sales tax, which led to lower growth in revenue than growth in fixed expenses in cost of net revenue.

Operations and Support

Operations and support expense increased $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by the overall volume increase on our marketplace, including a $5.6 million increase in customer service and support personnel costs as a result of increased headcount, and a $2.8 million increase in net shipping costs, and a $0.8 million increase in credits and incentives issued to users for the purposes of dispute resolution.

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $8.5 million in engineering personnel costs. Engineering personnel costs include an increase of $2.3 million in stock-based compensation expenses primarily related to a sale of common stock by a select group of employees to other investors in excess of estimated fair value during 2019 and, to a lesser extent, a $0.8 million increase in development-related services, which were driven by our efforts to launch new innovations, improve functionality on our platform, and improve our efficiency in attracting and retaining users and converting them into buyers and sellers.

Marketing

Marketing expense increased $44.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase in marketing expenses was to help reduce friction in user growth and re-engagement as a result of our implementation of sales tax collection in April 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $37.5 million increase in spending on marketing programs, including increased spending on television ad campaigns and digital marketing to acquire users. The increase was also driven by a $3.7 million increase associated with our referral and buyer incentive programs, and an increase of $2.1 million in marketing personnel costs as a result of an increase in headcount to support the growth of our business.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by a $6.9 million increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount (including stock-based compensation expenses of $3.5 million driven primarily by a sale of common stock by a select group of employees to other investors in excess of estimated fair value during 2019), a $3.5 million increase in legal and consulting fees due to the implementation of sales tax, a $2.0 million increase in chargeback costs related to the overall volume increase on our marketplace and increased fraud activity, a $2.1 million increase in facility costs (including rent and maintenance) associated with the lease of our new headquarters, and higher taxes, including sales tax in arrears of $1.0 million.

 

78


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to an increase in leasehold improvements amortization associated with our new headquarters of $0.6 million, and an increase in capitalization of website and software development of $0.3 million.

Interest Income

The increase in interest income is due to interest income earned from our marketable securities.

Other Expense, Net

The decrease in other expense, net is primarily due to the proceeds from sales tax discount for timely payment of sales tax, partially offset by the change in fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability which was driven by an increase in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

The increase in our provision for income taxes is related to an increase in the provision for taxes resulting from the operations of our foreign subsidiaries.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our revenue for each quarter presented. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results of a particular quarter or other interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

79


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
     ( in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 52,949     $ 47,572     $ 49,968     $ 54,736     $ 57,108     $ 66,870     $ 68,782  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost and expenses(1):

              

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     7,899       7,897       8,549       9,797       9,897       10,668       11,359  

Operations and support

     7,067       6,960       7,268       8,584       8,536       9,200       10,135  

Research and development

     6,281       6,175       6,269       6,308       7,076       7,067       8,083  

Marketing

     30,285       31,884       33,759       36,542       34,596       11,680       19,173  

General and administrative

     9,585       7,617       6,346       7,926       7,458       6,243       7,620  

Depreciation and amortization

     347       529       536       644       711       667       752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     61,464       61,062       62,727       69,801       68,274       45,525       57,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (8,515     (13,490     (12,759     (15,065     (11,166     21,345       11,660  

Interest income

     444       449       412       372       328       149       63  

Other expense, net

              

Change in fair value of the convertible notes

     —         —         —         —         —         —         (516

Other, net

     (325     —         (32     (9     (91     (312     (329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (325     —         (32     (9     (91     (312     (845
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (8,396     (13,041     (12,379     (14,702     (10,929     21,182       10,878  

Provision for income taxes

     54       42       34       44       58       62       105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,450   $ (13,083   $ (12,413   $ (14,746   $ (10,987   $ 21,120     $ 10,773  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

80


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2019
     June 30,
2019
     September 30,
2019
     December 31,
2019
     March 31,
2020
     June 30,
2020
     September 30,
2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Operations and support

   $ 179      $ 170      $ 171      $ 169      $ 163      $ 166      $ 192  

Research and development

     1,308        568        579        562        536        540        952  

Marketing

     372        313        308        313        307        308        397  

General and administrative

     2,110        1,007        779        779        793        649        1,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,969      $ 2,058      $ 1,837      $ 1,823      $ 1,799      $ 1,663      $ 2,621  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Net revenue

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost and expenses:

              

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     15       16       17       18       17       16       16  

Operations and support

     13       15       14       16       15       14       15  

Research and development

     12       13       13       12       12       11       12  

Marketing

     57       67       68       67       61       17       28  

General and administrative

     18       16       13       14       13       9       11  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       1       1       1       1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     116       128       126       128       119       68       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (16     (28     (26     (28     (19     32       17  

Interest income

     1       1       1       1       —         —         —    

Other expense, net

              

Change in fair value of the convertible notes

     —         —         —         —         —         —         (1

Other, net

     (1     —         —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1     —         —         —         —         —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (16     (27     (25     (27     (19     32       16  

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (16 )%      (27 )%      (25 )%      (27 )%      (19 )%      32     16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends

Net Revenue

Our quarterly revenue has increased on a year-over-year basis for each period presented as a result of increases in the volume of GMV on our marketplace. The increase in GMV was substantially driven by the increase in Active Buyers as a result of greater adoption of our platform by new buyers and improved retention of existing buyers as well as an increase in GMV per Active Buyer as a result of increased engagement of both new and existing buyers. In the second quarter of 2019, revenue decreased as compared to the prior quarter due to the impact of sales tax implementation. GMV growth decreased in the first quarter of 2020 due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic but rebounded in the second quarter of 2020 as buyer and seller activity resumed.

Cost of Net Revenue

Our quarterly cost of revenue has generally increased sequentially in each period presented primarily driven by overall volume increases on our marketplace, including increased credit card processing fees and associated expenses, and an increase in data hosting costs to support more usage of our platform and upgrades we made to our systems.

Quarterly Operating Expenses

Our total quarterly operating expenses generally increased sequentially for all periods presented as a result of our growth, primarily due to the increase of personnel-related expenses from increases in headcount to support the growth of our business, our continued investment in our platform, as well as ongoing marketing expenses related to user acquisition, public relations, marketing events, business development and retention efforts required to support our growth. In the second and third quarters of 2020, we incurred lower marketing expenses than the previous five quarters in order to preserve liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We intend to continue making investments in marketing to drive future revenue growth. We also intend to continue investing in our research and development efforts to improve and expand our platform. We expect the majority of our research and development expenses will result from personnel-related expenses. In the second quarter of 2020, we incurred lower general and administrative expenses as a result of decreased spending in legal and consulting fees to preserve liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. General and administrative expenses in the quarters presented have primarily been comprised of personnel-related expenses, facility costs, and professional services fees, such as outside legal and consulting fees. General and administrative expenses are expected to increase in future fiscal quarters due to additional costs required to operate as a public company. Additionally, there was higher stock-based compensation expense incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, related to the secondary sale agreements. Stock-based compensation expenses are expected to increase in future fiscal quarters due to restricted stock unit vesting of prior grants upon the satisfaction of time and performance based vesting and the granting of new restricted stock units for new employees.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $216.6 million, and marketable securities of $30.4 million. Cash equivalents consisted of institutional money market funds, commercial paper, and cash in transit from third-party credit card providers that we receive within approximately three to five business days from the date of the underlying transaction. Marketable securities consisted of commercial paper, corporate bonds, and U.S. Treasury securities, which mature in twelve months or less.

As of September 30, 2020, our cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries were not material.

Since our inception, we have most often generated negative cash flows from operations and as of September 30, 2020 we had an accumulated deficit of $122.4 million, and we have financed our operations primarily through

 

82


Table of Contents

private sales of equity securities, payments received through our platform, and the issuance of convertible debt. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditures needs over at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. We may seek to raise additional funds at any time through the issuance of debt, equity, and equity-linked arrangements.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 12,051     $ (6,743   $ 10,262     $  68,189  

Investing activities

     (64,760     (5,260     (5,097     34,134  

Financing activities

     303       889       828       50,883  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —       (34     —         34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (52,406   $ (11,148   $ 5,993     $ 153,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $68.2 million, which consisted of a net income of $20.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $9.1 million and net cash inflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $38.2 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $6.1 million, and depreciation and amortization of $2.1 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $31.7 million increase in our funds payable to customers as a result of our growth, a $10.8 million increase in our accounts payable attributable to the timing of payments, partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $10.3 million, which consisted of a net loss of $33.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $8.9 million and net cash inflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $35.3 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $7.9 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $16.3 million increase in our funds payable to customers, a $14.9 million increase in our accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and a $7.9 million increase in our accounts payable, partially offset by a $3.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, due to the growth of our business.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $6.7 million, which consisted primarily of a net loss of $48.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $11.3 million and net cash inflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $30.6 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $9.7 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $22.3 million increase in our funds payable to customers, an $18.8 million increase in our accrued expenses and other current liabilities, partially offset by a $5.8 million decrease in our accounts payable attributable to the timing of payments, and a $4.9 million increase in other assets, due to the growth of our business.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by operating activities was $12.1 million, which consisted of a net loss of $14.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $3.7 million and net cash inflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $22.8 million. The non-cash charges were primarily

 

83


Table of Contents

comprised of stock-based compensation of $2.6 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $21.5 million increase in our funds payable to customers, due to the growth of our business.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by investing activities of $34.1 million, was mainly attributable to the proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities, net of purchases.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, net cash used in investing activities of $5.1 million, was mainly attributable to $2.9 million of cash used for purchases of property and equipment, including computer equipment, furniture, and fixtures to support our growth, and $2.2 million of cash used for purchases of marketable securities, net of maturities.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities of $5.3 million, was mainly attributable to $4.2 million of cash used for purchases of property and equipment, including computer equipment, furniture, and fixtures to support our growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities of $64.8 million, was mainly attributable to $63.1 million of cash used for purchases of marketable securities with the proceeds from the sale of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $50.9 million consisting of net proceeds of $50.0 million from the issuance of convertible notes, and proceeds of $0.9 million from the exercise of stock options.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $0.8 million consisting of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, due to proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Concentration of Credit Risk

No customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of rental payments under our non-cancelable operating leases and purchase commitments which expire between 2020 and 2025. The following table summarizes our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Operating lease commitments

   $ 23,561      $ 4,024      $ 10,981      $ 8,556      $ —    

Purchase commitments(1)

     15,343        4,343        11,000        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,904      $ 8,367      $ 21,981      $ 8,556      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Relates to non-cancelable commitments for network and cloud services in the ordinary course of business with varying expiration terms through October 31, 2022.

 

84


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, there have been no significant changes in our contractual obligations and other commitments.

Convertible Note Financing

In September 2020, we issued the Convertible Notes to certain of our investors in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million. The Convertible Notes mature on September 14, 2023. The Convertible Notes do not accrue interest, except during the existence of an event of default related to non-payment of the obligations under the Convertible Notes at maturity or upon acceleration. The Convertible Notes will convert into shares of our Class A common stock in connection with the closing of a Qualified IPO at a discount to the initial public offering price. The discount to the initial public offering price will be 15%, if the closing of our initial public offering occurs prior to September 15, 2021; 20%, if the closing of our initial public offering occurs after September 15, 2021 but prior to September 15, 2022; and 25%, if the closing of our initial public offering occurs after September 15, 2022 but prior to September 15, 2023. For purposes of the Convertible Notes, a Qualified IPO is defined as an underwritten public offering of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the initial public offering price is equal to (x) the quotient of (a) at least $1.1 billion, divided by (b) the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and (y) the gross proceeds to us are not less than $120 million, or upon approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock. In addition, upon the consummation of certain change of control events, we would be required to prepay the Convertible Notes at par plus an applicable premium. See Note 14 to our annual consolidated financial statements for more information.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

As of September 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities of $247.0 million, which consisted primarily of cash held in one high-credit quality financial institution within the United States, cash in transit from third-party credit card providers, institutional money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, and U.S. Treasury securities, which each carry a degree of interest rate risk. Changes in interest rates affect the interest income we earn on our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities and the fair value of our cash equivalents and marketable securities. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio as of September 30, 2020.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, except for our non-U.S. operations, which are denominated in the local currency. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows may be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To date, these fluctuations have not been material. As exchange rates vary, our

 

85


Table of Contents

operating loss may differ from expectations. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, although we may do so in the future. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would not have a material effect on our operating results as of September 30, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a significant degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when we satisfy our performance obligations. We consider both sellers and buyers to be customers. We generate revenue from sellers for fees earned when sellers sell items they have listed on our social marketplace to buyers. We generate revenue from buyers for fees earned when they purchase shipping labels used for delivery of the items purchased. We periodically reassess our revenue recognition policies as new offerings become material and business models evolve. We recognize revenue net of estimated returns and cancellations based on our historical experience. Transactions may be cancelled by a buyer or seller in certain circumstances. In 2018 and 2019, cancellations were 12% and 12%, respectively, of GMV, including returns which were 2% and 2%, respectively, of GMV. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, cancellations were 11% of GMV, including returns which were 2% of GMV. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, cancellations were 13% of GMV, including returns which were 2% of GMV.

We enter into the TOS with buyers and sellers to use our technology platform. The TOS governs these parties’ use of the platform, including payment terms for the buyer and the seller and services to be provided by us. Under the TOS, upon the buyer’s purchase from the seller, the buyer, the seller and we are committed to perform and enforceable rights and obligations are established.

Sellers

Sellers are able to list their items for sale on our social marketplace at no charge. We charge a fee upon the sale of items listed on our social marketplace. The fee is 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. The service we provide to sellers includes the facilitation of the sale of their items as well as certain ancillary activities such as payment processing and authentication (for luxury items). These activities comprise a single performance obligation to sellers, which is to facilitate the sale of the listed items between sellers and buyers on our platform (sale facilitation).

We evaluate the presentation of revenue from sellers on a gross or net basis based on whether we act as a principal or an agent in the sale of listed items between sellers and buyers. We do not control the listed items at any time prior to the transfer of such items to buyers. We act as an agent in facilitating the sale of items from sellers to buyers by allowing them to connect and interact on our social marketplace. We are not primarily responsible for fulfillment of purchased items, do not have inventory risk, and do not set the price for the listed item. As such, we report revenue from sellers on a net basis to reflect the fees received from sellers.

 

86


Table of Contents

Revenue is recognized at the point in time we satisfy the performance obligation to facilitate the sale of a listed item. This occurs when both the seller and the buyer agree to a sale and the payment is processed on our platform. For luxury items authenticated by us, sale facilitation revenue is recognized when we authenticate and arrange for shipment of the items to the buyer, as this is the point in time a sale is finalized and we have satisfied its performance obligation.

Buyers

When a sale is finalized, the buyer purchases a shipping label from the USPS through our platform. We email the shipping label to the seller and the seller ships the item to the buyer through the shipping provider, USPS. We do not purchase the shipping label on behalf of the buyer until after the buyer has purchased an item and has remitted payment. As a result, we have one performance obligation to buyers, which is to facilitate the sale of shipping labels to buyers for the delivery of items purchased on our platform (shipping facilitation).

We evaluate the presentation of revenue from buyers on a gross or net basis based on whether we act as a principal or an agent in shipment of listed items between sellers and buyers. We do not control the shipping service, which is provided by the shipping provider. We are not primarily responsible for shipping, and we do not assume any of the risks for the items shipped such as risk of damage or loss during shipping. We act as an agent of the buyer in facilitating the shipping. As such, we report revenue on a net basis which is the difference between the shipping fee paid by the buyer and the cost of shipping labels paid to the shipping provider.

Revenue from shipping facilitation is recognized upon transfer of the shipping label to the seller on behalf of the buyer.

We estimate chargebacks based on historical collectability rates. We record a reserve for chargebacks in accrued expenses and other current liabilities with an offset to general and administrative expenses. Chargebacks have not been material for all periods presented.

Sales tax and other amounts collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction price.

Incentives

Under the referral program, an existing user (the referrer) earns an incentive (Posh Credit) when a new user (the referee) first buys an item on our platform. Posh Credits are not redeemable for cash and can only be applied for purchases on our platform. We record the incentive to the referrer, which is in exchange for a distinct referral service, as a liability at the time the incentive is earned by the referrer with a corresponding charge recorded to marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Credits and incentives issued to existing users for referring new users are contingent upon a new user completing an initial purchase on our platform and represent an incremental cost of obtaining a contract with a customer. We expense such new user referral incentives as marketing expense when the referral incentives are earned because the amortization period would be one year or less.

We have several buyer incentive programs, which are offered to encourage buyer activity on our platform. These promotions reduce the fees we charge for shipping facilitation. Accordingly, we record these incentives as a reduction to revenue from the buyer when the incentive is used by the buyer. Amounts in excess of cumulative shipping facilitation revenue earned are presented as marketing expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

We participate in certain joint incentive programs with sellers that are recorded as a reduction to the fees received from the seller.

We may elect to issue incentives to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes or for refunds. These incentives (which are in the form of Posh Credits) can be applied towards future orders and, thereby, results in a

 

87


Table of Contents

reduced fee earned by us from the buyer, or redeemable credits that can also be redeemed for cash. In cases where the seller performed as required by our TOS, we reduce shipping facilitation revenue earned on the transaction and any cumulative revenue earned from the same buyer for Posh Credits and redeemable credits granted. If the amount of the incentive exceeds cumulative revenues from the buyer, then the excess is presented as operations and support expense in the consolidated statements of operations. If refunds are provided in a case where the seller did not perform and the amount cannot be recovered from the seller, the refund is presented as a reduction of revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation

We grant stock-based awards consisting of stock options and RSUs to employees and consultants.

RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The time-based vesting condition for the majority of these awards is satisfied over four years. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in control transaction or the effective date of a Qualified IPO. Because no qualifying event has occurred, we have not recognized any stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs. In the period in which the qualifying event is probable, we will record a cumulative one-time stock-based compensation expense determined using the grant-date fair values and the accelerated attribution method. If our IPO had occurred on September 30, 2020, we would have recognized $7.2 million of stock-based compensation expense for RSUs that had satisfied or partially satisfied the time-based vesting condition on that date, calculated using the accelerated attribution method, and would have $32.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost that represents the grants that have not met the time-based condition as of September 30, 2020. Stock-based compensation related to remaining time-based service after the qualifying event will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method. RSUs granted after the performance condition occurs will continue to be measured using the grant date fair values and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the service period.

Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, net of forfeitures. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include per share fair value of the underlying common stock, exercise price, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected annual dividend yield, and expected stock price volatility over the expected term. For all stock options granted, we calculated the expected term using the simplified method. We have no publicly available stock information. Therefore, we have used the historical volatility of the stock price of similar publicly traded peer companies to estimate volatility of our equity awards granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended September, 30
     2018    2019    2019    2020

Expected dividend yield

               -                            -                            -                            -            

Expected volatility

   39.7% - 41.8%    39.7% - 46.2%    39.7% - 40.7%    51.8%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7% - 3.0%    1.7% - 2.6%    1.9% - 2.6%    0.5%

Expected term (in years)

   5.9 - 6.1    5.4 - 6.1    5.4 - 6.1    6.1

 

88


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuation

Prior to this offering, given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors determined the best estimated fair value of our common stock exercising reasonable judgment and considering numerous objective and subjective factors. These factors included:

 

   

independent third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

the prices at which we or other holders sold our common and redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources;

 

   

the industry outlook;

 

   

the valuation of selected comparable public companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the fact that option grants have involved rights in illiquid securities in a private company;

 

   

valuations published by institutional investors that hold our capital stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the history and nature of our business, industry trends, and competitive environment; and

 

   

general economic outlook including economic growth, inflation and unemployment, interest rate, environment and global economic trends.

Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock by first determining the equity value of our business and then allocating the value among the various classes of our equity securities to derive a per share value of our common stock.

The equity value of our business was estimated either by reference to the closest round of equity financing preceding the date of the valuation or using the market approach. The market approach estimates the value of our business by using market multiples based on publicly traded companies with financial and operating characteristics similar to our business, resulting in guideline public company multiples.

In allocating the equity value of our business among the various classes of stock, we used a combination of the option pricing method, or OPM, and the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, across multiple scenarios, thus using a hybrid method. We use OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of these scenarios. The OPM models each class of stock as a future call option with a unique claim on our assets. The significant unobservable inputs into the valuation model used to estimate the fair value of our common stock include the timing of potential events, such as an IPO and other liquidity events and their probability of occurring, the selection of guideline public company multiples, the projected future cash flows, and the discount rate used to calculate the present-value of the estimated equity value allocated to each share class.

After the allocation to the various classes of stock, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at a fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is meant to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that is not traded on public exchanges. In our selection of the appropriate DLOM at each valuation date, we considered the implied discounts from the various studies and quantitative models such as the Restricted Stock Studies, Longstaff Model, European Protective Put Option Model, Finnerty Model, and Asian Protective Put Option Model, as well as the earlier stage of development of the company, uncertainty of specific timing of a

 

89


Table of Contents

liquidity event, and high implied volatility of common stock compared to the selected asset/equity volatility. The DLOM was 15.0% for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, as well as 15.0% and 15.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Additionally, in making the final determination of common stock value, consideration is also given to the recent sales of common stock.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock. For valuations after the completion of this initial public offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2020 was $            million, with $            million related to vested stock options.

Internal Use Software

We capitalize certain costs associated with website development and software for internal use. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of website and software development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental and deemed by management to be significant, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the asset. Maintenance and enhancement costs, including those costs in the post-implementation stages, are typically expensed as incurred, unless such costs relate to substantial upgrades and enhancements to the website or software that result in added functionality which are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment, net on our consolidated balance sheets.    

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our annual consolidated financial statements “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for more information.

 

90


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM MANISH CHANDRA, FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I learned to appreciate the value of community at an early age while growing up in India.

I spent summers with my grandfather at his pharmaceutical shop in Chandni Chowk, one of the oldest and busiest markets in Old Delhi. Each day, I explored the market, observing customers interacting with effervescent shop owners who were selling everything from clothes and spices to metalworks and more. Unique deals were being negotiated all around me. You could feel the energy of every sale and the vibrancy of people meeting and coming together. It was magical.

In the decades since, the way people shop has changed dramatically, evolving from small, local retailers on main streets, to big department stores in malls, and ultimately to eCommerce. It seems that we have shifted towards more anonymized, commoditized, and transactional purchases than any time before in the rich history of human commerce. In this world, our instant gratification purchases often pile up in closets, some even with the tags still on—items lacking the joy of a discovery or a personalized deal.

This led me to wonder—why couldn’t online shopping be as social, exciting, and personal as it was before eCommerce “disrupted” retail? Would people sell and recirculate items from their closets? And could we recreate community around the shopping experience? Right around that time, the iPhone 4 launched, and the answers became clear. I saw a future where technology could reinvent shopping by connecting and empowering everyday people. A future where anyone could make money selling their style, simply with their phone. One where we could give a second life to millions of items. All I had to do was figure out how to make selling online so easy that anyone with a closet could do it.

As an engineer, I approached the challenge of reimagining retail’s future by developing a blueprint. It centered on three must-haves: 1) social, to make shopping fun and human again, 2) sustainable, both socially and environmentally, and 3) data- and technology-driven, to make it simple and easy for anyone to discover, shop, buy, and sell.

To build this, I needed the right team—a team who believed in the vision and had a diversity of experience and perspective across eCommerce, technology, fashion, and social commerce. I brought together Tracy Sun, Gautam Golwala, and Chetan Pungaliya, three leaders whose partnership, expertise, and commitment has proven to be invaluable in creating our social marketplace.

In 2011, we launched Poshmark.

Of course we had high hopes for the business, but we never imagined the kind of impact that Poshmark would have on millions of people’s lives. Every day, we hear from Poshers who proudly share their stories. I think of Kristin and Korinne, a single mother and her daughter who combined their selling forces to make enough money to send Korinne to the college of her dreams. Alex, who was diagnosed with a rare autoimmune disorder and started selling on Poshmark to pay off her medical bills. Tina, a domestic violence survivor who sold clothes from her closet to provide her enough financial independence and confidence to leave her difficult circumstances. And Danee, who no longer has to worry about paying for essentials like groceries and more thanks to her Poshmark business.

It is an honor and privilege to empower the millions of people who make Poshmark what it is—a community that embraces individuality, provides support, fuels circularity, and encourages dream chasing. What makes Poshmark so special is that people can pursue their own ambitions and define their own success. The result is a dynamic market, alive with the energy of people coming together. Something truly magical.

With immense gratitude, we recognize those who bring heart and hustle to our social marketplace every day. One of the ways this will come to life is through our Heart and Hustle Community Fund for Poshmark sellers looking to grow their businesses. Through the fund, we will distribute grants and offer mentorship opportunities to help our sellers take their businesses to new heights.

 

91


Table of Contents

Looking to the future, our promise is to relentlessly serve our community, to constantly innovate, and to dedicate ourselves to delivering business performance that is sustainable for the long term. We look forward to welcoming our new investors on this journey with us.

I sincerely thank the Poshmark community, Team Posh, our board and investors, and everyone who has believed in us. Together we have proven that style can be sustainable and shopping can have a soul.

 

 

LOGO

Manish Chandra

Founder and CEO

 

92


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Mission

Our mission is to put people at the heart of commerce, empowering everyone to thrive.

Overview

We are a social marketplace that combines the human connection of a physical shopping experience with the scale, reach, ease, and selection benefits of eCommerce. In doing so, we bring the power of community to buying and selling online. We created Poshmark in 2011 to make buying and selling simple, social, and fun. Pairing technology with the inherent human desire to socialize, our marketplace creates passion and personal connections among users. In 2019, our Active Users spent an average of 27 minutes a day on our marketplace browsing, shopping, buying, selling, and connecting with each other via 20.5 billion social interactions. We dynamically curate our marketplace into lifestyle categories that our users love, including apparel, accessories, footwear, home, and beauty. Powered by our proprietary technology, our social marketplace is purpose-built to enable simple transactions, seamless logistics, and an engaging experience at scale. As of September 30, 2020, there were over 201 million secondhand and new items for sale across 9,431 brands on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, we had 31.7 million Active Users, 6.2 million Active Buyers, and 4.5 million Active Sellers.

We empower people to sell a few items or to become successful entrepreneurs by providing them with end-to-end seller tools. We refer to this as “making selling a superpower.” Our comprehensive infrastructure makes it easy for sellers, from casual consumers to professional sellers, brands, and retailers, to build their businesses with seamless listing, merchandising, promotion, pricing, and shipping. Sellers use content, inventory selection, and social interactions to monetize their listings. Our transparent fee structure aligns our success with the success of our sellers. Our fee is 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. We attract, engage, and retain sellers by creating a vibrant community where sellers can use their personal passion for economic empowerment.

Our social features make the discovery and purchase process simple and enticing for buyers, fostering high engagement and retention. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace. We enable buyers to discover, connect, and curate their network and news feed with that of other users who share similar styles and personal preferences, creating a fun shopping experience. Our marketplace is vast, with sellers listing millions of secondhand and new items across multiple categories. We use data-driven personalization to customize each user’s feed to feature the most relevant listings and make it easy to quickly search for and find products of interest. Furthermore, sellers list a variety of items across all price points, with the added benefit of being able to negotiate offers directly with buyers seeking to optimize their budget, allowing sellers to manage their listings to achieve their individual objectives. Because our marketplace features a massive selection of secondhand items, buyers are also able to support their personal style while minimizing their environmental impact.

The scale of our community of users, buyers, and sellers, creates network effects that drive growth in our social marketplace. We make it easy for buyers and sellers to build and deepen relationships through a variety of social mechanisms designed to foster social interactions, create community, and drive engagement. As users join our community, they interact with one another and build personal networks through likes, comments, shares, follows, offers, and purchases. Each day in 2019, there were, on average, over 56 million social interactions on our marketplace, including 38 million shares. In 2019, we also saw a 34% increase in social interactions per Active User as compared to 2018. This engagement attracts new sellers who, in turn, increase the breadth and depth on our marketplace, and ultimately attract more buyers. Buyers often convert to becoming sellers after experiencing the ease and value of selling on our marketplace. At any time, a user may be a buyer, a seller, or both. This high velocity flywheel of community engagement drives strong monetization potential and an attractive business model

 

93


Table of Contents

with efficient user acquisition dynamics. Of all buyers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 34% of these buyers also activated as sellers by year end 2019, and of all sellers who activated between 2012 and 2018, 39% of these sellers activated as buyers by year end 2019. In addition, in 2019, 48% of sellers used a portion of their earnings on our marketplace to make a purchase on our marketplace in the same year.

Proprietary technology and data underpin our community, social marketplace, logistics, and payments. Our eCommerce technology allows seamless, secure transaction capabilities in a highly distributed network across millions of buyers and sellers, without having to touch or own physical inventory. We rely on data science to personalize every user’s feed while offering powerful, easy to use tools to drive seller success. The result is a unique ecosystem built for social commerce, which leverages social tools to humanize the online shopping experience and harnesses community engagement, while providing an integrated end-to-end system across the transaction cycle, from shopping to shipping.

The engagement of our community has fueled strong growth in our business, supported by attractive unit economics and efficient user acquisition. We do not own or manage inventory as all products are listed, managed, sold, and shipped by our sellers, utilizing our transaction tools that makes the selling process seamless and easy. This asset-light model creates scalability and favorable working capital dynamics. As of September 30, 2020, our community has generated $4.0 billion in GMV since 2011, with $1.3 billion in the four quarters ended September 30, 2020 and $1.0 billion in the four quarters ended September 30, 2019, representing a 30% growth rate. We win when our sellers win; we earn our revenue based on a simple fee from each successful transaction that is conducted on our marketplace. In the four quarters ended September 30, 2020, we had revenue of $247.5 million and we generated net income of $6.2 million, and an Adjusted EBITDA of $17.5 million. In the quarter ended September 30, 2020, we had GMV of $375.4 million, revenue of $68.8 million, net income of $10.8 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $15.0 million.

 

LOGO

ACTIVE SELLRS(1)$33AVERAGE ORDER VALUE(2)48%USED EARNINGS TO BUY SELLERS BUILD FOLLOWINGS AND PERSONAL BRANDS 31.7M ACTIVE USERS $1.3B GMV 27 MINS SPENT DAILY BUYERS DISCOVER NEW ITEMS, PEOPLE, AND BRANDS 6.2M AVTIVE BUYERS(1) 6+ ORDERS ER AVTIVE BUYER(2) 87% OF ITEMS PURCHASED WERE PRECEDED BY A SOCIAL ACTION

The Future of Online Shopping is Social

While eCommerce has improved the offline shopping experience in some ways, the personalization element remains a challenge. The growth in eCommerce has been driven by the substantial improvements that buying

 

94


Table of Contents

online brings to buyers over in-person shopping: easy access to unparalleled scale and diversity of brands, styles, and price points. However, the sheer scale of online inventory can often overwhelm potential customers who must sift through a daunting selection of items, fits, and styles. Despite some advances in personalization, the online buyer experience is still largely one-way and transactional.

In the offline shopping experience, product discovery is inherently social. Shoppers are seeking the same in the digital world and increasingly turn to one another for recommendations and validation online. Social technology platforms take a central role in facilitating personal, meaningful interactions at scale through photos and discovery-based content. In addition, consumers increasingly favor resale shopping, fueled by the desire for sustainable consumption and increased orientation towards value. Buyers today care more about the environmental impact of their consumption. According to Nielsen, 73% of consumers would change their consumption habits in order to minimize their impact on the environment.

From the seller perspective, people continue to find ways to pursue their passions with a digital “side-hustle” or as digital entrepreneurs, earning additional income along the way. This has led to the rise of the “Passion Economy,” a new way for people to monetize their skills, with the freedom to work when, how, and where they want. The growing demand for social shopping online creates a meaningful opportunity for sellers to expand their potential customer base from local to global, with the data-driven ability to reach, acquire, and retain buyers.

The Poshmark Solution

Poshmark makes buying and selling simple, social, and fun.

 

LOGO

CONNECT follow users & brands and like your favorite items SHOP ask sellers for styling advice 5 bundled pricing BUY make a purchase in one click DISCOVER browse 200M* items and 9 4x brands LIST put an item up for sale in 60 seconds SHARE broadcast items to millions of users SELL BUYER EXPERIENCE SELLER EXPERIENCE receive an immediate notification when your item is sold SHARES how off your purchase using Posh Stories EARN earn 60% of the sale price on sales of $15 or above SHIP mail sold items with a pre-paid Posh Post shipping label

Benefits to Buyers

Social and fun. Our shopping experience flourishes because of authentic human connection. We enable our buyers to grow their personal networks on our marketplace, driving positive social feedback, long-term engagement, and repeat purchases. Our community builds relationships through a variety of social actions and encourages sellers to style and promote each other’s items. Through Likes, Posh Parties, conversations, styling “Bundles,” and negotiations, we have brought the benefits of the real-world shopping experience online.

 

95


Table of Contents

Simple and personalized. Our marketplace makes shopping and buying easy and accessible. Users access our marketplace on numerous devices, with a simple payment and shipping process and a consistent buying experience across the platform. Buyers can benefit from personalized experiences with sellers who understand their individual style, sizing, and fit. Our sellers offer a vast assortment of items, over 201 million as of September 30, 2020, and we offer the data-driven ability to sift through all of it and personalize the experience for each user. Sellers often send personal, handwritten notes to buyers along with their item, while buyers often write digital “love notes,” commenting on the purchase or seller experience.

Value shopping with breadth and depth. Our marketplace allows buyers to optimize the best value for them. Sellers offer a vast assortment of secondhand and new items at value price points enabling shoppers to easily find and purchase any style, including everyday items as well as hard-to-find items. The average order value on our marketplace in 2019 was $33.

Win-win for environment and enduring style. Shopping on our marketplace allows members of our community to support their commitment to environmental sustainability across multiple products and brands that fit their personal style. We believe this trend will grow, in particular as the next generation of consumers age and have growing disposable income.

Benefits to Sellers

Easy and simple to rotate a closet or build and grow a business. End-to-end tools make selling a superpower through robust listing, fulfillment, and customer support capabilities. Underpinned by our proprietary technology, our millions of sellers can easily list their inventory in real time and connect with buyers. We offer an integrated stack for running a full-scale online shop from a mobile phone, supported by end-to-end marketplace tools for order fulfillment. The simplicity of this selling experience makes it possible for anyone to engage with buyers and sell on our marketplace, whether it is individuals cleaning out their closets, professional sellers building their own brands, local boutiques expanding online, merchants engaging other merchants, or brands and retailers building their online social store presence. Since 2011, our sellers have delivered more than $4.0 billion in GMV as of September 30, 2020.

Ability to build a personal brand and loyal customers. Sellers use their personal passion to feature content, select and style inventory, and engage in social interactions to monetize their listings and drive the growth of their businesses. In 2019, our community engaged in 20.5 billion social interactions on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, sellers on average had 359 followers, and the most-followed seller had more than 2.7 million followers. Sellers can create a personal brand and ongoing relationships with buyers on our marketplace, and this social feedback helps keep sellers engaged. This is a powerful feature of our marketplace and has enabled entrepreneurial sellers to launch their businesses and build their own brands quickly and cost effectively, while empowering brands and retailers to deepen their interaction and engagement with our loyal customer base.

Built-in demand based on community scale and engagement. As our business has grown, we have invested in new technology and capabilities to allow our sellers to reach and engage with more users and buyers. We market and enable sellers to market their items through social tools so that sellers do not need to spend money on marketing to drive traffic to their listings. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace, and our community of over 30 million Active Users spent an average of 27 minutes per day on our marketplace.

Transparent business model and pricing. Our business model is simple. We make money when our sellers make money on our marketplace. We charge a transparent fee based on the final sale price of an item: 20% of the final price for sales $15 and over, or a flat rate of $2.95 for sales under $15. There are no other fees that the seller pays to sell on our marketplace.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

Three key trends are driving the future of retail: the shift to online, the shift to social, and the shift to secondhand. Many of these trends are led by younger generations who continue to grow their spending power as they age.

The retail industry is undergoing significant transformation as consumer preferences shift away from traditional, physical retail in favor of the selection and convenience of eCommerce. The online U.S. apparel and footwear market is estimated at $90 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow at a 10% CAGR to $131 billion by 2023, according to Statista. This growth represents increasing online penetration of the total U.S. apparel and footwear market from 20% in 2019 to 26% in 2023.

Consumers are also shifting to more engaging and personalized experiences, fueled by the rapid growth of social platforms. According to Pew Research, in 2011, 50% of U.S. adults used social media, and in 2019 the share had risen to 72% of all adults, including 90% of those aged 18-29, and 82% of those aged 30-49. The proliferation of social platforms has created a new opportunity for commerce. According to our Social Commerce Report that we commissioned from Zogby Analytics in 2019, 57% of our users use friends, family, and word-of-mouth to discover new brands, and 42% of our users use influencers. According to that report, 55% of Gen Z consumers rely on influencers on social platforms to discover new brands.

Secondhand and resale also continue to grow as consumers, particularly younger generations, adopt efforts to reduce overall consumption and support a more sustainable economy. According to that report, an estimated 16% of the Gen Z consumer closet is secondhand, compared to 10% of the Baby Boomer closet. Shoppers are turning to platforms to extend the lifecycle of clothing, creating a more sustainable future. According to that report, 72% of our U.S. users often consider an item’s resale value before purchasing, and that when unable to return an item online, 93% of our U.S. users would sell it online. The online U.S. resale market for apparel and footwear is estimated at $7 billion in 2019 and expected to grow to an estimated $26 billion in 2023, according to GlobalData. Shopping secondhand also provides shoppers with the opportunity to access a wide variety of brands and price points in a sustainable way. Consumers are increasingly seeking to diversify their fashion choices, from luxury brands, to mainstream retailers, to emerging online brands, a trend we expect to continue.

Our social marketplace has grown rapidly due to these trends, and is well-positioned to address the future of shopping online in the U.S. apparel and footwear market. Over the long-term, we have the opportunity to address additional categories of retail and serve a broader global population. The online global apparel and footwear market is estimated at $422 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow at an 11% CAGR to $636 billion by 2023, according to Statista.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and expand our position as a leading social marketplace, including:

 

   

Diverse, highly engaged, and loyal community built on genuine human connection. Our community is diverse and spans age and geography in the United States and Canada. Our users live in big cities and small towns and engage with each other across geographies to discover, list, buy, and sell items across all price points. As of December 31, 2019, 83% of specified Active Users were female, and 80% were Millennials or Gen Z.

 

97


Table of Contents

LOGO

Age U.S. POPULATION(1) POSHMARK USERS(2) Gen Z Gen Z 16% Baby 27% Boomers 4% Baby Boomers Millennials 27% 31% Gen X 16% Millennials Gen X 53% 26%/n Geography U. S. POPULATION(1) POSHMARK USERS (2) West West 24% 28% Northeast Northeast 17% 18% South South 38% 36% Midwest Midwest 21% 18%

In 2019, Active Users also spent an average of 27 minutes a day on our marketplace. This daily time spent is evidence of the high engagement and strong network effect of our community. GMV from existing users has also grown over time based on our loyal community, reaching 74% in 2019 compared to 60% in 2016. As of December 31, 2019, Active Buyers placed 6.3 orders on average on our platform in 2019. In addition, our community supports one another with 20% of total shares in 2019 resulting from sellers sharing other sellers’ items.

 

98


Table of Contents
   

Vast, curated social marketplace. By making it easy for anyone to sell, our marketplace can offer a vast and diverse collection of resale and new items. Our sellers offer a wide variety of items, from a $20 casual dress to a $1,000 luxury handbag, from kids’ shoes to menswear, from home decor to beauty products and rare sneakers. Our sellers provide a uniquely curated, constantly refreshed selection that they share with our community. Our algorithms personalize each user’s feed to feature the most relevant listings. Buyers can also quickly and easily search for specific items or categories. The dynamic nature of the product listings on our marketplace and the freshness of the curated assortments by our sellers further increase engagement on our marketplace. As of September 30, 2020, sellers added and curated an average of more than 380,000 listings per day of apparel, shoes, bags, accessories, and home goods to our marketplace, contributing to over 201 million total items for sale on our marketplace across 9,431 different brands.

 

LOGO

GMV BY TYPE BY CATEGORY BY PRICE TIER(1) Other 5% >$200 New with 17% Tags / Boutique Shoes 26% 21% Apparel 45% <$50 Secondhand $51-$200 53% 74% Bags 30% 17% Accessories 12%

 

   

End-to-end social marketplace services provide a seamless buying and selling experience. Our end-to-end solutions are designed to seamlessly connect buyers with sellers, promote listings, enable easy shipping, and grow sales. We provide buyers with the ability to meaningfully engage with sellers via socially curated content, video sharing capabilities, personal styling, and price negotiation. We also offer comprehensive marketplace services that make it seamless for sellers to grow their businesses on our marketplace. New listing creation, a simple and transparent fee structure, marketing and merchandising support, shipping management, sales reporting, and order management tools provide important value to our sellers, particularly those who seek to grow a successful small business on our marketplace.

 

   

Proprietary technology and data platform designed to enable social interactions and transactions at scale. At our core, we are a technology company. We have built our proprietary technology and data platform from the ground up and designed it to enable social interactions and transactions at scale. Poshmark is designed to provide a fun and simple experience across iOS, Android, and on the web. We have built a complex social graph that helps power each user’s experience on our marketplace. For example, for buyers this includes being shown the items and sellers that best match their interests, while similarly sellers have their listings promoted to the most likely buyers. In 2019, our social shopping graph processed an average of 56 million interactions per day to personalize each user’s feed with new products, social updates, and recent deals that match their stylistic and social preferences.

 

99


Table of Contents
 

Additionally, our technology allows for real-time updates to each user’s feed. As sellers are constantly sharing, listing, and running promotions on their items, the Poshmark feed updates in real time throughout the day with the new products, social updates, and recent deals.

 

   

Supports sustainability. We believe that our marketplace can be a force for social good and drive more sustainable consumption. Consumers, in particular younger generations, are increasingly focused on sustainability across many aspects of their lives, but especially when it comes to shopping choices and lifestyles. We deliver on this desire for sustainability by promoting resale, while also helping consumers to make and save money and fuel small business entrepreneurship.

 

   

Visionary, founder-driven management team with complementary strengths. Poshmark is a social marketplace built on love and community. Since day one this has been the vision of our founders and management team and remains the core tenant of our brand. Furthermore, we prioritize diversity of experience, thought, and background throughout our leadership, our board and our entire team. In doing so, we ensure a breadth of complementary skill sets to guarantee that every business decision reflects a multitude of diverse and unique perspectives.

Our Growth Strategy

Community is the engine of our business, and our main priority is ensuring that this community continues to grow and transact. Our community provides both the supply and the demand on our social marketplace, which is critical to our success. We are therefore focused on expanding the community and fostering the best environment possible for a seamless and enjoyable shopping experience. We focus on the following elements of our strategy to drive our growth:

 

   

Grow our community of Active Users. New users bring incremental social engagement, listings, and transactions to all users, which leads to a virtuous cycle—the more Active Users on our platform, the more powerful the network effect. Not only are we focused on growing the community in number, but also in diversity. Diversity in gender, age, culture, and personal taste directly feeds into the breadth of products and social interactions offered on our marketplace. For example, on recognizing that men represented a significant growth opportunity, we launched a Men’s category in 2016. Since then, our community of male users has grown to 14% of Active Users in the three months ended September 30, 2020, compared to 12% in the three months ended December 31, 2016, based on the number of users who indicated their gender. We plan to continue to invest in growing the number of Active Users.

 

   

Add new product categories. We organize all of the products on our marketplace into distinct, shoppable categories. As our community grows and becomes more diverse, there is an increasing demand for products across a breadth of categories. Women’s was our first category, followed by our launch of Men’s and Kid’s in 2016. Plus and Petite Sizes were added in 2018 and 2019, respectively. In 2019, we added the Home category, and in 2020, we added the Beauty and Toys categories. We anticipate adding new categories to expand our product offering and continue to serve demand from our diverse community.

 

   

Drive innovation to increase engagement and enhance the marketplace. There is a strong correlation between the overall level of engagement on our platform and the frequency of transactions. In 2019, 87% of items purchased were preceded by a like, comment, or offer on our marketplace. As a result, we are focused on increasing engagement on our marketplace by adding new discovery elements and continuing to make social interaction with other users simple, useful, and fun. One recent innovation that we introduced in 2020 was Reposh, which allows sellers have a simple, one-click way to resell items bought on our marketplace. We plan to continue to innovate to increase engagement and make selling easier on our marketplace.

 

   

Expand internationally. The more people we can reach, the greater the benefit to our users. We have designed our global infrastructure to serve a multitude of countries with minimal local support. In

 

100


Table of Contents
 

2019, we launched Poshmark Canada, rapidly growing our business to a community of more than 1.4 million Active Users in the first year of operations. We believe our marketplace can be successful in additional geographies outside of the United States and Canada, and we plan to strategically expand globally in the future.

 

   

Offer high impact enterprise seller services. Sellers are drawn to our social marketplace because we empower them to succeed. The more we invest in our marketplace, the more we enable our sellers to grow and scale their businesses efficiently, reaching a vast and diverse user base. We intend to enhance our enterprise selling services and continue to attract professional sellers, brands, and retailers to participate on our social marketplace.

The Poshmark Social Marketplace

Our App at a Glance

Our app is designed to seamlessly combine social and marketplace features for our users.

 

LOGO

Browse closets that share similar styles and personal preferences to you When you are ready to purchase an item, tap Buy Now." Confirm your shipping address and payment method to complete your purchase.

 

101


Table of Contents

LOGO

Snap a photo of your item within the app or upload one directly from your smartphone. Add details about the item you are selling. When you are done, tap Next then List. After tapping List, your item is now for sale Poshmarks social marketplace.

Our User Experience—Driving Engagement Through Social Interactions

We believe that commerce on our marketplace is fundamentally driven by the engagement of our community. To harness this engagement, we have built a set of tools and features that are designed to drive broad user reach, while enabling our users to interact and engage with each other in meaningful ways throughout our platform.

Key social features on our app include:

 

   

Share. Sharing a listing is a way to feature an item to a broad audience within the community. Users can share their own listings and those of other Poshmark users, spreading engagement exponentially. In 2019, approximately 20% of shares on our marketplace involved users sharing others’ listings, as opposed to their own, highlighting the spirit of our community and the power of cross-promotion.

 

   

Like. A user is able to like any listing in our marketplace. When a user likes an item, the seller is notified of their interest and the like is archived so that the user can review or revisit the item at any point in time.

 

   

Follow. Users can follow each other in our marketplace to expand their presence and network. As of September 30, 2020, sellers on average had 359 followers, and the most-followed seller had more than 2.7 million followers.

 

   

Comment. Users can leave comments for sellers on their listings. This enables sellers to promptly respond to customer inquiries, which builds community engagement and drives conversion. For example, a potential buyer may ask questions about the specific fit or request additional photos before they purchase.

 

102


Table of Contents
   

Offer. Offers are a common way for buyers and sellers to negotiate the purchase price of an item and are a critical tool for price discovery. Both buyers and sellers have the ability to make an offer and it is a core engagement mechanism to draw users back to our marketplace. Buyers can initiate offers on any listing and/or through a custom Bundle from an individual seller. Sellers too can initiate offers through our “Offers to Likers” feature or through a custom Bundle if the buyer has liked multiple items.

 

   

Posh Parties. Posh Parties are time and category-focused virtual events for our community, organized by Poshmark, where curated and relevant listings are shared. We host approximately four Posh Parties per day, and in 2019 the number of Active Users on our platform was on average 17% higher during the times we hosted Posh Parties, than other times during the day, driving a large volume of shares.

 

103


Table of Contents

LOGO

Follow users or brands you like to personalize your Food and expand your network. Share listings with the Poshmark community to draw attention and drive sales. Like listing you are interested in to notify the seller of your interest. Comment on listings to ask questions about the item or request additional photos. Other a reduced price on any listing to negotiate the purchase price of an item. Share listing to virtual Posh Parties for brand exposure.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our Seller Services—Making Selling a Superpower

We believe that anyone can become a successful seller on our marketplace – from the casual seller cleaning out their closet for the first time, to professional power sellers, influencers, brands, and retailers. We have built a broad set of tools that make selling simple and seamless, because we think selling should be a superpower. These tools harness the massive reach and engagement of our community and support selling end-to-end, from the listing process and marketing to fulfillment and customer support.

End-to-end marketing and selling features for sellers include:

Storefront Services: Our seller services help professionalize all sellers with their own unique storefronts.

 

   

Listing. Sellers can list items for sale in a quick, simple, and free process that only takes a few minutes. Sellers upload images of an item and can include listing information around size, color, condition, brand, and pricing, along with more detailed information. The listing is broadcasted to all of the seller’s followers, providing instant reach and marketing. Our listing manager also connects directly to other social platforms and search engines, enabling listings to be shared on other sites such as Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest, increasing user reach and engagement.

 

   

Pricing. Sellers control the pricing of their listings and manage buyer negotiations. Sellers have the option to offer dynamic pricing through our Make An Offer feature, which allows negotiations and offers from prospective buyers, or targeted discounts through our Price Drop feature, which then gives sellers the option to offer discounts to users who have liked an item. In 2019, Make an Offer drove 70% of orders placed on our marketplace.

 

   

Wholesale. We provide sellers the opportunity to purchase inventory in bulk for sale in their stores via Posh Wholesale. We have unique access to suppliers of wholesale inventory, and Posh Wholesale enables us to support the growth of new and emerging brands by extending these brands’ reach into our community, while providing our sellers with differentiated merchandise. In 2019, GMV from wholesale orders was less than 1% of our total GMV.

Social Marketing Services: In addition to likes, shares, follows, comments, offers, and Posh Parties, sellers can engage with users and promote their listings through our Social Marketing Services. These services add a deeply personal element to the online shopping experience, leveraging social actions to deepen engagement and ultimately drive transactions.

 

   

Posh Stories. Posh Stories enable sellers to showcase and sell their listings in short videos and photos that disappear in 48 hours. Sellers can even tag their listings to make it easy for users to discover and shop items right from Posh Stories.

 

   

Bundles. Sellers can create a storewide seller discount to entice buyers to buy more than one item. We often see buyers seek style recommendations from sellers, who will then use Posh Bundles to suggest matching items or accessories, pairing items with past purchases, or offering custom discounts on multiple items.

 

   

Drops Soon. Sellers can pre-market items with Drops Soon, a tool that allows sellers to list items that are not yet available for purchase. Buyers can like the item to be notified when it’s listed for sale, facilitating quicker sell-through by building demand prior to an item being available.

 

   

Reposh. With the Reposh feature, sellers have a simple, one-click way to resell items bought on our marketplace.

 

105


Table of Contents

LOGO

Posh Stories: market your listings and showcase your purchases in videos and photos. Bundles: create custom discounts to entice buyers to buy more than one item. Drops Soon: preview and pre-market items that will soon be available for purchase. Reposh: a simple way to resell items bought on Poshmark.

Logistics and Payment Services: We provide a full range of logistics and payment support services, including shipping, payment, and authentication to ensure that both buying and selling are seamless.

 

   

Shipping. Through Posh Post, sellers have an easy and fast shipping solution to fulfill a transaction. Buyers pay a flat fee to ship any item with USPS, up to five pounds, regardless of size, price, or

 

106


Table of Contents
 

location. Sellers receive a pre-paid, pre-populated shipping label from Poshmark when an item is sold to facilitate shipping.

 

   

Payment. We provide users with transaction processing, offering buyers a variety of payment methods, including credit card and Posh Credits, and providing sellers with payment remittance as quickly as 2-3 days. In April 2019, we launched Posh Remit to simplify the sales and local tax collection and remittance process for our sellers.

 

   

Authentication. We facilitate trust on our marketplace through features such as Posh Protect, where buyers can request refunds if an item is not as described, and Posh Authenticate, a physical authentication service offered at no charge for each item sold at $500 or more. We also conduct extensive monitoring to protect and maintain the integrity of our marketplace.

Customer Support Services: We are focused on the satisfaction of all of our buyers and sellers, and we provide ongoing customer support through our Community Services team, whether it is before or after a transaction. Our support services include dispute management, credit services, post order communication, and overweight package management.

Heart and Hustle Community Fund: Our recently announced Heart and Hustle Community Fund is one way we will recognize Poshmark sellers who are looking to grow their businesses on our social marketplace.

 

107


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

MEET OUR COMMUNITY


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE REVOLVING CLOSET


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BLAKE AN ATTORNEY, CONTENT CREATOR AND PART-TIME POSHMARK SELLER, BLAKE HAS MADE A NAME FOR HERSELF IN THE WORLD OF STYLE AND BLOGGING, AND USES POSHMARK TO SHOWCASE HER LOVE OF FASHION, SELLING ITEMS FROM HER PERSONAL CLOSET TO SUPPORT HER BLOGGING BUSINESS AND SHOPPING ADDICTION. FOR BLAKE, POSHMARK IS MORE THAN AN ONLINE SELLING AND SHOPPING PLATFORM — IT’S A COMMUNITY THAT’S BROUGHT HER MANY FRIENDSHIPS. SIGNEDBLAKE 2012 JOINED POSHMARK 450K+ FOLLOWERS* 5K+ SHARES* *Stats as of December 11, 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE SIDE HUSTLER


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

JOHNNY A FINANCE PROFESSIONAL BY DAY, JOHNNY GOT HIS START ON POSHMARK WHILE SEARCHING FOR A SIDE HUSTLE. POSHMARK HAS PROVIDED HIM A SPACE TO GAIN EXPERIENCE IN ECOMMERCE AND RESELLING, AND JOHNNY NOW RUNS A THRIVING BUSINESS SELLING BRAND-NEW AND PRE-LOVED ITEMS ON POSHMARK. THE SOCIAL MARKETPLACE PROVIDES JOHNNY WITH A SECONDARY INCOME THAT ALLOWS HIM TO TRAVEL WITH HIS WIFE, HELPED PAY FOR THEIR WEDDING, HONEYMOON AND FIRST HOME, AND GIVES HIM THE ABILITY TO RUN HIS BUSINESS FROM ANYWHERE AT ANY TIME. THREADHEADZ 2016 JOINED POSHMARK 119K+ FOLLOWERS* 75K+ SHARES* *Stats as of December 11, 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE ENTREPRENEURS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

KRISTEN & KEVIN MARRIED ENTREPRENEURS, KRISTEN AND KEVIN JOINED POSHMARK AS A WAY TO FUEL KRISTEN’S PASSION FOR RESELLING WHILE BOTH WORKING FULL-TIME JOBS IN TECH AND REAL ESTATE. THE HOBBY QUICKLY BECAME A LUCRATIVE BUSINESS, AND AFTER TRANSITIONS IN BOTH OF THEIR JOBS, THEY NOW SELL SUSTAINABLE AND AFFORDABLE FASHION ON POSHMARK TOGETHER. POSHMARK HAS NOT ONLY HELPED CREATE THEIR DREAM LIVES, BUT IT HAS ALSO CONNECTED THEM WITH A NETWORK OF LIKE-MINDED ENTREPRENEURS. VOYAGEISAVERB 2017 JOINED POSHMARK 225K+ FOLLOWERS* 21K+ SHARES* *Stats as of December 11, 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE BRAND CREATOR


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

SONALI A POLICY ANALYST BY PROFESSION AND NATURAL-BORN CREATIVE, SONALI LEARNED HOW TO MAKE JEWELRY IN 2016 AND LAUNCHED HER ACCESSORIES BRAND, ATELIER SONA, ON POSHMARK SHORTLY AFTER. TODAY, SONALI DESIGNS HER OWN JEWELRY, WHICH SHE DISTRIBUTES THROUGH POSHMARK’S WHOLESALE MARKET. SHE LOVES THE INFRASTRUCTURE POSHMARK HAS IN PLACE TO MAKE SELLING SIMPLE, IMPROVE THE USER EXPERIENCE, AND BRING A HUMAN TOUCH TO ONLINE SHOPPING. ATELIERSONA 2016 JOINED POSHMARK 213K+ FOLLOWERS* 418K+ SHARES* *Stats as of December 11, 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE BOUTIQUE SELLER


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

JENNIFER JENNIFER YEARNED TO BE A STAY-AT-HOME MOM AFTER HAVING HER FIRST CHILD, BUT BEING A FULL-TIME COLLEGE ADVISOR WOULDN’T ALLOW HER TO DO SO FINANCIALLY. THE INSTANT SUCCESS SHE HAD CASUALLY RESELLING HER OWN HANDBAGS ON POSHMARK MOTIVATED HER TO OPEN HER POSHMARK BOUTIQUE, BELLA N BLUE, WHICH SHE NOW RUNS FULL TIME, FEATURING NEW, RETAIL INVENTORY. BY FREQUENTLY HOSTING MEETUPS TO HELP OTHERS GROW THEIR POSHMARK BUSINESSES, JENNIFER IS KNOWN AS A MENTOR WITHIN THE COMMUNITY AND NOW HAS LOYAL, REPEAT SHOPPERS, ALL WHILE SPENDING QUALITY TIME WITH HER CHILDREN. BELLANBLUE 2013 JOINED POSHMARK 716K+ FOLLOWERS* 5M+ SHARES* *Stats as of December 11, 2020


Table of Contents

OUR COMMUNITY IS THE HEART AND SOUL OF POSHMARK. TOGETHER WE MAKE BUYING AND SELLING SIMPLE, SOCIAL, AND FUN.

LOGO


Table of Contents

Our Technology

Our team is intensely focused on continuous improvement and innovation. Our product development approach is centered on building the most useful and simple tools that enable sellers and buyers to list, engage and transact on our marketplace. Innovation through experimentation is highly encouraged and rolled out using a robust testing framework.

 

   

Multi-Platform and API-first Design. Our users access our marketplace through native applications on iOS and Android. Additionally, they can access all of our marketplace functionality via a responsive web application. This allows us to provide a delightful user experience on each platform, while allowing the user to interact seamlessly across devices. All of the business logic that drives our applications runs in the cloud behind a set of APIs that are platform agnostic. Behind this business logic and API layer are a set of services that are grouped vertically by function. These services allow for the parallel development of additional features. Our software is layered with clear abstractions between layers. Core pieces of the infrastructure can be optimized independently and without impacting the business logic layers. All of this has allowed for agile and rapid product development cycles.

 

   

Social Platform. Our platform facilitates in-application social interactions across our entire community. Our platform stores complex graphs of our community and their connections and manages tens of millions of interactions per day between these users. We send millions of push notifications to all of our users each day. These timely notifications regarding sales, offers, and social interactions encourage high engagement levels among our community.

 

   

Custom-Built eCommerce Engine. Our personalized engine has tools for sellers to optimize listings and sales and enables discovery and styling for buyers, as well as tracking through each step of the shipping journey. Our sellers uploaded an average of over 290,000 items for sale every day in 2019. Our eCommerce engine is coupled with our social platform which allows sellers to promote their listings and convert these items into sales. These items are then tracked by our shipping system until they reach the buyers.

 

   

Real-time Platform. Our platform is engineered to provide a personalized experience to each user that adjusts in real time based on her or his interactions with our marketplace. Posh Parties have been designed to allow tens of thousands of users to simultaneously interact daily with each other.

 

   

Big Data and Machine Learning. We have access to a unique data set comprised of rich user attributes and engagement, and interactions between sellers, buyers, brands, and listings. We have used this data to build a personalization and recommendation engine to connect our users to merchandise, as well as to other users with similar tastes and styles. In 2019, we cataloged an average of over 550 million events per day, consisting of all user interactions with the platform such as follows, shares, likes, clicks, views, orders, and other items.

 

   

Built to Scale. Our marketplace is built for growth at scale. We are continuously evolving our marketplace to support areas of growth, such as new categories and international expansion. Our technology platform is built on the cloud, with subsystems that can each be scaled independently. We designed our platform with an effort for redundancy to avoid any single point of failure. This architecture enabled us to process an average of over 13 billion requests to our servers per month on our marketplace with an average response time of under 70 milliseconds per request in the year ended December 31, 2019.

Our Values & Culture

Poshmark is a social marketplace built on love and community. Since day one, this has been the foundation of our brand. As a company, and as a community, we operate on four core values:

 

   

Focus on People: By putting people first, we have created a thriving community that will continue to scale and drive success.

 

108


Table of Contents
   

Lead with Love: By leading with love, we have fostered genuine connections built on a foundation of encouragement and respect.

 

   

Grow Together: By supporting each other to strive for our dreams, we unlock our highest potential.

 

   

Embrace Your Weirdness: By embracing our weirdness, it frees us to accept our own individuality as well as each other’s.

We take pride in building a company culture that is centered around people. We prioritize diversity throughout our leadership, our board, and our entire team.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is focused on acquiring profitable new users via organic and paid channels, retaining and engaging existing users through our own communication channels, and activating users to engage with one another via Poshmark organized virtual and in-person events. Our marketing programs drive users to be buyers and sellers in our social marketplace, which in turn drive revenue growth.

Organic marketing is generated by word-of-mouth from users who invite friends to join Poshmark directly in addition to sharing their listings across other social media channels such as Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Snapchat, TikTok, and Twitter. Our users meet members via self-organized, in-person, and virtual events to share selling best practices and help on-board new members. Moreover, we create virtual parties in-app centered on merchandising categories to further fuel user activity and engagement.

We are leveraging our brand through social media channels, content creation and curation, and influencer marketing as distribution channels to increase brand awareness and drive acquisition of new users. Our paid advertising spend has been based on digital direct response (i.e., social media, search engine optimization, mobile ad networks). We’ve also scaled into more mass media channels (i.e. TV, radio) to expand our reach and attract new demographics to our platform. These channels have the added benefit of re-engaging existing users and introducing new users to our social marketplace. Moving forward, our advertising will continue to focus on optimizing our media mix while testing new distribution platforms.

Our community events are an embodiment of the passion users have for our marketplace and supporting each other. These Poshmark sponsored events serve as conduits for marketing and knowledge sharing as users engage with other users they have met through the app as well as meet new users. Examples of these events include Posh Party Live, which include closet consultations and often have panels with local sellers, Posh N Sip, community-hosted events, and PoshFest, our annual two-day conference. We also recently launched Posh N Coffee, an in-person and virtual networking series hosted by existing users in their local communities to further foster user engagement and onboarding. We strive to increase touchpoints and bolster our community through such events in cities with the highest concentration of users throughout the United States and Canada.

Competition

Consumers have a variety of choices when it comes to selling or shopping, both online and offline. In addition, they have a number of different platforms on which they can choose to spend time. We face competition for both our buyers and our sellers from a wide range of competitors, which include both online or offline retailers, such as large marketplaces, national retail chains, local consignment and vintage stores and other venues or marketplaces. These competitors include, but are not limited to, Amazon, eBay, Etsy, Facebook, Mercari, Shopify, T.J.Maxx, and Walmart. We believe that our competition falls into two categories:

 

   

Buying and Selling Merchandise. We compete for shopping market share across both new and resale merchandise. New merchandise consists of both items sold directly by manufacturers and retailers. Examples of competitors for the sale of new merchandise include online and offline general retailers

 

109


Table of Contents
 

and specialty retailers. Resale merchandise consists of items that have been previously purchased and used. Examples of competition for the sale of resale merchandise include online and offline specialty retailers dedicated to resale merchandise, and informal, peer-to-peer venues for selling used items.

 

   

Discovery and Engagement. We also face competition from social media sites and commerce enablement companies that provide other outlets for engagement time spent. For instance, social media sites that are not specifically dedicated to commerce, as well as offline gatherings that are focused on shopping.

We believe that we are well-positioned to compete effectively based on the experience and tools that we provide to sellers and buyers, awareness of our brand, and the social nature of our marketplace.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our brand and technology, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties and prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of international and domestic registered, pending and common law trademarks to protect our brand and, as of December 31, 2019, we own trademark registrations for “Poshmark” and the Poshmark logo in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions.

As of September 30, 2020, we own three issued patents in the United States, which are expected to expire as early as 2035, in each case assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees. We additionally own two pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications. These pending U.S. patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire as early as 2038, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

In addition to patents, we rely upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees and independent contractors. Our employees are also generally subject to invention assignment agreements. We cannot guarantee, however, that we have executed such agreements with all applicable counterparties, such agreements will not be breached, or that these agreements will afford us adequate protection of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations.”

Employees

As of September 30, 2020, we had 501 full-time employees of which 166 were in research and development, 57 were in marketing, 225 were in operations and support, and 53 were in general and administrative.

Our human capital resources objective is to foster community among our employees by identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing, and integrating our existing and new employees. Talent management activities provide consultation and support for employee engagement, while our human resources team ensures that benefit programs meet employee needs. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain, and motivate selected employees, consultants, and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards. We also provide additional incentives to our employees, including a health and wellness stipend and technology reimbursements.

 

110


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Redwood City, California, where we currently lease approximately 75,876 square feet under a lease agreement that expires on May 31, 2024. We also lease facilities in Newark, California, Canada, and India.

We believe that our facilities are suitable to meet our current needs. We intend to expand our facilities or add new facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any such growth.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceeds and subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the resolution of current matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Even if any particular litigation or claim is not resolved in a manner that is adverse to our interests, such litigation can have a negative impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources from our business and other factors.

 

111


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2020:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Manish Chandra

   53   

Co-Founder, President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board

Anan Kashyap

   42   

Chief Financial Officer

John McDonald

   55   

Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Navin Chaddha(2)(3)

   49   

Lead Independent Director

Jeffrey Epstein(1)

   64   

Director

John Marren(1)(3)

   57   

Director

Jenny Ming(1)

   65   

Director

Hans Tung(2)(3)

   50   

Director

Serena J. Williams(2)

   39   

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Manish Chandra. Mr. Chandra co-founded our Company and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors since February 2011. Prior to co-founding Poshmark, Mr. Chandra co-founded Kaboodle, an online shopping website where he served as the Chief Executive Officer from February 2005 to August 2010, and which was acquired by Hearst Communications in August 2007. From August 2010 to February 2011, Mr. Chandra developed the foundation of what ultimately became Poshmark. Mr. Chandra holds an M.B.A. in Marketing and Finance from Haas Business School at the University of California, Berkeley, an M.S. in Computer Science from the University of Texas at Austin, and a B.Tech from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur.

We believe that Mr. Chandra is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors based on the perspective and experience he brings as our President, Chief Executive Officer, and co-founder.

Anan Kashyap. Mr. Kashyap has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2016. From January 2014 to July 2016, Mr. Kashyap served as Vice President of Strategic Finance, Investor Relations, and Corporate Development at GrubHub, an online and mobile food-ordering company. From May 2012 to August 2013, Mr. Kashyap served as Vice President of Finance at KAYAK, a global travel search engine acquired by Priceline. From July 2007 to May 2012, Mr. Kashyap served as a Vice President in the investment banking group at Deutsche Bank, an international investment bank and financial services company. Mr. Kashyap holds an M.B.A. from the UCLA Anderson School of Management and a B.A. in Business Economics from University of California, Los Angeles.

John McDonald. Mr. McDonald has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2018. Mr. McDonald served as our Vice President of Business Operations from November 2013 to September 2018. From October 2009 to November 2013, Mr. McDonald served as Vice President of Sales and Support and then as General Manager at Ning, a platform to create a social media network later acquired by Glam Media in

 

112


Table of Contents

December 2011. Mr. McDonald holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

Navin Chaddha. Mr. Chaddha has served on our board of directors since February 2011. Mr. Chaddha is a Managing Director and leads Mayfield, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since 2006. Over his venture capital career, Mr. Chaddha has invested in over 50 companies, of which over 30 have been acquired or had IPOs, resulting in his being named as a Top Five investor on the 2020 Forbes Midas list of Top Tech investors. Early in his career, Mr. Chaddha co-founded three companies, including VXtreme, which was acquired by Microsoft to become Windows Media. Mr. Chaddha holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and a B.Tech in Electrical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, from which he received the distinguished alumni award.

We believe that Mr. Chaddha is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his broad investment experience in the technology industry, his executive and board experience at various technology companies, as well as his extensive experience as an entrepreneur and venture capital investor.

Jeffrey Epstein. Mr. Epstein has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2018. Since November 2011, Mr. Epstein has served as an Executive in Resident and then as Operating Partner of Bessemer Ventures Partners, a venture capital firm. Since June 2019, Mr. Epstein has served as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Apex Technology Holdings, a SPAC listed on Nasdaq. Since September 2014, Mr. Epstein has also been a Lecturer in the Department of Management Science and Engineering at Stanford University. Mr. Epstein has served as a member of the board of Twilio since July 2017 and Shutterstock since April 2012. From September 2008 to April 2011, Mr. Epstein served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle. Mr. Epstein holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business and a B.A. in Economics and Political Science from Yale University.

We believe that Mr. Epstein is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his executive and board experience and broad investment experience in the technology industry.

John Marren. Mr. Marren has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2018. Since November 2017, Mr. Marren has served as Senior Managing Director in North America of Temasek, a sovereign wealth fund of the Government of Singapore. Prior to joining Temasek, Mr. Marren was a Senior Partner and the Head of Technology Investments at TPG Capital from March 2000 to March 2016. Since February 2017, Mr. Marren has served as a member of the board of directors of Advanced Micro Devices, and has served as a member of the board of directors of Impossible Foods, a private company, since August 2019. Mr. Marren previously served as a member of the board of directors of Avaya Holdings from October 2007 to April 2011, and again from August 2013 to December 2017. He has also served as a member of the board of directors at several other private companies, including Aptina Imaging from July 2009 to August 2014, Freescale Semiconductor from June 2007 to December 2015, Sungard Data Systems from August 2005 to November 2015, and Vertafore from July 2010 to 2015. From November 2001 to December 2012, Mr. Marren served as Chairman of the board of directors of MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. (now known as SunEdison). Mr. Marren holds a BSEE in Engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

We believe that Mr. Marren is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his broad investment experience in the technology industry and his background advising private and public companies in the technology industry.

Jenny Ming. Ms. Ming has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2019. From October 2009 to February 2019, Ms. Ming served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Charlotte Russe, a fast-fashion specialty retailer of apparel and accessories catering to young women. In February 2019, Charlotte Russe

 

113


Table of Contents

filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. From March 1999 to October 2006, Ms. Ming served as President of Old Navy, a $7 billion brand in The Gap, Inc.’s portfolio, where she oversaw all aspects of Old Navy and its 900 retail clothing stores in the United States and Canada. Ms. Ming joined The Gap, Inc. in 1986, serving in various executive capacities at its San Francisco headquarters, and in 1994, she was a member of the executive team that launched Old Navy. Ms. Ming has served on the boards of directors of Levi Strauss & Co since 2014, Paper Source since 2016, and Tower Foundation (at San Jose State University) since 2010. Ms. Ming holds a B.A. in Fashion Merchandising/Marketing from San Jose State University.

We believe that Ms. Ming is qualified to serve as a member of the board of directors due to her extensive operational and retail leadership experience in the apparel industry.

Hans Tung. Mr. Tung has served on our board of directors since March 2016. Mr. Tung is a Managing Partner at GGV Capital, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since October 2013. Prior to joining GGV, Mr. Tung was a Managing Partner at Qiming Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Tung began his venture capital career with Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, and was a former entrepreneur himself and a former technology banker at Merrill Lynch in New York and Hong Kong. Mr. Tung has served on the board of directors of private companies including musical.ly, Wish, StockX, Misfit, Xiaomi, eHi Car Service, Vedantu and Rupeek. He holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University.

We believe that Mr. Tung is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his broad investment experience in the technology industry and his background advising companies in the technology industry.

Serena J. Williams. Ms. Williams has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2019. Ms. Williams began her career as a professional tennis player in 1995 and has won 23 career Grand Slam singles titles. Ms. Williams is also an activist, marketer, brand builder, and a dedicated philanthropist. In 2008, Ms. Williams established the Serena Williams Fund, where she focused on creating equity in education. To that end, Ms. Williams partnered with other corporations and organizations to build schools in Kenya and Jamaica as well as donate classroom resources and provide college scholarships. In 2016, Ms. Williams joined forces with her sister Venus to establish The Williams Sisters Fund to support joint philanthropic projects, beginning with the Yetunde Price Resource Center in Compton, California, which ensures individuals affected by violence and trauma have access to the resources they need to help them heal physically, emotionally, and spiritually. In 2019, Ms. Williams launched her own venture capital firm, Serena Ventures, which focuses on investing in companies that embrace diverse leadership, individual empowerment, creativity, and opportunity, and launched her own brand, SERENA, which celebrates body positivity and female empowerment. Additionally, Ms. Williams has also served as a Goodwill Ambassador with UNICEF since 2011. Since May 2017, Ms. Williams has served as a member of the board of directors of SVMK Inc., doing business as SurveyMonkey.

We believe that Ms. Williams is qualified to serve as a member of the board of directors due to her experience and perspective as an entrepreneur and developer of her global personal brand.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

 

114


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of seven directors, six of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, (i) holders of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director, which shall be nominated by Anderson Investment Pte. Ltd., (ii) holders of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director, which shall be nominated by GGV Capital V L.P. and GGV Capital V Entrepreneur Fund L.P., or GGV, (iii) holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director, which shall be nominated by Menlo Ventures XI, L.P., or Menlo Ventures, (iv) holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director, which shall be nominated by Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield, (v) certain holders of common stock are entitled to elect (x) the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the company, and (y) one additional director, and (vi) the holders of preferred stock and common stock, voting as a single class, are entitled to elect one director who is not an officer or employee of the company or affiliated with any investor. Accordingly, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

   

Mr. Marren was elected as the designee nominated by Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd.;

 

   

Mr. Tung was elected as the designee nominated by GGV;

 

   

Ms. Ming was elected as the designee nominated by the Chief Executive Officer which was a nomination delegated by Menlo Ventures;

 

   

Mr. Chaddha was elected as the designee nominated by Mayfield;

 

   

Mr. Chandra is the current Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors;

 

   

Ms. Williams was elected as the designee approved by certain holders of common stock; and

 

   

Mr. Epstein was elected as the designee approved by a majority of preferred and common stock, voting as a single class.

Our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board

We intend to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Messrs. Chandra and Chaddha, and Ms. Ming, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Messrs. Epstein and Tung, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Mr. Marren and Ms. Williams, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

 

115


Table of Contents

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

So long as our board of directors is classified, only our board of directors may fill vacancies on our board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions.”

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chaddha, Epstein, Marren and Tung and Mss. Williams and Ming do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Epstein and Marren, and Ms. Ming, with Mr. Epstein serving as Chairman. Each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of Nasdaq. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Epstein is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. We intend to comply with the listing requirements of Nasdaq regarding the composition of our audit committee within the transition period for newly public companies. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

 

   

select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;

 

116


Table of Contents
   

develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

review related party transactions; and

 

   

approve or, as required, pre-approve, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Chaddha and Tung, and Ms. Williams, with Mr. Tung serving as Chairman. Each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:

 

   

review, approve, and determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

administer our equity compensation plans;

 

   

review and approve, or make recommendations to our board of directors, regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and

 

   

establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee consists of Messrs. Chaddha, Marren, and Tung, with Mr. Chaddha serving as Chairman. Each member of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

 

   

identify, evaluate and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

117


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Chaddha and Tung, and Ms. Williams, with Mr. Tung serving as Chairman. None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information about related party transactions involving members of our compensation committee or their affiliates.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation or make any equity awards or non-equity awards to any of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, or our fiscal year 2019. Directors may be reimbursed for travel and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Directors who also serve as employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During our fiscal year 2019, Mr. Chandra, our Chief Executive Officer, was a member of our board of directors, as well as an employee, and received no additional compensation for his services as a director. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for more information about Mr. Chandra’s compensation for our fiscal year 2019. The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee director during our fiscal year 2019.

 

Name

   Stock
Awards
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Navin Chaddha, Jeffrey Epstein, John Marren, Hans Tung, and Pravin Vazirani(3)

     —          —          —    

Jenny Ming(4)

     262,493        252,135        514,628  

Serena Williams(5)

     —          1,112,724        1,112,724  

 

(1)

The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock units awarded to the non-employee director in fiscal year 2019, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the restricted stock units reported in this column are set forth in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee director upon any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.

(2)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded to the non-employee directors in fiscal year 2019, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the stock options.

(3)

Mr. Chaddha, Mr. Epstein, Mr. Marren, Mr. Tung, and Mr. Vazirani received no compensation for their services as a director in 2019. Mr. Vazirani resigned from our board of directors in March 2019. None of them held equity awards as of December 31, 2019.

(4)

Ms. Ming joined our board of directors in June 2019. In connection with her appointment to our board, Ms. Ming was granted 17,736 restricted stock units of our Class B common stock. The restricted stock units vest upon the satisfaction of both a time condition and performance vesting. The time condition is satisfied over a three-year period, with 1/3rd of the restricted stock units time-vesting on June 4, 2020, and the

 

118


Table of Contents
 

remaining restricted stock units time-vesting in 8 equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to her continued service to us as a director through each such vesting date. The performance vesting will be achieved upon the first to occur of (i) a “sale event” (as defined in our 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2011 Plan”) or (ii) the initial public offering of our securities. In addition, Ms. Ming was granted an early exercisable option to purchase 41,339 shares of our Class B common stock, where 1/3rd of the shares shall vest on June 4, 2020, and the remaining shares will vest in 8 equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to her continued service to us as a director through each such vesting date. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule, upon her continuous service to the Company through a sale event, each award shall become fully vested immediately prior to such sale event. As of December 31, 2019, Ms. Ming held an outstanding restricted stock unit award for 17,736 shares and an outstanding stock option for 41,339 shares.

(5)

Ms. Williams joined our board of directors in January 2019. In connection with her appointment to our board, Ms. Williams was granted an option to purchase 180,000 shares of our Class B common stock. The shares vest in 48 equal monthly installments commencing January 15, 2019, subject to her continued service to us as a director through each vesting date. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule, the shares subject to her option shall accelerate and become fully vested either (i) upon her continuous service to the Company through a sale event or (ii) upon her termination as a director for any reason other than her voluntary resignation. As of December 31, 2019, Ms. Williams held an outstanding stock option for 180,000 shares.

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we did not have a formal policy to compensate our non-employee directors. As of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the following cash retainers and equity awards:

 

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

  

Annual service on the board of directors

   $ 30,000  

Annual service as lead independent director

   $ 15,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

  

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

   $ 10,000  

Annual service as chair of the audit committee

   $ 20,000  

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

   $ 6,000  

Annual service as chair of the compensation committee

   $ 12,000  

Annual service as member of the nominating and corporate governance committee (other than chair)

   $ 4,000  

Annual service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

   $ 8,000  

Our policy will provide that each non-employee director as of the effective time of the registration statement for our initial firm commitment underwritten public offering of equity securities will be granted an equity award for our Class A common stock having a fair market value of $175,000 (pro-rated based on the time between the date of grant and our next annual meeting of stockholders), of which 50% will be restricted stock units and 50% will be stock options, or IPO Grant. In addition, our policy will provide that, upon initial election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will be granted an equity award having a fair market value of $350,000 (“Initial Grant”) of which 50% will be restricted stock units and 50% will be stock options. Furthermore, on the date of each of our annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual equity award having a fair market value of $175,000, or Annual Grant of which 50% will be restricted stock units and 50% will be stock options. The IPO Grant and the Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. The Initial Grant will vest in equal installments on the first, second, and third anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. Such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale of the Company.

 

119


Table of Contents

Non-employee directors will be given the opportunity to defer all or a portion of any restricted stock units granted under our policy into deferred stock units pursuant to the terms and conditions of our policy, our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, and the Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Program.

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.

 

120


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

As an “emerging growth company,” we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. This section provides an overview of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each individual who served as our principal executive officer during our fiscal year 2019, and our next two most highly compensated executive officers in respect of their service to our company for fiscal year 2019. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers. Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2019 are:

 

   

Manish Chandra, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Anan Kashyap, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

John McDonald, our Chief Operating Officer.

Our executive compensation program is based on a pay for performance philosophy. Compensation for our executive officers is composed primarily of the following main components: base salary, bonus, and equity incentives in the form of stock options. Our executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to evaluate our compensation philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require.

2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation, for services rendered in all capacities, that was earned by our named executive officers during fiscal year 2019.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Manish Chandra

Chief Executive Officer

     2019        381,250        3,102,900        198,660        3,682,810  

Anan Kashyap

Chief Financial Officer

     2019        345,750        496,464        120,400        962,614  

John McDonald

Chief Operating Officer

     2019        337,500        496,464        120,400        954,364  

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officer in fiscal year 2019, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the stock options.

(2)

The amounts reported reflect bonuses paid under our 2019 Executive Compensation Plan to our named executive officers based upon achievement of certain company and individual performance metrics. Our

 

121


Table of Contents
 

2019 Executive Compensation Plan is described more fully in the Narrative to Summary Compensation Table below.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge, and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. Base salaries are reviewed annually, typically in connection with our annual performance review process, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience. For fiscal year 2019, the annual base salaries for each of Messrs. Chandra, Kashyap, and McDonald were $385,000, $350,000, and $350,000, respectively which were increased on April 1, 2019 from $370,000, $333,000, and $300,000, respectively.

Annual Bonuses

From time to time, our board of directors may approve annual bonuses for our named executive officers based on individual performance, company performance, or as otherwise determined to be appropriate. For fiscal year 2019, our named executive officers participated in our 2019 Executive Compensation Plan, which provides a bonus based upon company performance against pre-established performance goals and individual performance. Each of Messrs. Chandra, Kashyap, and McDonald had a target bonus equal to 60%, 40%, and 40% of their respective annual base salary. Our fiscal year 2019 performance goals were weighted equally between a GMV performance metric and an adjusted EBITDA performance metric. Based on these metrics, our board of directors determined that bonus payouts under our fiscal year 2019 bonus plan should be made at 86% of the target for each of our named executive officers.

Equity Compensation

Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture, and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly, our board of directors periodically reviews the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them. In January 2019, our board of directors approved stock option grants to our employees, including each of our named executive officers. 25% of the shares subject to each stock option shall vest on February 1, 2020, and the remainder will vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through each such vesting date.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Offer Letters in Place During the Year Ended December 31, 2019 for Named Executive Officers

Manish Chandra

On February 10, 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Chandra for the position of Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter provided for Mr. Chandra’s at-will employment and set forth his annual base salary and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Chandra is subject to our standard employment, confidential information, and invention assignment agreement.

Anan Kashyap

On June 2, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Kashyap for the position of Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter provided for Mr. Kashyap’s at-will employment and set forth his annual base salary,

 

122


Table of Contents

target bonus opportunity, certain relocation reimbursements, an option grant, and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Kashyap is subject to our standard employment, confidential information, and invention assignment agreement.

John McDonald

On October 28, 2013, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. McDonald pursuant to which he became our Vice President of Marketplace Operation. The offer letter provided for Mr. McDonald’s at-will employment, set forth his annual base salary, a one time performance bonus payable three months following his start date, an option grant, and provided for his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. McDonald is subject to our standard employment, confidential information, and invention assignment agreement.

Executive Severance Plan

In connection with this offering we have adopted an executive severance plan, in which our named executive officers, and certain other executives, will participate. Our executive severance plan, or the Executive Severance Plan, provides that upon a (i) termination by us other than for “cause,” as defined in the Executive Severance Plan, death or disability or (ii) a resignation for “good reason,” as defined in the Executive Severance Plan, in each case within the change in control period (i.e., the period beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months after, a “change in control,” as defined in the Executive Severance Plan), an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, subject to the execution and delivery of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company, (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 18 months of base salary for our Chief Executive Officer, 12 months of base salary for our C-level executive officers (other than any Chief Executive Officer) and Senior Vice Presidents, or the Senior Executive Officers, and 6 months of base salary for the other participants, (ii) a monthly cash payment equal to our contribution towards health insurance for up to 18 months for our Chief Executive Officer, up to 12 months for our Senior Executive Officers and up to 6 months for the other participants, (iii) a pro rata target annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, based on the number of days in such year prior to the termination date of such participant, and (iv) full accelerated vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity award held by such participant; provided, that any unvested and outstanding equity awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target levels specified in the applicable award agreements.

The Executive Severance Plan also provides that upon (i) termination by us for any reason other than for “cause,” as defined in the Executive Severance Plan, death or disability, in each case outside of the change in control period, an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, subject to the execution and delivery of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company, (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of base salary for our Chief Executive Officer, 6 months of base salary for any Senior Executive Officer and up to 3 months of base salary for the other participants, and (ii) a monthly cash payment equal to our contribution towards health insurance for up to 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer, 6 months for any Senior Executive Officer, and up to 3 months for the other participants.

The payments and benefits provided under the Executive Severance Plan in connection with a change in control may not be eligible for a federal income tax deduction by us pursuant to Section 280G of the Code. These payments and benefits may also subject an eligible participant, including the named executive officers, to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. If the payments or benefits payable in connection with a change in control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, then those payments or benefits will be reduced if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to the recipient.

 

123


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2019 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of fiscal year 2019:

 

     Option Awards(1)  

Name

   Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Manish Chandra

     10/1/2015 (2)      85,155        —          1.11        12/14/2025  
     5/9/2017 (2)(3)      397,167        217,802        1.52        5/8/2027  
     2/1/2019 (2)(3)      —          500,000        10.77        1/11/2029  

Anan Kashyap

     7/25/2016 (2)(3)      220,500        86,625        1.11        8/24/2026  
     2/1/2019 (2)(3)      —          80,000        10.77        1/11/2029  

John McDonald

     11/18/2013 (2)      229,137        —          0.41        11/19/2023  
     9/1/2015 (2)      100,000        —          1.11        9/17/2025  
     5/9/2017 (2)(3)      99,291        54,451        1.52        5/8/2027  
     2/1/2019 (2)(3)      —          80,000        10.77        1/11/2029  

 

(1)

Each stock option for shares of our Class B common stock was granted pursuant to our 2011 Plan. No named executive officer has early exercisable options.

(2)

1/4th of the shares subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the balance vesting and becoming exercisable in equal monthly installments over 36 months thereafter, subject to the named executive officer maintaining a service relationship with us at such time.

(3)

In the event the named executive officer is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” within 12 months following a “sale event” (as such terms are defined in the applicable award agreements), then the named executive officer is entitled to full accelerated vesting of all shares subject to the applicable option.

Employee Benefits and Stock Plans

2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2021 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in November 2020 and approved by our stockholders in                  and will become effective on the day before the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2021 Plan will replace the 2011 Plan, as our board of directors is expected to determine not to make additional awards under the 2011 Plan following the completion of this offering. However, the 2011 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. The 2021 Plan will allow the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors, and other key persons, including consultants.

Authorized Shares. We have initially reserved                  shares of our Class A common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2021 Plan. The 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 5% of the outstanding number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or other change in our capitalization. The shares we issue under the 2021 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of Class A and Class B common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to

 

124


Table of Contents

vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire, or are otherwise terminated, other than by exercise, under the 2021 Plan and the 2011 Plan will be added back to the shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued as incentive stock options in any one calendar year period may not exceed                  cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of 5% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31, or                  shares.

Non-Employee Director Limit. Our 2021 Plan contains a limitation whereby the value of all awards under our 2021 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director may not exceed: (i) $1,000,000 in the first calendar year an individual becomes a non-employee director and (ii) $750,000 in any other calendar year.

Administration. The 2021 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan. The plan administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants.

Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan will be those employees, non-employee directors and consultants, as selected from time to time by our compensation committee at its discretion.

Options. The 2021 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase Class A common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant unless the option is granted (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code or (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of Class A common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of Class A common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period.

Unrestricted Stock Awards. Our compensation committee may grant shares of Class A common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of Class A common stock.

 

125


Table of Contents

Cash-Based Awards. Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2021 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Sale Event. The 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all unvested awards granted under the 2021 Plan shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award agreement, all options and stock appreciation rights with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions that are not exercisable immediately prior to the sale event will become fully exercisable as of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions will become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with the sale event in the plan administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award agreement. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2021 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

Amendment. Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2021 Plan and our compensation committee can amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2021 Plan will require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2021 Plan. No awards under the 2021 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended

Our 2011 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on February 11, 2011 and most recently amended by our board of directors in August 2020. As of December 31, 2019, we reserved an aggregate of 13,700,460 shares of our Class B common stock for the issuance of options and other equity awards under the 2011 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or other change in our capitalization. As of December 31, 2019, options to purchase 8,523,616 shares of our Class B common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.68 per share, 294,277 RSUs for shares of our Class B common stock, and no shares of restricted stock were outstanding under the 2011 Plan and 1,263,592 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2011 Plan. Following this offering, we will not grant any further awards under our 2011 Plan, but all outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Authorized Shares. The shares we have issued under the 2011 Plan were authorized but unissued shares or shares we reacquired. The shares of Class B common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and the shares of Class B common stock that are withheld upon exercise of a stock option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, are currently added back to the shares of Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. Following this offering, such shares will be added to the shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Administration. The 2011 Plan is currently administered by the board of directors. The plan administrator has the authority to interpret and administer our 2011 Plan and any agreement thereunder and to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price, if any, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award

 

126


Table of Contents

agreement for use under our 2011 Plan. The plan administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or effect the repricing of stock options through cancellation and re-grants.

Eligibility. The 2011 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and grants of non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to the officers, employees, directors, and consultants of the company and our subsidiary corporations.

Options. The 2011 Plan permits the granting of (i) stock options to purchase Class B common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) stock options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price per share of our Class B common stock underlying each stock option was determined by the plan administrator and must have been at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time of grant of such stock option, owned stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or a 10% owner, the exercise price per share of our Class B common stock underlying each such stock option must have been at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock option may not have exceeded 10 years from the date of grant (or five years for a 10% owner). The plan administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of a stock option, which may include cash, a net exercise arrangement for non-qualified stock options, a promissory note (if permitted by the board of directors) and if permitted by the plan of administrators, through either the delivery of shares of our Class B common stock owned by the participant or a broker-assisted arrangement. After a participant’s termination of service (other than a termination for cause), the participant generally may exercise his or her stock options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 30 days after termination or such longer period of time as specified in the applicable stock option agreement; provided, that if the termination is due to death or disability, the stock option generally will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, until six months following such termination or such longer period of time as specified in the applicable stock option agreement. However, in no event may a stock option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Stock. The 2011 Plan permits the granting of shares of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class B common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeitures provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the plan administrator.

Unrestricted Stock. The 2011 Plan permits the granting of shares of unrestricted stock. Unrestricted stock awards may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Restricted Stock Units. The 2011 Plan permits the granting of restricted stock units. A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash or by the issuance of the underlying shares. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment.

Transferability or Assignability of Awards. The 2011 Plan does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution unless the applicable award agreement provides for such transfer or assignment by gift to an immediate family member, or by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the award is passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the participant.

Sale Event. The 2011 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a “sale event” as defined in the 2011 Plan, awards may be assumed, substituted for new awards of a successor entity, or otherwise continued or terminated

 

127


Table of Contents

at the effective time of such sale event. In the case of the termination of outstanding stock options, such stock options may be exercised to the extent then exercisable within a period of time prior to the consummation of the sale event. In the case of forfeiture of restricted stock, such awards may be repurchased by us for a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the participant for the shares or the current fair market value of such shares, determined immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event. We may also make or provide for a cash payment to holders of vested and exercisable stock options, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, equal to, for each share of our Class B common stock underlying such stock option, the difference between the per share cash consideration in the sale event and the per share exercise price. We may make or provide for a cash payment to holders of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the product of the per share cash consideration in the sale event and the number of shares subject to each such award.

Amendment. Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. The plan administrator may also amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding award, including the exercise price of such award, provided that no amendment to an award may adversely affect any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her consent. We will not make any further grants under the 2011 Plan following this initial public offering.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In November 2020, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The ESPP will become effective immediately prior to the time that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The ESPP will initially reserve and authorize the issuance of up to a total of                  shares of Class A common stock to participating employees. The ESPP will provide that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by the lesser of                  shares of our Class A common stock, 1% of the outstanding number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week or are otherwise required to participate by applicable local law are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock will not be eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings, consisting of one or more purchase periods, each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. The first offering will begin on a date to be determined by the administrator following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is part and, unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the ESPP, will end on the date that is approximately six months following such date. Subsequent offerings will usually begin every six months and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any subsequent offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing contributions of up to 10% of his or her compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the purchase period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day of the offering period or the last business day of the purchase period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than                  shares of Class A common stock (or a lesser number as established by the plan administrator in advance of the purchase period) may be purchased by any one employee during each purchase

 

128


Table of Contents

period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of Class A common stock, valued at the start of the offering period, under the ESPP for each calendar year in which a purchase right is outstanding.

The accumulated contributions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of a purchase period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time but shall automatically terminate on the 10 year anniversary of this offering. An amendment that increases the number of shares of Class A common stock that are authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. The plan administrator may adopt subplans under the ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries who may participate in the ESPP and may permit such employees to participate in the ESPP on different terms, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

In November 2020, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will become effective on the day before the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: achievement of cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and adjusted free cash flow); earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our Class A common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures or promotion arrangements; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; total stockholder returns; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our Class A common stock; sales or market shares; revenue; corporate revenue; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable).

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion and provides the compensation committee with discretion to adjust the size of the award as it deems appropriate.

 

129


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Plan participants are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are generally not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan also features a Roth component, whereby participants can make contributions to the 401(k) plan on a post-tax basis that are not taxable upon distribution from the 401(k) plan.

 

130


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when required, in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2017 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financing

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In October and November 2017, we sold an aggregate of 10,450,374 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.3729 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $87.5 million, pursuant to our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Series D
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd.(1)

     5,971,646      $ 49,999,995  

Entities affiliated with Mayfield(2)

     1,534,712        12,849,990  

Entities affiliated with Inventus Capital(3)

     895,746        7,499,992  

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures(4)

     358,298        2,999,993  

Entities affiliated with GGV(5)

     298,582        2,499,997  

 

(1)

John Marren, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Temasek Holdings, which is the parent company of Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd. Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd. beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

(2)

Affiliates of Mayfield holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Mayfield Select, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, and Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership. Navin Chaddha, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Mayfield. Affiliates of Mayfield beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

(3)

Affiliates of Inventus Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Inventus Capital Co-Invest Annex Fund I, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership, Inventus Capital Partners Fund I L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, and Inventus Capital Partners Fund II Ltd. Affiliates of Inventus Capital beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

(4)

Affiliates of Menlo Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Menlo Ventures XI, L.P. and MMEF XI, L.P. Affiliates of Menlo Ventures beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

(5)

Affiliates of GGV holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are GGV Capital V Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and GGV Capital V L.P. Hans Tung, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at GGV. Affiliates of GGV beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

 

131


Table of Contents

Secondary Sales

In March 2018, we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with a sale and transfer of 288,750 shares of our outstanding common stock from certain holders of our capital stock to certain holders of our capital stock at $7.53561 per share, for a total aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.2 million, which series of transactions we refer to as the 2018 Secondary Sale. The following table summarizes purchases of our common stock by related persons in the 2018 Secondary Sale.

 

Purchasing Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Inventus Capital(1)

     19,905      $ 149,996.32  

 

(1)

Affiliates of Inventus Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Inventus Capital Co-Invest Annex Fund I, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership, Inventus Capital Partners Fund I L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership and Inventus Capital Partners Fund II Ltd. Affiliates of Inventus Capital beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

In February 2019, we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with a sale and transfer of 1,090,562 shares of our outstanding common stock from certain holders of our capital stock to certain new and existing stockholders of the Company at $17.00 per share, for a total aggregate purchase price of approximately $18.5 million, which series of transactions we refer to as the 2019 Secondary Sale. The following table summarizes sales and purchases of our common stock by related persons in the 2019 Secondary Sale.

 

Selling Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Manish Chandra

     575,000      $ 9,775,000  

Anan Kashyap

     35,000        595,000  

John McDonald

     75,000        1,275,000  

 

Purchasing Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures(1)

     294,118      $ 5,000,006  

 

(1)

Affiliates of Menlo Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Menlo Special Opportunities Fund, L.P and MMSOP, L.P. Affiliates of Menlo Ventures beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019.

In August 2020, we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with a sale and transfer of 647,802 shares of our outstanding common stock from certain holders of our capital stock to certain existing stockholders of the Company at $22.50 per share, for a total aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.6 million, which series of transactions we refer to as the 2020 Secondary Sale. The following table summarizes sales of our common stock by related persons in the 2020 Secondary Sale.

 

Selling Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Manish Chandra

     220,000      $ 4,950,000  

Anan Kashyap

     59,000        1,327,500  

John McDonald

     48,000        1,080,000  

Convertible Note Financing

In September 2020, we issued the Convertible Notes to entities affiliated with Owl Rock Capital Group, or Owl Rock. Pravin Vazirani, a former member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Owl Rock.

 

132


Table of Contents

Mr. Vazirani resigned from our board of directors in March 2019. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Convertible Note Financing” for additional information.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the IRA, dated as of October 20, 2017, which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd., GGV, Inventus Capital, Mayfield and Menlo Ventures, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be included on a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

Pursuant to our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd., GGV, Inventus Capital, Mayfield and Menlo Ventures, which each hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, Manish Chandra, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Gautam Golwala, our co-founder and Chief Technical Officer, Chetan Pungaliya, our co-founder and Senior Vice President of Engineering, and Tracy Sun, our co-founder and Senior Vice President of New Markets, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd, GGV, Inventus Capital, Mayfield and Menlo Ventures, Manish Chandra, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Gautam Golwala, our co-founder and Chief Technical Officer, Chetan Pungaliya, our co-founder and Senior Vice President of Engineering, and Tracy Sun, our co-founder and Senior Vice President of New Markets, have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Other Transactions

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” for a description of these options.

We have entered into change in control arrangements with certain of our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment Arrangements” for more information regarding these agreements.

Other than as described above under this section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” since January 1, 2017, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described above were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties.

 

133


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay

 

134


Table of Contents

the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of Class A common stock, or up to 5.0% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to                                         .

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, policies or procedures governing the review and approval of related party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of a policy. Accordingly, each was approved by disinterested members of our board of directors after making a determination that the transaction was executed on terms no less favorable than those that could have been obtained from an unrelated third party.

 

135


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2020, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 65,147,377 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, which includes 52,286,631 shares of Class B common stock resulting from the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if this conversion and reclassification had occurred as of September 30, 2020. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Poshmark, Inc., 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor, Redwood City, California 94065.

 

    Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering
    % Total
Voting Power
Before the
Offering*
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
     % Total
Voting Power
After the
Offering*
 
    Class B     Class A     Class B  
    Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

Name of Beneficial Owner:

             

Entities affiliated with Mayfield(1)

    17,253,647       26.5     26.5        

Entities affiliated with GGV Capital(2)

    5,126,167       7.9     7.9        

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures(3)

    10,319,197       15.8     15.8        

Entities affiliated with Inventus Capital(4)

    6,779,118       10.4     10.4        

Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd.(5)

    5,971,646       9.2     9.2        

Manish Chandra(6)

    6,022,002       9.2     9.2        

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Manish Chandra(6)

    6,022,002       9.2     9.2        

Anan Kashyap(7)

    535,000                  

John McDonald(8)

    450,661                  

Navin Chaddha(1)

    17,253,647       26.5     26.5        

Jeffrey Epstein(9)

    232,184                  

John Marren(10)

    —         —         —            

Jenny Ming(11)

    24,442                     

Hans Tung(2)

    5,126,167       7.9     7.9        

Serena J. Williams(12)

    82,500                  

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)(13)

    29,726,603       44.5     45.6           

 

136


Table of Contents
*

Represents less than one percent (1%).

(1)

Consists of (i) 15,748,793 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or MF XIII, and (ii) 1,504,854 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mayfield Select, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or MF Select. Mayfield XIII Management (UGP), Ltd., a Cayman Islands Exempted Company, or MF XIII UGP, is the general partner of Mayfield XIII Management (EGP), L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership , which is the general partner of MF XIII. Rajeev Batra, Navin Chaddha, and Vaneeta Varma are the directors of MF XIII UGP. As a result, each of the foregoing entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned by MF XIII, but each of the individuals disclaims such beneficial ownership. Mayfield Select Management (UGP), Ltd., a Cayman Islands Exempted Company, or MF Select UGP, is the general partner of Mayfield Select Management (EGP), L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, which is the general partner of MF Select. Rajeev Batra, Navin Chaddha, Timothy Chang, and Urshit Parikh are the directors of MF Select UGP. As a result, each of the foregoing entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned by MF Select, but each of the individuals disclaims such beneficial ownership. The address for each of these entities is c/o Mayfield, 2484 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2)

Consists of (i) 4,944,697 shares of Class B common stock held of record by GGV Capital V L.P. and (ii) 181,470 shares of Class B common stock held of record by GGV Capital V Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. GGV Capital V L.L.C. is the general partner of GGV Capital V L.P. and GGV Capital V Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Glenn Solomon, Jixun Foo, Jenny Lee, Jeff Richards, and Hans Tung are the managing directors of GGV Capital V L.L.C., and share voting and investment control over these shares. The address for each of these entities is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 4, Suite 230, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(3)

Consists of (i) 9,652,589 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Menlo Ventures XI, L.P., (ii) 372,490 shares of Class B common stock held of record by MMEF XI, L.P., (iii) 289,412 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Menlo Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. and (iv) 4,706 shares of Class B common stock held of record by MMSOP, L.P. MV Management XI, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of Menlo Ventures XI, L.P. and MMEF XI, L.P. and MSOP GP, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of Menlo Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. and MMSOP, L.P. The managing members of MV Management XI, L.L.C., H. DuBose Montgomery, John W. Javre, Douglas C. Carlisle, Mark A. Siegel and Venky V. Ganesan, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Menlo Ventures XI, L.P. and MMEF XI, L.P., but each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The managing members of MSOP GP, L.L.C., Mark A. Siegel, Matthew J. Murphy, Shawn T. Carolan, and Venky V. Ganesan, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Menlo Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. and MMSOP, L.P., but each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 2884 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4)

Consists of (i) 3,710,090 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Inventus Capital Partners Fund I L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or ICP I, (ii) 2,153,377 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Inventus Capital Partners Fund II Ltd., or ICP II, and (iii) 915,651 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Inventus Capital Co-Invest Annex Fund I L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership, or ICP Annex. Inventus Capital Master Management I, Ltd, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or ICPMM I, is the general partner of Inventus Capital Management I, L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or ICPM I, which is the general partner of ICP I. Inventus Capital Management II, Ltd, or ICPM II, is the General Partner of ICP II. Inventus Capital Co-Invest Anex Management I, LLC, or ICPM Anex I, is the general partner of ICP Annex. John Dougery, Jr and Kanwal Rekhi are the directors of ICPMM I and ICPM II, and the managing members of ICPM Anex. As a result, each of the foregoing entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares respectively owned by ICP I, ICP II, and ICP Annex, but each of the individuals disclaims such beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his or her proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 1325 Howard Street, Suite 244, Burlingame, CA 94010.

(5)

Consists of 5,971,646 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd, or Anderson. Anderson is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Thomson Capital Pte. Ltd., or Thomson, which in turn is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd., or Tembusu, which in turn is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, or Temasek. In such capacities, each of Thomson, Tembusu, and Temasek may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Anderson. The address for Anderson, Thomson, Tembusu, and Temasek is 60B Orchard Road #06-18 Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore 238891.

(6)

Consists of (i) 5,400,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Manish Chandra and (ii) 622,002 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

(7)

Consists of (i) 235,875 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Anan Kashyap and (ii) 299,125 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days September 30, 2020.

(8)

Consists of 450,661 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

(9)

Consists of 232,184 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

(10)

Excludes shares held by Anderson identified in footnote 5 above. Mr. Marren, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Temasek.

(11)

Consists of (i) 17,104 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and (ii) RSUs for 7,338 shares of Class B common stock for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

(12)

Consists of 82,850 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

(13)

Consists of (i) 28,015,689 shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned by our current directors and executive officers, (ii) 1,703,576 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020, and (iii) RSUs for 7,338 shares of Class B common stock for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and our amended and restated investor rights’ agreement, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share,              shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and              shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes into              shares of our Class A common stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2019, there were no outstanding shares of Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by              stockholders of record, and no shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of Nasdaq to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have authorized a class of Class A common stock and a class of Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of our existing common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, any options to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering will become eligible to be settled in or exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share, and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

138


Table of Contents
   

if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

We do not expect to provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will establish a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax or estate planning purposes or to other Class B stockholders. Once converted or transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of a single class of common stock on the earlier of the date that is ten (10) years from the date of the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed in connection with the closing of this offering or the date the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, voting as a single class, elect to convert the Class B common stock to Class A common stock. Following such conversion, each share of common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series

 

139


Table of Contents

and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 8,523,616 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.68, pursuant to our 2011 Plan, which was adopted in February 2011 and last amended in August 2020.

Restricted Stock Units

As of December 31, 2019, we had 294,277 RSUs for shares of our Class B common stock outstanding under our 2011 Plan.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of (i) 40,464 shares of our Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $0.37 per share, (ii) 25,588 shares of our Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $1.37 per share, and (iii) 19,531 shares of our Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $2.56 per share.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in the IRA. We, along with certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are parties to the IRA. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire upon the earlier of (i) five years following the completion of this offering, or (ii) the execution of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, as defined in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect, or (iii), with respect to any particular stockholder, when, upon the closing of this offering, such stockholder holds less than 1% of our outstanding stock and is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and selling fees) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below, including the reasonable fees of one counsel for the selling holders not to exceed $25,000. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. See the section titled “Underwriting” for more information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 52,372,222 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date of the filing of, and ending up to 180 days following the effectiveness of, a registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

 

140


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such common stock the holders of up to approximately 52,372,222 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to any employee benefit plan, (2) a registration related to an SEC Rule 145 transaction, (3) a registration related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction, or (4) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately 52,372,222 shares of our Class B common stock may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $5.0 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12 month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

the board of directors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares; or

 

   

following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary

 

141


Table of Contents

transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

Section 203 may make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Section 203 also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management and could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

   

Dual Class Stock. As described above in the subsection titled “—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure, which will provide our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company of its assets.

 

   

Board of Directors Vacancies. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and promote continuity of management.

 

   

Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board of Directors.”

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the Chairperson of our board of directors or our Chief Executive Officer, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

   

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our

 

142


Table of Contents
 

annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

   

No Cumulative Voting. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

   

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

   

Amendment of Charter Provisions. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

   

Exclusive Forum. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, and employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; provided, however, that our stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These forum provisions may impose additional costs on stockholders, may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum they find favorable, and the designated courts may reach different judgments or results than other courts. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the federal forum provision for Securities Act claims will be enforced, which may impose additional costs on us and our stockholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “POSH.”

 

143


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, we will have a total of                  shares of our Class A common stock and                  shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of 52,286,631 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 52,286,631 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering based on a discount to an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as well as shares of Class B common stock issuable in connection with outstanding equity awards. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                  shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, including any shares reserved under our directed share program, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below. In addition, the                 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share) are not subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff agreements and may be resold in the public market immediately subject to Rule 144.

The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes and the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock (including any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of our Class B common stock) will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In connection with this offering, our executive officers, directors, and substantially all of our other existing stockholders (except with respect to the shares issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes) are subject to market standoff agreements or have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, under which they have agreed or will agree that, subject to specific exceptions, they will not offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, options, or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, or any security or instrument related to such common stock, option, or warrant for a period of up to 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to the early release dates described in the table below. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time. See the section titled “Underwriting.” As a result of the lock-up and market standoff agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Earliest Date Available for Sale in the Public Market    Number of Shares of Common Stock

The date of this prospectus.

  

The                 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, including the shares reserved under our directed share program, and the                 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes (calculated based on an assumed initial public

 

144


Table of Contents
Earliest Date Available for Sale in the Public Market    Number of Shares of Common Stock
  

offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

The third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, which we expect to be the public release of earnings for the period ended                 , and which we refer to as the “first post-IPO earnings announcement.”

  

Up to                 shares of Class A common stock. Includes certain securities held by Employee Stockholders (as defined in the section titled “Underwriting”). Excludes securities held by “affiliates” for the purposes of Rule 144, as described below under “—Rule 144.”

The third trading day immediately following our public release of our earnings for the second quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, which we expect to be the public release of earnings for the period ending                 , and which we refer to as the “second post-IPO earnings announcement,” provided that the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15 consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement.

  

Up to                 million additional shares of Class A common stock. Excludes securities held by “affiliates” for the purposes of Rule 144. Does not give effect to up to                 million shares available for sale after the first post-IPO earnings announcement that may be sold after the second post-IPO earnings announcement if not previously sold.

The 181st day after the date of this prospectus.

  

All remaining shares held by our stockholders not previously eligible for sale, subject to volume limitations applicable to “affiliates” under Rule 144 as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Standoff Agreements

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock and any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock except for the shares issauble upon conversion of the Convertible Notes are subject to market standoff provisions or have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters in which they have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, subject to the Early Release Terms defined below:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned, by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In addition, we and each such person have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the

 

145


Table of Contents

registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including, without limitation:

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, by will, to an immediate family member or to certain trusts, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

distributions of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate, or to an entity controlled or managed by an affiliate, and distributions of shares of our common stock to the stockholders, partners or members of such holders, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

the exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, insofar as such option or warrant would otherwise expire during the restricted period, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to cover tax withholding obligations in connection with such vesting event or exercise, insofar as such vesting event occurs during, or such option or warrant would otherwise expire during, the restricted period, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

   

transfers of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a domestic order or divorce;

 

   

transfers of our common stock to us pursuant to any right to repurchase or any right of first refusal we may have over such shares;

 

   

conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement; and

 

   

transfers of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our Company that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the securities shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement.

Certain of the exceptions described above are subject to a requirement that the transferee enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters containing similar restrictions.

 

146


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the securities held by our current employees, consultants, and contractors (but excluding our executive officers, directors, founders, and any other person who is a party to the IRA), or the “Employee Stockholders,” may be sold during the restricted period when the following conditions are met, which we refer to as the Early Release Terms:

(A) up to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held by each of our Employee Stockholders on the date of this prospectus for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of the date of the first post-IPO earnings announcement (as defined below), or the “Employee Early Release Shares,” may be sold or transferred on the third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, or the “first post-IPO earnings announcement”; and

(B) in addition to the Employee Early Release Shares, if the last reported closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15 consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement (as defined below), the Employee Stockholders may sell or otherwise transfer up to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held by such Employee Stockholder on the date of this prospectus for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of March 31, 2021 beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following our public release of our financial results for the second quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, the “second post-IPO earnings announcement;”

further, if the last reported closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15 consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement, any shareholder who is not an Employee Stockholder (including our executive officers, directors, founders, and any other person who is a party to our Investors’ Rights Agreements) may sell or otherwise transfer up to 15% of the aggregate number of our outstanding common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held on the date of this prospectus beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following the second post-IPO earnings announcement.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

After the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the

 

147


Table of Contents

shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701 and are subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described above.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the IRA, the holders of up to 52,372,222 shares of our Class B common stock (including shares issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and shares issued upon the exercise of certain warrants held by Comerica Ventures Incorporated), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2011 Plan, our 2021 Plan and our ESPP. See “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements. As of December 31, 2019, (i) options to purchase a total of 8,523,616 shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to our 2011 Plan were outstanding, of which options to purchase 4,222,625 shares were exercisable, and no options were outstanding or exercisable under our 2021 Plan, and (ii) 294,277 RSUs for shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan

 

148


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below) related to the ownership and disposition of our common stock. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, alternative minimum tax, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code or U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

banks;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies;

 

   

owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

   

persons subject to the unearned income Medicare contribution tax;

 

149


Table of Contents
   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that elect to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock; or

 

   

persons that acquire our common stock as compensation for services.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partner and the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. A person treated as a partner in a partnership or who holds their stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on our Common Stock

Distributions of cash or property on our common stock, if any, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.”

Subject to the discussion in the following paragraphs of this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding or if a non-U.S. holder does not timely provide us with the required certification, the non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence with respect to U.S. withholding taxes generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide a properly executed original and unexpired IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected

 

150


Table of Contents

income is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition (without taking into account any capital loss carryovers); or

 

   

we are or were a “U.S. real property holding corporation” during a certain look-back period, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

151


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and associated guidance, or collectively, FATCA, will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a “foreign financial institution” (as defined in the Code), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) or another applicable exception applies or such institution is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. FATCA will also generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (which generally includes any United States person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity), if any, or another applicable exception applies or such entity is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and other current guidance, “withholdable payments” currently include dividends on our common and other fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income. Under proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations, “withholdable payments” shall not include gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. The preamble to the proposed regulations specifies that taxpayers (including withholding agents) are permitted to rely on the proposed regulations pending finalization.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

152


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of

    Shares    

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                   

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                   

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

                   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

153


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No Exercise      Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “POSH.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock and any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (except with respect to the shares issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes) are subject to market standoff agreements or have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, under which they have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, subject to the Early Release Terms defined below:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned, by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including, without limitation:

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, by will, to an immediate family member or to certain trusts, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

distributions of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business

 

154


Table of Contents
 

entity that is an affiliate, or to an entity controlled or managed by an affiliate, and distributions of shares of our common stock to the stockholders, partners or members of such holders, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

the exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, insofar as such option or warrant would otherwise expire during the restricted period, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to cover tax withholding obligations in connection with such vesting event or exercise, insofar as such vesting event occurs during, or such option or warrant would otherwise expire during, the restricted period, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

   

facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

   

transfers of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a domestic order or divorce;

 

   

transfers of our common stock to us pursuant to any right to repurchase or any right of first refusal we may have over such shares;

 

   

conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, or the conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement; and

 

   

transfers of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our Company that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the securities shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement.

Certain of the exceptions described above are subject to a requirement that the transferee enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters containing similar restrictions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the securities by our current employees, consultants, and contractors (but excluding our executive officers, directors, founders, and any other person who is a party to the IRA), the “Employee Stockholders,” subject to the lock-up agreements may be sold during the restricted period when the following conditions are met, the Early Release Terms:

(A) up to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held by each of our Employee Stockholders on the date of this prospectus for which all vesting conditions were satisfied as of the date of the first post-IPO earnings announcement (as defined below), the “Employee Early Release Shares,” may be sold or transferred on the third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, the “first post-IPO earnings announcement”; and

 

155


Table of Contents

(B) in addition to the Employee Early Release Shares, if the last reported closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15-consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement (as defined below), the Employee Stockholders may sell or otherwise transfer up to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held by such Employee Stockholder on the date of this prospectus for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of March 31, 2021 beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following our public release of our financial results for the second quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, the “second post-IPO earnings announcement;”

further, if the last reported closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least 10 trading days out of the 15 consecutive trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the second post-IPO earnings announcement, any shareholder who is not an Employee Stockholder (including our executive officers, directors, founders, and any other person who is a party to our Investors’ Rights Agreements) may sell or otherwise transfer up to 15% of the aggregate number of our outstanding common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock held on the date of this prospectus beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following the second post-IPO earnings announcement.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of

 

156


Table of Contents

common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of Class A common stock, or up to 5.0% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to                     .

The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Other

than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program.                      will administer our directed share program.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the

 

157


Table of Contents

publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of securities may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of our representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document

 

158


Table of Contents

nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Center

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

159


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors, or QII

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “small number private

 

160


Table of Contents

placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

(a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(c)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

(d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

(e)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Chile

The shares of common stock are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the

 

161


Table of Contents

United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), or BVI Companies, but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010, or SIBA, or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC. The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FSCMA, and the shares have been and

 

162


Table of Contents

will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FETL. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or Commission, for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

i. the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

(a) persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

163


Table of Contents

(b) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

(c) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

(d) authorized financial service providers under South African law;

(e) financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

(f) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

(g) any combination of the person in (a) to (f); or

ii. the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000.

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted), or the South African Companies Act) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from “offers to the public” set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this document must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA Relevant Persons.

 

164


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Goodwin Procter LLP, Redwood City, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

CHANGES IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

On August 3, 2018, we dismissed Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditors. On October 30, 2018, we retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as our independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change our independent registered public accounting firm was approved by our board of directors.

Ernst & Young LLP issued a report on our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. This report did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principle. Ernst & Young LLP did not audit our consolidated financial statements for any period subsequent to December 31, 2017.

We had no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused Ernst & Young LLP to make reference in connection with its report to the subject matter of the disagreement during prior two audits preceding its dismissal. During the two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent interim period preceding our dismissal of Ernst & Young LLP, there were no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

During the two most recent fiscal years and subsequent interim period preceding our engagement of PwC, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with PwC on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement as that term is used in Item 304 (a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K or a reportable event as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

We have provided Ernst & Young LLP with a copy of the disclosures set forth under the heading “Changes in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in this prospectus and have requested that Ernst & Young LLP furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not Ernst & Young LLP agrees with statements related to them made by us under the heading “Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in this prospectus. A copy of that letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

NEWLY APPOINTED INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PwC, as our independent registered public accounting firm on October 30, 2018 to audit our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decision to change our independent registered public accounting firm was approved by our board of directors.

 

165


Table of Contents

During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and the subsequent interim period through October 30, 2018, we did not consult with PwC on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that PwC concluded was an important factor that we considered in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or a “reportable event” (as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and schedules thereto, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and any schedules filed therewith, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.poshmark.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

166


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Poshmark, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Poshmark, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

September 25, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  
              

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 74,466     $ 63,318  

Marketable securities

     63,416       65,546  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,869       7,155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     143,751       136,019  

Property and equipment, net

     2,435       9,845  

Other assets

     1,213       6,124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 147,399     $ 151,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 11,217     $ 7,574  

Funds payable to customers

     51,599       73,863  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     14,424       32,816  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     77,240       114,253  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     746       1,221  

Long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities

     13       5,126  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     77,999       120,600  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 52,372,222 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, aggregate liquidation preference of $159,704 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, 52,286,631 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     156,175       156,175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, 11,456,880 and 12,342,146 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     7,899       18,555  

Accumulated deficit

     (94,662     (143,354

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (13     11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (86,775     (124,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 147,399     $ 151,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Net revenue

   $ 148,305     $ 205,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     22,837       34,142  

Operations and support

     20,299       29,879  

Research and development

     15,484       25,033  

Marketing

     88,439       132,470  

General and administrative

     15,464       31,474  

Depreciation and amortization

     802       2,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     163,325       255,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,020     (49,829

Interest income

     1,096       1,677  

Other expense, net

     (460     (366
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (14,384     (48,518

Provision for income taxes

     91       174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (4.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     11,215       12,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.75
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       64,438  
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         (28

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on marketable securities, net of tax

     (13     52  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (13     24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (14,488   $ (48,668
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

Balance as of January 1, 2018

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           11,151,034     $ 1     $ 4,931     $ (80,187   $
 

  

 
  $ (75,255

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —         —             305,846       —         303       —         —         303  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         2,665       —         —         2,665  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (13     (13

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    —         —             —         —         —         (14,475     —         (14,475
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    52,286,631       156,175           11,456,880       1       7,899       (94,662     (13     (86,775

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —         —             885,266       —         889       —         —         889  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         9,767       —         —         9,767  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —             —         —         —         —         24       24  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    —         —             —         —         —         (48,692     —         (48,692
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           12,342,146     $ 1     $ 18,555     $ (143,354   $ 11     $ (124,787
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     802       2,056  

Stock-based compensation

     2,606       9,687  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     189       135  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     438       475  

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on marketable securities, net

     (305     (1,008

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (441     726  

Other assets

     (895     (4,911

Accounts payable

     (3,155     (5,776

Funds payable to customers

     21,475       22,264  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     5,860       18,840  

Long-term deferred rent and other liabilities

     (48     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     12,051       (6,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,636     (4,190

Purchases of marketable securities

     (63,124     (92,655

Maturities of marketable securities

     —         91,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (64,760     (5,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     303       889  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     303       889  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         (34

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (52,406     (11,148

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Beginning of year

     126,872       74,466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 74,466     $ 63,318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow data

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 16     $ 9  

Purchases of property and equipment not yet settled

     210       —    

Stock-based compensation capitalized to internal use software

     59       80  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities

     120       —    

Landlord funded leasehold incentives

     —         5,658  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

Organization

Description of Business

Poshmark, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware with headquarters in Redwood City, California, and has wholly owned subsidiaries based in Chennai, India, Vancouver, Canada, and New South Wales, Australia. The Company is a social marketplace that combines the human connection of a physical shopping experience with the scale, reach, ease, and selection benefits of eCommerce. In doing so, the Company brings the power of community to buying and selling online. Pairing technology with the inherent human desire to socialize, the Company creates passion and personal connections among users.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred a net loss of $48.7 million. At December 31, 2019, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $143.4 million. The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through the issuance and sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock and through the issuance of debt. Management expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations may continue in the foreseeable future as the Company continues to invest in the expansion of its operations. While the Company believes that its current cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities are adequate to meet its needs for a one-year period from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued, the Company may need to borrow funds or raise additional equity to achieve its longer-term business objectives.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

For the foreign subsidiary where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, gains and losses from remeasurement of foreign currency balances into U.S. dollars are included in the consolidated statements of operations. For the foreign subsidiary where the local currency is the functional currency, translation adjustments of foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material for all periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The numerator in the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is assumed to be reclassified to additional paid-in capital in conjunction with the IPO.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of 52,286,631 shares of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into 52,286,631 shares of common stock in connection with the IPO. The Company used the if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later. The vesting of RSUs with both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions has been excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations as the amounts are not material to the calculations.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Estimates include the fair value of financial instruments, capitalization and estimated useful life of internal-use software, allowance for expected chargeback losses, estimates related to credits, incentives and refunds issued to customers, valuation of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, stock-based compensation, and valuation of deferred income tax assets and the uncertain tax position. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments or assumptions and actual results, the consolidated financial statements will be affected.

Segment Information

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has determined that it has one operating and reportable segment.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not generate any net revenue outside of the United States. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company generated net revenue of $1.1 million from its Canadian subsidiary which began operations in May of 2019.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have material assets located outside of the United States.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies its performance obligations. The Company considers both sellers and buyers to be customers. The Company generates revenue from sellers for fees earned when sellers sell items they have listed on the Company’s platform to buyers. The Company generates revenue from buyers for fees earned when they purchase shipping labels used for delivery of the items purchased. The Company periodically reassesses its revenue recognition policies as new offerings become material, and business models evolve. The Company recognizes revenue net of estimated returns and cancellations based on its historical experience. Transactions may be cancelled by a buyer or seller in certain circumstances.

The Company enters into the Terms of Service (TOS) with buyers and sellers to use the Company’s technology platform. The TOS governs these parties’ use of the platform, including payment terms for the buyer and the seller and services to be provided by the Company. Under the TOS, upon the buyer’s purchase from the seller, the Company, buyer, and seller are committed to perform and enforceable rights and obligations are established.

Sellers

Sellers are able to list their items for sale on the Company’s platform at no charge. The Company charges a fee upon the sale of items listed on its platform. The fee is a fixed dollar amount for orders under a certain value, and a fixed percentage of the final sales price of the item for orders greater than that. The service the Company provides to sellers includes the facilitation of the sale of their items as well as certain ancillary activities such as payment processing and authentication (for luxury items). These activities comprise a single performance obligation to sellers, which is to facilitate the sale of the listed items between sellers and buyers on the Company’s platform (sale facilitation).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates the presentation of revenue from sellers on a gross or net basis based on whether it acts as a principal or an agent in the sale of listed items between sellers and buyers. The Company does not control the listed items at any time prior to the transfer of such items to buyers. The Company acts as an agent in facilitating the sale of items from sellers to buyers by allowing them to connect and interact on the Company’s platform. The Company is not primarily responsible for fulfillment of purchased items, does not have inventory risk, and does not set the price for the listed item. As such, the Company reports revenue from sellers on a net basis to reflect the fees received from sellers.

Revenue is recognized at the point in time the Company satisfies its performance obligation to facilitate the sale of a listed item. This occurs when both the seller and the buyer agree to a sale and the payment is processed on the Company’s platform. For luxury items authenticated by the Company, sale facilitation revenue is recognized when the Company authenticates and arranges for shipment of the items to the buyer, as this is the point in time a sale is finalized and the Company has satisfied its performance obligation.

Buyers

When a sale is finalized, the buyer purchases a shipping label from USPS, through the Poshmark platform. The Company emails the shipping label to the seller and the seller ships the item to the buyer through the shipping provider, USPS. The Company does not purchase the shipping label on behalf of the buyer until after the buyer has purchased an item and has remitted payment. As a result, the Company has one performance obligation to buyers, which is to facilitate the sale of shipping labels to buyers for delivery of items purchased on the Company’s platform (shipping facilitation).

The Company evaluates the presentation of revenue from buyers on a gross or net basis based on whether it acts as a principal or an agent in shipment of listed items between sellers and buyers. The Company does not control the shipping service, which is provided by the shipping provider. The Company is not primarily responsible for shipping and it does not assume any of the risks for the items shipped such as risk of damage or loss during shipping. The Company acts as an agent of the buyer in facilitating the shipping. As such, the Company reports revenue on a net basis which is the difference between the shipping fee paid by the buyer and the cost of shipping labels paid to the shipping provider.

Revenue from shipping facilitation is recognized upon transfer of the shipping label to the seller on behalf of the buyer.

The Company estimates chargebacks based on historical collectability rates. The Company records a reserve for chargebacks in accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities with an offset to general and administrative expenses. Chargebacks have not been material for all periods presented.

Sales tax and other amounts collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction price.

Incentives

Under the referral program, an existing user (the referrer) earns an incentive (Posh Credit) when a new user (the referee) first buys an item on the Company’s platform. Posh Credits are not redeemable for cash and can only be applied for purchases on the Company’s platform. The Company records the incentive to the referrer, which is in exchange for a distinct referral service, as a liability at the time the incentive is earned by the referrer with a corresponding charge recorded to marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Credits and incentives issued to existing users for referring new users are contingent upon a new user completing an initial purchase on the Company’s platform and represent an incremental cost of obtaining a contract with a customer. The Company expenses such new user referral incentives as marketing expense when the referral incentives are earned because the amortization period would be one year or less.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company has several buyer incentive programs, which are offered to encourage buyer activity on the Company’s platform. These promotions reduce the fees for shipping facilitation charged by the Company. Accordingly, the Company records these incentives as a reduction to revenue from the buyer when the incentive is used by the buyer. Amounts in excess of cumulative shipping facilitation revenue earned are presented as marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company participates in certain joint incentive programs with sellers that are recorded as a reduction to the fees received from the seller.

The Company may elect to issue incentives to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes or for refunds. These incentives (which are in the form of Posh Credits) can be applied towards future orders and, thereby, results in a reduced fee earned by the Company from the buyer, or redeemable credits that can also be redeemed for cash. In cases where the seller performed as required by the Company’s TOS, the Company reduces shipping facilitation revenue earned on the transaction and any cumulative revenue earned from the same buyer for Posh Credits and redeemable credits granted. If the amount of the incentive exceeds cumulative revenues from the buyer, then the excess is presented as operations and support expense in the consolidated statements of operations. If refunds are provided in a case where the seller did not perform and the amount cannot be recovered from the seller, the refund is presented as a reduction of revenue. Referral incentives, joint incentives, refunds and buyer incentives are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      

Reduction to net revenue

   $ 2,152      $ 4,748  

Operations and support

     4,325        5,020  

Marketing

     4,327        7,421  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,804      $ 17,189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Net Revenue

Cost of net revenue consists of costs associated with credit card processing, order transaction fees and hosting expenses associated with operating the Company’s platform. Cost of net revenue does not include depreciation and amortization.

Operations and Support

Operations and support expense primarily consists of personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, incurred in providing support to users of the Company’s platform including authentication services that the Company provides. This expense also includes postage and shipping costs that the Company incurs primarily from order losses and cancellations, and credits and incentives issued to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes in excess of shipping facilitation revenue.

Research and Development

Research and development expense primarily consist of compensation expenses for engineering, product development, and design employees, including stock-based compensation, expenses associated with ongoing improvements to, and maintenance and testing of the Company’s platform including website, mobile apps, and other products. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.

Marketing

Marketing expense primarily consists of expenses associated with personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, and other costs related to public relations, marketing events known as Posh

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Parties, and business development. These expenses also include promotional credits and incentives issued to buyers to encourage buyer activity on the platform in excess of shipping facilitation revenue, and costs of referral incentives for new user acquisition. User acquisition costs primarily consist of costs associated with acquiring new users by advertising on channels such as Google, Facebook, Instagram and television.

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $76.5 million and $114.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee related costs including stock-based compensation for those employees associated with executive management and administrative services such as legal, human resources, information technology, accounting, and finance, and all related costs associated with the Company’s facilities such as rent and office administration. These expenses also include certain third-party consulting services, facilities, information technology shared services, meals and other corporate costs not allocated to other expense categories.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in checking and savings accounts as well as investments in money market funds and commercial paper with maturities of ninety days or less. The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents as these are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present an insignificant risk of changes in the value. Resulting from the Company’s change in accounting policy as of January 1, 2019, amounts receivable from credit card processors of $6.0 million and $7.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, are considered cash equivalents because they were both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are typically converted to cash approximately three to five business days from the date of the underlying transaction. Prior to January 1, 2019, amounts receivable from credit card processors was presented separately from cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets. Presentation for the year ended December 31, 2018 was reclassified to conform to the change in policy.

Marketable Securities

The Company has investments in various marketable securities which are classified as available for sale. The Company determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. The investments are adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts to maturity and such amortization is included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The investments are classified as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations.

Unrealized gains or losses are recorded, net of estimated taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains and losses are recognized upon sale and are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for impairment due to declines in market value considered to be “other-than-temporary.” This evaluation consists of several qualitative and quantitative factors, including the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted recovery occurs, as well as any decline in the investment quality of the security and the severity and duration of the unrealized loss. In the event of a determination that a decline in market value is other-than-temporary, the Company will recognize an impairment loss, and a new cost basis in the investment will be established. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has not recorded any impairment losses related to its marketable securities.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Leasehold improvements and landlord funded leasehold incentives are recorded at cost and are amortized over the shorter of the remaining operating lease term or the useful lives of the assets. The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated financial statements. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Useful Life
(in years)

Computer equipment and software, including internal use software

   3

Furniture and fixtures

   5

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease
term or
estimated
useful life

Internal Use Software

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with website development and software for internal use. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of website and software development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental and deemed by management to be significant, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the asset. Maintenance and enhancement costs, including those costs in the post-implementation stages, are typically expensed as incurred, unless such costs relate to substantial upgrades and enhancements to the website or software that result in added functionality which are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, comprised primarily of property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows these assets are expected to generate. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of an asset, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value. The Company has determined that there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated its long-lived assets were impaired during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at their estimated fair value because the underlying shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable and, therefore, may obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. Warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are recorded at fair value upon issuance and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period through other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability will continue to be adjusted for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the warrants. In the event that the warrants become warrants on common stock, the Company will reassess the warrants to determine if they are eligible for equity classification and no further remeasurement to fair value is required. Upon the closing of an underwritten public offering of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the valuation of the common stock immediately prior to such offering is equal to (x) the quotient of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

(a) at least $1.1 billion, divided by (b) the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and (y) the gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $120 million, or upon approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, or upon approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock (Qualified IPO), the warrants become exercisable for shares of common stock and will be reclassified into additional paid-in capital.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting date using a fair value hierarchy that requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs that are used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the market.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts payable, funds payable to customers, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short period of receipt of payment and expected settlement. Refer to Note 3 for information regarding the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities.

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using a hybrid between a probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) and option pricing model (OPM), estimating the probability weighted value across multiple scenarios, while using an OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of these scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs into the valuation model used to estimate the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants include the timing of potential events, such as a Qualified IPO and other liquidity events and their probability of occurring, the selection of guideline public company multiples, a discount for the lack of marketability of the preferred and common stock, the projected future cash flows, and the discount rate used to calculate the present-value of the estimated equity value allocated to each share class.

Funds Payable to Customers

Funds payable represents amounts payable to customers upon their request and are comprised of redeemable balances due to sellers based on completed transactions, redeemable credits granted to customers and funds held on behalf of the buyers for unsettled transactions for orders placed through the Company’s platform.

Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Certain of these arrangements have free rent, escalating rent payment provisions, and landlord funded leasehold incentives. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. If a lease provides for fixed escalations of the minimum rental payments, the difference between the straight-line rent charged to expense and the amount payable under the lease is recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other liabilities. Landlord funded leasehold incentives are recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities and are recognized as an offset to rent expense using the straight-line method over the lease term.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has granted stock-based awards consisting of stock options and RSUs to employees and consultants.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The time-based vesting condition for the majority of these awards is satisfied over four years. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in

RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The time-based vesting condition for the majority of these awards is satisfied over four years. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in control transaction or the effective date of a Qualified IPO. Because no qualifying event has occurred, the Company has not recognized any stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs. In the period in which the Company’s qualifying event is probable, the Company will record a cumulative one-time stock-based compensation expense determined using the grant-date fair values and the accelerated attribution method. Stock-based compensation related to remaining time-based service after the qualifying event will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method. RSUs granted after the performance condition occurs will continue to be measured using the grant date fair values and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the service period.

Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, net of forfeitures. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include:

 

   

per share fair value of the underlying common stock;

 

   

exercise price;

 

   

expected term;

 

   

risk-free interest rate;

 

   

expected annual dividend yield; and

 

   

expected stock price volatility over the expected term.

For all stock options granted, the expected term is calculated using the simplified method. The Company has no publicly available stock information and, therefore, uses the historical volatility of the stock price of similar publicly traded peer companies to estimate volatility of equity awards granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors as there was no public market for the common stock. The board of directors determines the fair value of the Company’s common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, the valuation of comparable companies, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third-parties, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to anticipated equity offerings, are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds upon the consummation of the offerings within stockholders’ equity (deficit). In the event an anticipated offering is

 

F-15


Table of Contents

terminated or significantly delayed, deferred offering costs will be immediately expensed. As of December 31, 2018, there was $0.1 million of capitalized deferred offering costs included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2019, deferred offering costs amounting to $1.4 million were written off to operating expenses. There were no capitalized deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2019.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. These differences are measured using the enacted statutory tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes the effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Management considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance on income taxes. The guidance provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

The calculation of the tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. The Company recognizes potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on an estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due. If an estimate of income tax liabilities proves to be less than the actual amount ultimately assessed, a further charge to expense would be required. If the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when they determine the liabilities no longer exist.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities line on the consolidated balance sheets.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company currently uses one carrier to handle all shipments, two gateways to process payments and one third-party vendor to host the Company’s information technology environment. A significant disruption in the operations of one of more of these vendors could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held by one high-credit quality financial institution within the United States with balances maintained in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.

No customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenue as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per

 

F-16


Table of Contents

common share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock contractually entitles the holders of such shares to participate in dividends but does not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Company’s losses. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders because potentially dilutive shares of common stock are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions. This standard requires companies to record excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense in the statement of operations when the awards vest, or are settled, and eliminates the requirement to reclassify cash flows related to excess tax benefits from operating activities to financing activities on the statement of cash flows. This standard also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to either estimate expected forfeitures or to account for them as they occur. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018, and elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. The implementation of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features. This standard updates the classification analysis of certain equity-linked financial instruments, or embedded features, with down round features, as well as clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments. When determining whether certain financial instruments should be classified as liabilities or equity instruments, a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This standard expands the scope of Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (which currently only includes share-based payments to employees) to include share-based payments issued to non-employees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees and employees will be substantially aligned. The Company early adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and since that date, has issued several ASUs to further clarify certain aspects of ASU 2016-02 and provide entities with practical expedients that may be elected upon adoption. This standard requires lessees to recognize all leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet as a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability, unless the lease is a short-term lease. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements – Leases (Topic 842). This update provides an alternative transition method that allows entities to elect to apply the standard prospectively at its effective date, versus recasting the prior periods presented. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, deferring the effective date for one year for all other entities. The standard is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this standard using the alternative transition method on January 1, 2022 and is currently evaluating the impact to the consolidated financial statements. At a minimum, total assets and total liabilities will increase upon adoption as the Company expects to record a ROU asset and a lease liability for its operating leases. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This standard amended guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses will be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, amending the effective dates. For public business entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filers, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820). This standard modifies disclosure requirements related to fair value measurement and is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Implementation on a prospective or retrospective basis varies by specific disclosure requirement. The standard also allows for early adoption of any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance while delaying adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. This standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract should be presented as a prepaid asset in the balance sheet and expensed over the term of the hosting arrangement to the same line item in the statement of operations as the costs related to the hosting fees. For public business entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for all entities including adoption in any interim period. The amendments should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This amended guidance is intended to remove certain exceptions to the general principles in current U.S. GAAP, simplify areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. For public business entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted for all entities including adoption in any interim period. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this amended guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This standard eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted EPS computation. Additionally, the amended guidance requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. For public business entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years using the fully retrospective or modified retrospective method. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 

3.

Supplemental Financial Statement Information

Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following tables summarize the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value of the cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 2,923      $ —        $ —        $ 2,923  

Commercial paper

     4,096        —          —          4,096  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     32,495        —          —          32,495  

Corporate bonds

     14,746        —          (13      14,733  

U.S. Treasury securities

     16,188        —          —          16,188  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 70,448      $ —        $ (13    $ 70,435  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
   December 31, 2019  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 6,609      $ —        $ —        $ 6,609  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     26,502        —          —          26,502  

Corporate bonds

     12,623        6        —          12,629  

U.S. Treasury securities

     26,382        33        —          26,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 72,116      $ 39      $ —        $ 72,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019.

The weighted-average remaining maturity of the marketable securities was less than one year as of December 31, 2018 and 2019. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, no individual security incurred continuous unrealized losses for greater than twelve months.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 546      $ 1,004  

Internal use software

     2,184        3,254  

Furniture and fixtures

     317        1,423  

Leasehold improvements and incentives

     758        7,262  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     3,805        12,943  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,370      (3,098
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 2,435      $ 9,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Accrued advertising

   $ 3,649      $ 10,817  

Accrued sales tax

     535        7,320  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     3,009        4,097  

Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     7,231        10,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 14,424      $ 32,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents
4.

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth the financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 2,923      $ —        $ —        $ 2,923  

Commercial paper

     —          4,096        —          4,096  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     —          32,495        —          32,495  

Corporate bonds

     —          14,733        —          14,733  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          16,188        —          16,188  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,923      $ 67,512      $ —        $ 70,435  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 746      $ 746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 6,609      $ —        $ —        $ 6,609  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     —          26,502        —          26,502  

Corporate bonds

     —          12,629        —          12,629  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          26,415        —          26,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,609      $ 65,546      $ —        $ 72,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,221      $ 1,221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019.

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities into or out of Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
5.

Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2020

   $ 4,024  

2021

     5,203  

2022

     5,778  

2023

     5,894  

2024

     2,662  

2025

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 23,561  
  

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, rent expense was $2.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for certain offices with contractual lease periods expiring between 2020 and 2024. Under the terms of certain leases, the Company is committed to pay for certain taxes, insurance, maintenance and management expenses. Certain of these arrangements have free rent periods or escalating rent payment provisions, and the Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on a straight-line basis.

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has non-cancelable contractual commitments of $15.3 million for network and cloud services in the ordinary course of business with varying expiration terms through October 31, 2022.

Litigation and Loss Contingencies

The Company accrues estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. From time to time, the Company may become a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, and threatened claims, breach of contract claims, tax and other matters. The Company currently has no material pending litigation as of December 31, 2019.

Indemnifications

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under agreements with other parties in the ordinary course of business, including business partners, investors, contractors and the Company’s officers, directors and certain employees. The Company has agreed to indemnify and defend the indemnified party claims and related losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party from actual or threatened third-party claim because of the Company’s activities or non-compliance with certain representations and warranties made by the Company. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential loss under these indemnification provisions due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular provision. To date, losses recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in connection with the indemnification provisions have not been material.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
6.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, consists of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Issue Price
per Share
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     9,482,060        9,441,596      $ 3,500      $ 0.37      $ 3,454  

Series B

     9,127,794        9,102,206        12,450      $ 1.37        12,394  

Series B-1

     3,952,429        3,952,429        6,265      $ 1.59        6,223  

Series C

     9,781,013        9,761,482        24,989      $ 2.56        24,936  

Series C-1

     9,578,544        9,578,544        25,000      $ 2.61        24,897  

Series D

     10,450,382        10,450,374        87,500      $ 8.37        84,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     52,372,222        52,286,631      $ 159,704         $ 156,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Redemption

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event, which may be outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

Voting

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, and is entitled to vote, together with holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote, except as required by law.

Dividends

The holders of Series A, B, B-1, C, C-1 and D redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.0297, $0.1094, $0.1268, $0.2048, $0.2088 and $0.6698, respectively, when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the board of directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on an as-converted basis. No dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Company’s board of directors from inception through December 31, 2019.

Election of the Board of Directors

For so long as at least 25% of the initially issued shares of Series A, Series B, Series C-1, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), the holders of record of the shares of the Series A, Series B, Series C-1, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive on pari passu basis, an amount equal to the original issue price for such series of preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to any distribution or payment to the holders of common stock. All remaining assets will then be distributed pro rata to holders of common stock. If the Company does not have enough assets and funds legally available for distribution to meet this requirement, all of the Company’s assets and funds available will be distributed ratably among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount per share each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. A liquidation event includes a sale, transfer or license of all or substantially all of its assets, a merger or consolidation with another entity, the transfer of 50% or more of its voting stock, or a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. The conversion prices of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will be adjusted for specified dilutive issuances, stock splits, combinations and noncash dividends.

The outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically convert into common stock immediately upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

7.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, consists of the following:

 

Issuance Date    Expiration
Date
   Issue Price
per Share
     Number
of Shares
     Class
of Shares
 

December 1, 2011

   December 1, 2021    $ 0.37        40,464        Series A  

May 10, 2013

   May 10, 2023    $ 1.37        25,588        Series B  

May 22, 2015

   May 22, 2025    $ 2.56        19,531        Series C  

The following represent the changes in the liability relating to the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants (in thousands):

 

Balance as of January 1, 2018

   $ 308  

Change in fair value

     438  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     746  

Change in fair value

     475  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 1,221  
  

 

 

 

Refer to Note 2 for discussion of the significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
8.

Common Stock

Common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows as of December 31, 2019:

 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     52,286,631  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     85,583  

Options and RSUs issued and outstanding

     9,024,393  

Options and RSUs available for future grants

     1,263,592  
  

 

 

 

Total

     62,660,199  
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Stock-based Compensation Plan

2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan

In 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides for the granting of stock options and restricted shares to employees and non-employees (consultants) of the Company. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options (ISO) may be granted only to the Company’s employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Non-qualified stock options (NSO) may be granted to the Company’s employees and consultants.

Options issued under the Plan are granted at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options’ vesting commencement date, and the remainder vest in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. Options have a maximum term of ten years. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within a 90-day period or they become forfeited, although the board of directors can approve an extension of the exercise period beyond the 90-day limit.

The following table summarizes option activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     7,290,572     $ 2.01        7.5      $ 63,841  

Granted

     2,350,089       11.58        

Exercised

     (885,266     1.00        

Forfeited and cancelled

     (231,779     4.94        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at December 31, 2019

     8,523,616     $ 4.68        7.3      $ 88,249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2019

     8,523,616     $ 4.68        7.3      $ 88,249  

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2019

     4,222,625     $ 1.68        6.0      $ 56,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The stock price per share that was used to determine the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $10.77 and $15.03, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the stock price per share that was used to determine both the vested and expected to vest options and vested and exercisable options was $15.03.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors as there was no public market for the common stock. The board of directors determines

 

F-25


Table of Contents

the fair value of the Company’s common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, the valuation of comparable companies, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third-parties, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

The following table summarizes the outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Outstanding      Exercisable  
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

(In Years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

(In Years)
 

Exercise Price

           

$0.06

     529,500        1.8        529,500        1.8  

$0.09

     76,533        2.7        76,533        2.7  

$0.41

     403,726        3.7        403,726        3.7  

$0.53

     98,064        4.4        98,064        4.4  

$1.11

     1,312,977        6.2        1,161,341        6.1  

$1.52

     1,904,175        7.3        1,230,978        7.3  

$4.60

     1,912,552        8.6        665,954        8.5  

$10.77

     1,831,000        9.0        55,226        9.0  

$14.80

     455,089        9.3        1,303        9.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,523,616        7.3        4,222,625        6.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $5.37 and $6.23 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $2.7 million and $12.2 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested options outstanding was $19.2 million, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

Option to Purchase Common Stock

The Company previously issued an option to purchase 206,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to a non-employee service provider outside of the Plan with an exercise price of $0.41 per share, which expires in November 2023. This option vested prior to January 1, 2017 and remains outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs issued under the Plan vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in control transaction or the effective date of a Qualified IPO. RSUs granted to newly hired employees typically vest 25% on the first Company-established vest date after the first anniversary of the employee’s date of hire and ratably each quarter over the ensuing 12-quarter period for purposes of the service condition. The maximum term for RSUs granted under the Plan will not exceed seven years from the date of grant.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes RSU activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested units as of December 31, 2018

     —        $ —    

Granted

     294,277        14.98  

Vested

     —          —    

Forfeited and cancelled

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2019

     294,277      $ 14.98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company concluded that the liquidity event performance condition described above for the RSUs was not probable of being satisfied at such time. As a result, the Company did not recognize any compensation cost during the year ended December 31, 2019 for any RSUs granted. In the quarter in which the performance-based condition is achieved, the Company will begin recording stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of forfeitures, based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs. As of December 31, 2019, there was $4.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs. Of this amount, $0.6 million relates to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied as of December 31, 2019, calculated using the accelerated attribution method and the grant date fair value of the awards.

Stock-Based Compensation

The assumptions used to value stock options granted for the periods indicated were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2018    2019

Expected dividend yield

               -                            -            

Expected volatility

   39.7% - 41.8%    39.7% - 46.2%

Risk-free rate

   2.7% - 3.0%    1.7% - 2.6%

Expected term (in years)

   5.9 - 6.1    5.4 - 6.1

Fair value of common stock

   $6.02 - $10.30    $12.79 - $14.99

Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      

Operations and support

   $ 250      $ 689  

Research and development

     775        3,017  

Marketing

     400        1,306  

General and administrative

     1,181        4,675  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,606      $ 9,687  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In February 2019, a select group of employees entered into secondary sale agreements to sell 1,090,562 shares of common stock to new and existing stockholders of the Company at a purchase price of $17 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $18.5 million. The purchase price was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price above fair value of $2.4 million as stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
10.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                     2019          

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,475   $ (48,692

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     11,215       12,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (4.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the dates indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
         2018              2019      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (on as if-converted basis)

     52,287        52,287  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     86        86  

Stock options and RSUs

     7,497        9,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     59,870        61,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table presents the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 

Numerator

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (48,692

Add: change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     475  
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in calculating pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (48,217
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     12,151  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     52,287  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     64,438  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.75
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
11.

Income Taxes

The components of the loss before provision for income taxes are as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                      2019          

Domestic

   $ (14,693    $ (48,856

Foreign

     309        338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (14,384    $ (48,518
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes for the periods indicated are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018          2019    

Current:

     

Federal

   $ —        $ —    

State

     1        1  

Foreign

     90        173  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     91        174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     —          —    

State

     —          —    

Foreign

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 91      $ 174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The difference between income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate and the provision for income taxes is attributable to the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2018                2019       

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (3,021    $ (10,189

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

     (317      (2,004

Stock-based compensation

     401        440  

Change in valuation allowance

     3,112        11,480  

Research and development credits

     (228      (334

Nondeductible professional fees

     —          294  

Other

     144        487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 91      $ 174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the periods indicated were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2018                2019       

Deferred tax assets

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 18,445      $ 28,297  

Tax credits carryforwards

     1,516        2,190  

Non-deductible accrued expenses

     1,064        3,109  

Stock-based compensation

     225        271  

Other, net

     70        224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     21,320        34,091  

Less valuation allowance

     (20,559      (32,039
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     761        2,052  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     

State tax credit carryforwards

     (163      (224

Depreciation and amortization

     (49      (1,623

ASC 606 tax impact—481(a) adjustment

     (549      (205
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (761      (2,052
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets such that a valuation allowance has been recorded. These factors include the Company’s history of net losses since its inception. Due to the Company’s history of losses it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized as of December 31, 2019. Accordingly, the Company has established a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to U.S. federal and state tax losses and credits incurred during the period. The valuation allowance increased by $11.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to U.S. federal and state tax losses and credits incurred during the period.

The following is a summary of the net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Expiration      Gross
Carryforward
     Tax
Effected
 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

     2031 - 2037      $ 63,709      $ 13,379  

2019 Federal net operating loss carryforwards

     Indefinite      $ 50,158        10,533  

State net operating loss carryforwards

     2029 -2039      $ 66,395        4,385  
        

 

 

 

Total net operating loss carryforwards

         $ 28,297  
        

 

 

 

In the event the Company experiences an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), the Company’s ability to utilize net operating losses, tax credits and other tax attributes may be limited. The most recent analysis of the Company’s historical ownership changes was completed through December 31, 2019. Based on the analysis, the Company does not anticipate a current limitation on the tax attributes.

The Company also has research credit carryforwards of $2.2 million and $2.1 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2031. The state research tax credits have no expiration date.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, which significantly changed U.S. tax law. The Tax Act enacted significant changes affecting the Company’s fiscal year 2017 by reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate. The Tax Act also establishes new tax provisions affecting the Company’s year ended December 31, 2018 including creating a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-tax income (GILTI).

The Company provides U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries, unless the subsidiaries’ earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. As of December 31, 2019, there is no U.S. income tax impact of undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries because such earnings have already been subject to U.S. tax under the mandatory deemed repatriation and GILTI. Any untaxed amount would not result in any material liability since they would be offset by federal and state net operating losses.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment. However, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (SAB 118) which allowed companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not extending beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date. During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company completed the accounting for all of the impacts of the Tax Act and concluded that no SAB 118 measurement period adjustments needed to be recorded.

Reduction of U.S. Federal Corporate Tax Rate: The reduction of the corporate income tax rate under the Tax Act required companies to remeasure their deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the date of enactment. In accordance with the Tax Act and SAB 118, the Company recorded reductions to its deferred tax assets and corresponding decreases to the valuation allowance of $8.0 million as a result of the Company’s remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. Given the Company’s valuation allowance position on its net deferred tax assets, the remeasurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the date of enactment did not result in any income tax effects in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

GILTI: The Tax Act subjects a U.S. corporation to tax on its GILTI. U.S. GAAP allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either (1) treat taxes due on future GILTI inclusions in the U.S. taxable income as a current-period expense when incurred (period cost method) or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (deferred method). The Company’s policy is to account for GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      

Beginning balance

   $ 1,049      $ 1,516  

Gross increase for tax positions of current year

     467        626  

Gross increase for tax positions of prior years

     —          48  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,516      $ 2,190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the unrecognized tax benefit of $2.2 million, if recognized, will not affect the Company’s effective tax rate as these unrecognized tax benefits would increase deferred tax assets which are subject to a full valuation allowance. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not recognize any accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, the settlements of ongoing audits and/or the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Although the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain, the Company does not anticipate any significant changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. Earnings from non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax. The material jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to potential examination by taxing authorities include the United States and California. The Company remains subject to possible examination in various other jurisdictions that are not expected to result in material tax adjustments.

 

12.

Retirement Plans

The Company has a 401(k) retirement and savings plan made available to all United States employees. The 401(k) plan allows each participant to contribute up to an amount not to exceed an annual statutory maximum. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. The Company is responsible for the administrative costs of the 401(k) plan and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) plan for all periods presented.

 

13.

Related Party Transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company purchased healthcare services in the amount of $0.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, from certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey Epstein, a director of the Company. Mr. Epstein serves as a member of the board of directors of Kaiser Permanente. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, $0.1 million each remained outstanding and is included in accounts payable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

14.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 21, 2020, which is the date the 2019 consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

In August 2020, the Company registered wholly owned subsidiary, Poshmark Pty Ltd, in New South Wales, Australia.

Convertible Note Financing

In September 2020, the Company issued senior unsecured convertible promissory notes (Convertible Notes) pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (Note Purchase Agreement), dated as of September 15, 2020 (Effective Date), among the Company and the Purchasers (as defined therein). The aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes was $50.0 million due on September 14, 2023. The Convertible Notes do not accrue interest, except during the existence of an event of default related to non-payment of the obligations under the Convertible Notes at maturity or upon acceleration.

In connection with a Qualified IPO, the Convertible Notes will convert into shares of the Company’s common stock. The Convertible Notes will convert into the Company’s common stock with a discount rate applied to the listing price of the Qualified IPO. The discount on the listing price upon conversion provided to the Purchasers will be 15% or 20%, depending on if the conversion occurs within one year or two years of the Convertible Notes issuance, respectively. If the conversion occurs on the second anniversary of the Convertible Notes issuance or later, the discount rate increases to 25%. In addition, upon the consummation of certain change of control events the Company would be required to prepay the Convertible Notes at par plus an applicable premium.

The Convertible Notes may not be voluntarily redeemed by the Company prior to the maturity date. If the Convertible Notes are not converted or redeemed prior to the maturity date, the Company must pay the noteholders an exit fee equal to 33.3% of the outstanding principal balance of the Convertible Notes at maturity. If the Convertible Notes are accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, the outstanding obligations under the Convertible Notes will be accelerated, and the Company will be required to pay an applicable premium.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the Convertible Notes, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain covenants that restrict their ability to incur indebtedness or liens or other encumbrances, consummate a merger or acquisition, make certain dividends, distributions or other payments in respect of equity interests, engage in transactions with affiliates, make investments or consummate asset sales, in each case, subject to certain exclusions and exceptions.

The Convertible Notes are subject to events of default upon, among other triggers, non-payment of note obligations when due, failure to deliver shares upon conversion, failure to comply with the covenants and obligations in the note documents, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, material monetary judgments, certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, breach of representations of warranties, attachment, seizure, levy or court ordered restraint on a material portion of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, and notice of foreclosure or exclusive control of any deposit or securities account with a material balance. Upon the occurrence of an event of default that has not been waived or cured within the applicable cure period, the majority in interest of the holders of the Convertible Notes may accelerate the outstanding obligations under the Convertible Notes.

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company evaluated the criteria outlined in ASC 825, Financial Instruments (ASC 825) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815) and has concluded that the Convertible Notes represent a recognized financial liability that is eligible for the fair value option under ASC 825. Accordingly, on initial recognition, the Company has irrevocably elected to apply the fair value option to account for its Convertible Notes in lieu of separation of various embedded derivative features from the Convertible Notes pursuant to the guidance in ASC 815-15. Under the fair value option prescribed in ASC 825, the Company will record the Convertible Notes at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in other expense, net, with the exception of changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk of the Company which are required to be recognized in other comprehensive income. As a result of applying the fair value option, direct costs and fees of $0.3 million related to the Convertibles Notes will be recognized in earnings as incurred and will not be deferred.

Stock-Based Awards

In March, May and August 2020, the Company granted 168,720 RSUs, 549,362 RSUs and 1,131,256 RSUs, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $15.08, $18.06 and $21.03, respectively. The RSUs are subject to both a service-based vesting condition, which is generally satisfied over four years, and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

In August 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan. In addition, the Canadian Subplan and Australian Subplan was established under the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan.

In August 2020, a select group of employees entered into sale agreements to sell 647,802 shares of common stock to existing stockholders of the Company. Any premium paid by existing stockholders in excess of the fair value of the common stock sold will be recorded as stock-based compensation expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

In September 2020, the Company granted 195,556 stock options which are expected to vest and incur recognition of the related stock-based compensation expense over a four-year term.

COVID-19

On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (H.R. 748) (the Cares Act). Among the changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules, the Cares Act, restores net operating loss carryback that were eliminated by 2017 tax reform and increases the limit on the deduction for net interest expense. While the Company’s analysis of the Cares Act’s impact on its cash tax

 

F-33


Table of Contents

liability and financial position has not identified any overall material adverse effect, the Company is still finalizing its assessment of the impact of this new legislation on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

On August 8, 2020, the President of the United States signed a series of executive orders expanding coronavirus economic relief to Americans. The president’s four orders extend unemployment benefits, provide a payroll tax holiday, defer student loan payments through 2020 and extend the federal moratorium on evictions. While the Company’s analysis of the new legislation’s impact on its cash tax liability and financial position has not identified any overall material adverse effect, the Company is still finalizing its assessment of the impact of this new legislation on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-34


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2020
    Pro Forma
September 30,
2020
 
                 (Note 2)  

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 63,318     $ 216,558    

Marketable securities

     65,546       30,409    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,155       8,433    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     136,019       255,400    

Property and equipment, net

     9,845       8,889    

Other assets

     6,124       5,279    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 151,988     $ 269,568    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 7,574     $ 13,339    

Funds payable to customers

     73,863       105,523    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     32,816       33,820    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     114,253       152,682    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,221       1,721       —    

Long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities

     5,126       5,306    

Convertible notes

     —         50,750       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     120,600       210,459    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 52,372,222 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, aggregate liquidation preference of $159,704 as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020; 52,286,631 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma

     156,175       156,175       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020; 12,342,146 and 12,860,746 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively;              issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma

     1       1       6  

Additional paid-in capital

     18,555       25,596       249,552  

Accumulated deficit

     (143,354     (122,448     (137,997

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     11       (215     19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (124,787     (97,066   $ 111,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 151,988     $ 269,568    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Net revenue

   $ 150,489     $ 192,760  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of net revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     24,345       31,924  

Operations and support

     21,295       27,871  

Research and development

     18,725       22,226  

Marketing

     95,928       65,449  

General and administrative

     23,548       21,321  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,412       2,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     185,253       170,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (34,764     21,839  

Interest income

     1,305       540  

Other expense, net

    

Change in fair value of the convertible notes

     —         (516

Other, net

     (357     (732
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (357     (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (33,816     21,131  

Provision for income taxes

     130       225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

           (12,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (33,946   $ 8,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (2.81   $ 0.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (2.81   $ 0.45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     12,093       12,433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     12,093       18,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     $    
    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     $    
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

    
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

    
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Net (loss) income

   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Change in fair value of the convertible notes related to instrument-specific credit risk

     —         (234

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         35  

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of tax

     59       (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 59     $ (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (33,887   $ 20,680  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           11,456,880     $ 1     $ 7,899     $ (94,662   $ (13   $ (86,775

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —         —             850,304       —         828       —         —         828  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         7,918       —         —         7,918  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —             —         —         —         —         59       59  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (33,946     —         (33,946
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           12,307,184     $ 1     $ 16,645     $ (128,608   $ 46     $ (111,916
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                                       
    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           12,342,146     $ 1     $ 18,555     $ (143,354   $ 11     $ (124,787

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —         —             518,600       —         883       —         —         883  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         6,158       —         —         6,158  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (226     (226

Net income

    —         —             —         —         —         20,906       —         20,906  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020

    52,286,631     $ 156,175           12,860,746     $ 1     $ 25,596     $ (122,448   $ (215   $ (97,066
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Poshmark, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (33,946   $ 20,906  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,412       2,130  

Stock-based compensation

     7,864       6,083  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     133       3  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     329       500  

Change in fair value of the convertible notes

     —         516  

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on marketable securities, net

     (811     (125

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,239     (5,396

Other assets

     (78     845  

Accounts payable

     7,902       10,827  

Funds payable to customers

     16,343       31,660  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     14,939       60  

Long-term deferred rent and other liabilities

     (586     180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     10,262       68,189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,923     (1,102

Purchases of marketable securities

     (83,609     (67,929

Maturities of marketable securities

     81,435       75,957  

Sales of marketable securities

     —         27,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (5,097     34,134  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     828       883  

Proceeds from borrowing on convertible notes

     —         50,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     828       50,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         34  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     5,993       153,240  

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Beginning of the period

     74,466       63,318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of the period

   $ 80,459     $ 216,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow data

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ —       $ 7  

Stock-based compensation capitalized to internal use software

     54       75  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities

     —         978  

Landlord funded leasehold incentives

     5,658       —    

Convertible notes issuance cost included in accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities

     —         157  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

1.

Organization

Description of Business

Poshmark, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware with headquarters in Redwood City, California, and has wholly owned subsidiaries based in Chennai, India, Vancouver, Canada, and New South Wales, Australia. The Company is a social marketplace that combines the human connection of a physical shopping experience with the scale, reach, ease, and selection benefits of eCommerce. In doing so, the Company brings the power of community to buying and selling online. Pairing technology with the inherent human desire to socialize, the Company creates passion and personal connections among users.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. Since inception, the Company has incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $33.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Company generated net income of $20.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $143.4 million and $122.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through the issuance and sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock and through the issuance of convertible debt. While the Company believes that its current cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities are adequate to meet its needs for a one-year period from the date these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued, the Company may need to borrow funds or raise additional equity to achieve its longer-term business objectives.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For the foreign subsidiary where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, gains and losses from remeasurement of foreign currency balances into U.S. dollars are included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. For the foreign subsidiary where the local currency is the functional currency, translation adjustments of foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material for all periods presented.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019.

There have been no material changes in significant accounting policies as described in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, except for the addition of the convertible notes policy.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, the condensed consolidated statements of operations and of comprehensive income (loss), redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, are unaudited. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary to fairly state the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2020, and the results of the Company’s operations, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. The financial data and other financial information disclosures in the notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements related to the nine month period are also unaudited.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, assumes all shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into an aggregate of 52,286,631 shares of its common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering (IPO). The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds the Company expect to receive upon the completion of a qualifying IPO are excluded from such pro forma financial information. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information also assumes the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock and the resultant reclassification of the warrant liability of $1.7 million to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the IPO and assumes that the warrants to purchase shares of common stock qualify for equity classification. In addition, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 assumes the automatic conversion of the $50.0 million principal amount of the Company’s outstanding convertible notes into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As the convertible notes are accounted for under the fair value option, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes that the convertible notes are remeasured to a fair value of $58.8 million immediately prior to the conversion, which is equal to the fair value of common stock issued upon the conversion of the convertible notes. As a result of the remeasurement of the convertible notes, it is assumed that the Company recognizes $8.1 million in other expense, net. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet then assumes that the convertible notes are converted into the Company’s common stock. In connection with the assumed conversion of the convertible notes, the change in fair value related to instrument-specific credit risk which has been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income is released to other expense, net in the pro forma balance sheet.

The Company granted certain employees restricted stock units (RSUs) with both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The service-based vesting condition for these awards is typically satisfied over four years with a cliff vesting period of one year and continued vesting quarterly thereafter, although a small portion of the Company’s RSUs are not subject to a one-year cliff vesting period. The performance-based requirement is satisfied on the earlier of: (1) a change in control or (2) the effective date of an IPO. The RSUs vest on the first date upon which both the service-based and performance-based requirements are satisfied. If the RSUs vest, the Company will deliver one share of common stock for each vested RSU on the applicable settlement date. The Company will record stock-based compensation expense relating to RSUs that vest upon the IPO on the effectiveness of the IPO. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 gives effect to stock-based compensation expense of $7.2 million associated with all the RSUs for which the service-based condition was fully satisfied as of September 30, 2020. This pro forma adjustment is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet does not give effect to the issuance of common stock upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs that satisfied the service-based vesting condition as of September 30, 2020 as the amount is not material. Payroll tax expenses and other withholding obligations have not been included in the pro forma adjustments. RSU holders will generally incur taxable income based upon the value of the shares on the date they are settled. The Company is required to withhold taxes on such value at applicable minimum statutory rates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The numerator in the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and the remeasurement of the convertible notes. As the warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock, the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is assumed to be reclassified to additional paid-in capital in conjunction with the IPO. Additionally, the convertible notes are assumed to be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock in conjunction with the IPO.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of 52,286,631 shares of outstanding redeemable convertible

 

F-42


Table of Contents

preferred stock into 52,286,631 shares of common stock in connection with the IPO. The number of shares issued on vesting of RSUs with both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions has been excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted net income per share calculations as the amounts are not material to the calculations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Estimates include the fair value of financial instruments, capitalization and estimated useful life of internal-use software, allowance for expected chargeback losses, estimates related to credits, incentives and refunds issued to customers, valuation of the convertible notes, valuation of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, stock-based compensation, and valuation of deferred income tax assets and the uncertain tax position. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments or assumptions and actual results, the condensed consolidated financial statements will be affected.

The World Health Organization declared in March 2020 that the recent outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) constituted a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused general business disruption worldwide beginning in January 2020. While the Company has experienced a lower growth rate during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition have not been adversely impacted to date. The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact the Company’s business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted.

The global impact of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve, and the Company will continue to monitor the situation and the effects on its business and operations closely. The Company does not yet know the full extent of potential impacts on its business or operations or on the global economy as a whole, particularly if the COVID-19 pandemic continues and persists for an extended period of time. Given the uncertainty, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the impact on its future results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. As of the date of issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company is not aware of any specific event or circumstance that would require it to update its estimates, judgments or the carrying value of its assets or liabilities. These estimates may change, as new events occur and additional information is obtained, and are recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements as soon as they become known. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Segment Information

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has determined that it has one operating and reportable segment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies its performance obligations. The Company considers both sellers and buyers to be customers. The Company generates revenue from sellers for fees earned when sellers sell items they have listed on the Company’s platform to buyers. The Company generates revenue from buyers for fees earned when they purchase shipping labels used for delivery of the items purchased. The Company periodically reassesses its revenue recognition policies as new offerings become material, and business

 

F-43


Table of Contents

models evolve. The Company recognizes revenue net of estimated returns and cancellations based on its historical experience. Transactions may be cancelled by a buyer or seller in certain circumstances.

The Company enters into the Terms of Service (TOS) with buyers and sellers to use the Company’s technology platform. The TOS governs these parties’ use of the platform, including payment terms for the buyer and the seller and services to be provided by the Company. Under the TOS, upon the buyer’s purchase from the seller, the Company, buyer, and seller are committed to perform and enforceable rights and obligations are established.

Sellers

Sellers are able to list their items for sale on the Company’s platform at no charge. The Company charges a fee upon the sale of items listed on its platform. The fee is a fixed dollar amount for orders under a certain value, and a fixed percentage of the final sales price of the item for orders greater than that. The service the Company provides to sellers includes the facilitation of the sale of their items as well as certain ancillary activities such as payment processing and authentication (for luxury items). These activities comprise a single performance obligation to sellers, which is to facilitate the sale of the listed items between sellers and buyers on the Company’s platform (sale facilitation).

The Company evaluates the presentation of revenue from sellers on a gross or net basis based on whether it acts as a principal or an agent in the sale of listed items between sellers and buyers. The Company does not control the listed items at any time prior to the transfer of such items to buyers. The Company acts as an agent in facilitating the sale of items from sellers to buyers by allowing them to connect and interact on the Company’s platform. The Company is not primarily responsible for fulfillment of purchased items, does not have inventory risk, and does not set the price for the listed item. As such, the Company reports revenue from sellers on a net basis to reflect the fees received from sellers.

Revenue is recognized at the point in time the Company satisfies its performance obligation to facilitate the sale of a listed item. This occurs when both the seller and the buyer agree to a sale and the payment is processed on the Company’s platform. For luxury items authenticated by the Company, sale facilitation revenue is recognized when the Company authenticates and arranges for shipment of the items to the buyer, as this is the point in time a sale is finalized and the Company has satisfied its performance obligation.

Buyers

When a sale is finalized, the buyer purchases a shipping label from United States Postal Service (USPS), through the Poshmark platform. The Company emails the shipping label to the seller and the seller ships the item to the buyer through the shipping provider, USPS. The Company does not purchase the shipping label on behalf of the buyer until after the buyer has purchased an item and has remitted payment. As a result, the Company has one performance obligation to buyers, which is to facilitate the sale of shipping labels to buyers for delivery of items purchased on the Company’s platform (shipping facilitation).

The Company evaluates the presentation of revenue from buyers on a gross or net basis based on whether it acts as a principal or an agent in shipment of listed items between sellers and buyers. The Company does not control the shipping service, which is provided by the shipping provider. The Company is not primarily responsible for shipping and it does not assume any of the risks for the items shipped such as risk of damage or loss during shipping. The Company acts as an agent of the buyer in facilitating the shipping. As such, the Company reports revenue on a net basis which is the difference between the shipping fee paid by the buyer and the cost of shipping labels paid to the shipping provider.

Revenue from shipping facilitation is recognized upon transfer of the shipping label to the seller on behalf of the buyer.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The Company estimates chargebacks based on historical collectability rates. The Company records a reserve for chargebacks in accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities with an offset to general and administrative expenses. Chargebacks have not been material for all periods presented.

Sales tax and other amounts collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction price.

Incentives

Under the referral program, an existing user (the referrer) earns an incentive (Posh Credit) when a new user (the referee) first buys an item on the Company’s platform. Posh Credits are not redeemable for cash and can only be applied for purchases on the Company’s platform. The Company records the incentive to the referrer, which is in exchange for a distinct referral service, as a liability at the time the incentive is earned by the referrer with a corresponding charge recorded to marketing expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Credits and incentives issued to existing users for referring new users are contingent upon a new user completing an initial purchase on the Company’s platform and represent an incremental cost of obtaining a contract with a customer. The Company expenses such new user referral incentives as marketing expense when the referral incentives are earned because the amortization period would be one year or less.

The Company has several buyer incentive programs, which are offered to encourage buyer activity on the Company’s platform. These promotions reduce the fees for shipping facilitation charged by the Company. Accordingly, the Company records these incentives as a reduction to revenue from the buyer when the incentive is used by the buyer. Amounts in excess of cumulative shipping facilitation revenue earned are presented as marketing expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The Company participates in certain joint incentive programs with sellers that are recorded as a reduction to the fees received from the seller.

The Company may elect to issue incentives to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes or for refunds. These incentives (which are in the form of Posh Credits) can be applied towards future orders and, thereby, results in a reduced fee earned by the Company from the buyer, or redeemable credits that can also be redeemed for cash. In cases where the seller performed as required by the Company’s TOS, the Company reduces shipping facilitation revenue earned on the transaction and any cumulative revenue earned from the same buyer for Posh Credits and redeemable credits granted. If the amount of the incentive exceeds cumulative revenues from the buyer, then the excess is presented as operations and support expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. If refunds are provided in a case where the seller did not perform and the amount cannot be recovered from the seller, the refund is presented as a reduction of revenue. Referral incentives, joint incentives, refunds and buyer incentives are recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Reduction to net revenue

   $ 3,356      $ 4,479  

Operations and support

     3,226        4,380  

Marketing

     5,470        6,021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,052      $ 14,880  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Net Revenue

Cost of net revenue consists of costs associated with credit card processing, order transaction fees and hosting expenses associated with operating the Company’s platform. Cost of net revenue does not include depreciation and amortization.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Operations and Support

Operations and support expense primarily consists of personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, incurred in providing support to users of the Company’s platform including authentication services that the Company provides. This expense also includes postage and shipping costs that the Company incurs primarily from order losses and cancellations, and credits and incentives issued to buyers for customer satisfaction purposes in excess of shipping facilitation revenue.

Research and Development

Research and development expense primarily consists of compensation expenses for engineering, product development, and design employees, including stock-based compensation, expenses associated with ongoing improvements to, and maintenance and testing of the Company’s platform including website, mobile apps, and other products. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.

Marketing

Marketing expense primarily consists of expenses associated with personnel-related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, and other costs related to public relations, marketing events known as Posh Parties, and business development. These expenses also include promotional credits and incentives issued to buyers to encourage buyer activity on the platform in excess of shipping facilitation revenue, and costs of referral incentives for new user acquisition. User acquisition costs primarily consist of costs associated with acquiring new users by advertising on channels such as Google, Facebook, Instagram and television.

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising expenses of $82.5 million and $51.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee related costs including stock-based compensation for those employees associated with executive management and administrative services such as legal, human resources, information technology, accounting, and finance, and all related costs associated with the Company’s facilities such as rent and office administration. These expenses also include certain third-party consulting services, facilities, information technology shared services, meals and other corporate costs not allocated to other expense categories.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in checking and savings accounts as well as investments in money market funds and commercial paper with maturities of ninety days or less. The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents as these are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present an insignificant risk of changes in the value. Amounts receivable from credit card processors of approximately $7.3 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, are also considered cash equivalents because they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are typically converted to cash approximately three to five business days from the date of the underlying transaction.

Marketable Securities

The Company has investments in various marketable securities which are classified as available for sale. The Company determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and

 

F-46


Table of Contents

reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. The investments are adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts to maturity, and such amortization is included in interest income in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The investments are classified as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations.

Unrealized gains or losses are recorded, net of estimated taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains and losses are recognized upon sale and are included in interest income in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for impairment due to declines in market value considered to be “other-than-temporary.” This evaluation consists of several qualitative and quantitative factors, including the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted recovery occurs, as well as any decline in the investment quality of the security and the severity and duration of the unrealized loss. In the event of a determination that a decline in market value is other-than-temporary, the Company will recognize an impairment loss, and a new cost basis in the investment will be established. The Company has not recorded any impairment losses related to its marketable securities for any of the periods presented.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Leasehold improvements and landlord funded leasehold incentives are recorded at cost and are amortized over the shorter of the remaining operating lease term or the useful lives of the assets. The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense in these condensed consolidated financial statements. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Useful Life
(in years)

Computer equipment and software, including internal use software

   3

Furniture and fixtures

   5

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease
term or
estimated
useful life

Internal Use Software

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with website development and software for internal use. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of website and software development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental and deemed by management to be significant, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the asset. Maintenance and enhancement costs, including those costs in the post-implementation stages, are typically expensed as incurred, unless such costs relate to substantial upgrades and enhancements to the website or software that result in added functionality which are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, comprised primarily of property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows these assets are expected to generate. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value. The Company has determined that there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated its long-lived assets were impaired in any of the periods presented.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at their estimated fair value because the underlying shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable and, therefore, may obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. Warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are recorded at fair value upon issuance and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period through other expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability will continue to be adjusted for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the warrants. In the event that the warrants become warrants on common stock, the Company will reassess the warrants to determine if they are eligible for equity classification and no further remeasurement to fair value is required. Upon the closing of an underwritten public offering of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the valuation of the common stock immediately prior to such offering is equal to (x) the quotient of (a) at least $1.1 billion, divided by (b) the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and (y) the gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $120 million, or upon approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, or upon approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock (Qualified IPO), the warrants become exercisable for shares of common stock and the Company will reassess the classification of the warrants to determine whether they will be eligible to be reclassified into additional paid-in capital.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting date using a fair value hierarchy that requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs that are used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the market.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts payable, funds payable to customers, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short period of receipt of payment and expected settlement. Refer to Note 4 for information regarding the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities.

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using a hybrid between a probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) and option pricing model (OPM), estimating the probability weighted value across multiple scenarios, while using an OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of these scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs into the valuation model used to estimate the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants include the timing of potential events, such as a Qualified IPO and other liquidity events and their probability of occurring, the selection of guideline public company multiples, a discount for the lack of marketability of the preferred and common stock, the projected future cash flows, and the discount rate used to calculate the present-value of the estimated equity value allocated to each share class.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The convertible notes are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as they do not trade in liquid markets and as such, model inputs cannot generally be verified and do involve significant management judgment. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, scenario weighting, yield curves, and credit spreads. The convertible notes were valued using a scenario-based discounted cash flow analysis. Three primary scenarios were considered and probability weighted to arrive at the valuation conclusion for each convertible note. The first scenario considers the value impact of conversion at the stated discount into conversion shares upon a Qualified IPO, while the second and third scenarios consider the value impact of redemption at the stated applicable premium. As of the issuance date of the convertible notes, an implied yield was calculated such that the probability weighted value of the convertible notes was equal to the principal investment amount. The average implied yield of previously issued convertible notes was carried forward and used as the primary discount rate for subsequent valuation dates.

Funds Payable to Customers

Funds payable represents amounts payable to customers upon their request and are comprised of redeemable balances due to sellers based on completed transactions, redeemable credits granted to customers and funds held on behalf of the buyers for unsettled transactions for orders placed through the Company’s platform.

Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Certain of these arrangements have free rent, escalating rent payment provisions, and landlord funded leasehold incentives. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. If a lease provides for fixed escalations of the minimum rental payments, the difference between the straight-line rent charged to expense and the amount payable under the lease is recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other liabilities. Landlord funded leasehold incentives are recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities and are recognized as an offset to rent expense using the straight-line method over the lease term.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has granted stock-based awards consisting of stock options and RSUs to employees and consultants.

RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The time-based vesting condition for the majority of these awards is satisfied over four years. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in control transaction or the effective date of a Qualified IPO. Because no qualifying event has occurred, the Company has not recognized any stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs. In the period in which the Company’s qualifying event is probable, the Company will record a cumulative one-time stock-based compensation expense determined using the grant-date fair values and the accelerated attribution method. Stock-based compensation related to remaining time-based service after the qualifying event will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method. RSUs granted after the performance condition occurs will continue to be measured using the grant date fair values and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the service period.

Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, net of forfeitures. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include:

 

   

per share fair value of the underlying common stock;

 

   

exercise price;

 

   

expected term;

 

   

risk-free interest rate;

 

   

expected annual dividend yield; and

 

   

expected stock price volatility over the expected term.

For all stock options granted, the expected term is calculated using the simplified method. The Company has no publicly available stock information and, therefore, uses the historical volatility of the stock price of similar publicly traded peer companies to estimate volatility of equity awards granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors as there was no public market for the common stock. The board of directors determines the fair value of the Company’s common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, the valuation of comparable companies, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third-parties, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to anticipated equity offerings, are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds upon the consummation of the offerings within stockholders’ deficit. In the event an anticipated offering is terminated or significantly delayed, deferred offering costs will be immediately expensed as part of general and administrative expenses. There were no capitalized deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2019. As of September 30, 2020, there was $1.0 million of capitalized deferred offering costs included in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Convertible Notes

As permitted under ASC 825, Financial Instruments (ASC 825), the Company has elected the fair value option to account for its convertible notes that were issued in September of 2020. In accordance with ASC 825, the Company records its convertible notes at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations in other expense, net, with the exception of changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk which are required to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ deficit. As a result of applying the fair value option, direct costs and fees related to the convertible notes were recognized in other expense, net, as incurred and were not deferred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. These differences are measured using

 

F-50


Table of Contents

the enacted statutory tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes the effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Management considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance on income taxes. The guidance provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

The calculation of the tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. The Company recognizes potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on an estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due. If an estimate of income tax liabilities proves to be less than the actual amount ultimately assessed, a further charge to expense would be required. If the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when they determine the liabilities no longer exist.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes line in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the long-term portion of deferred rent and other liabilities line on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company currently uses one carrier to handle all shipments, two gateways to process payments and one third-party vendor to host the Company’s information technology environment. A significant disruption in the operations of one of more of these vendors could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held by one high-credit quality financial institution within the United States with balances maintained in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.

No customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenue for any of the periods presented.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock contractually entitles the holders of such shares to participate in dividends but does not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Company’s losses.

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in noncumulative dividends on common stock at the rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per share per annum based on the

 

F-51


Table of Contents

number of shares of common stock held on an as-converted basis. No dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Company’s board of directors for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. In accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, undistributed earnings allocated to holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are subtracted from net income in determining net income attributable to common stockholders. Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders because potentially dilutive shares of common stock are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Company did not adopt any new accounting pronouncements during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and since that date, has issued several ASUs to further clarify certain aspects of ASU 2016-02 and provide entities with practical expedients that may be elected upon adoption. This standard requires lessees to recognize all leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet as a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability, unless the lease is a short-term lease. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements – Leases (Topic 842). This update provides an alternative transition method that allows entities to elect to apply the standard prospectively at its effective date, versus recasting the prior periods presented. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, deferring the effective date for one year for all other entities. The standard is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this standard using the alternative transition method on January 1, 2022 and is currently evaluating the impact to the consolidated financial statements. At a minimum, total assets and total liabilities will increase upon adoption as the Company expects to record a ROU asset and a lease liability for its operating leases. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This standard amended guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses will be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, amending the effective dates. For public business entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filers, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019,

 

F-52


Table of Contents

including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820). This standard modifies disclosure requirements related to fair value measurement and is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Implementation on a prospective or retrospective basis varies by specific disclosure requirement. The standard also allows for early adoption of any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance while delaying adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. This standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract should be presented as a prepaid asset in the balance sheet and expensed over the term of the hosting arrangement to the same line item in the statement of operations as the costs related to the hosting fees. For public business entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for all entities including adoption in any interim period. The amendments should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This amended guidance is intended to remove certain exceptions to the general principles in current U.S. GAAP, simplify areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. For public business entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted for all entities including adoption in any interim period. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this amended guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This standard eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted EPS computation. Additionally, the amended guidance requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. For public business entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years using the fully retrospective or modified retrospective method. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
3.

Supplemental Financial Statement Information

Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following table summarizes the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value of the cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 6,609      $ —      $ —      $ 6,609  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     26,502        —          —          26,502  

Corporate bonds

     12,623        6        —          12,629  

U.S. Treasury securities

     26,382        33        —          26,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 72,116      $ 39      $ —      $ 72,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 42,250      $ —      $ —      $ 42,250  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     10,176        —        —        10,176  

Corporate bonds

     5,003        11      —        5,014  

U.S. Treasury securities

     15,217        2      —        15,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 72,646      $ 13      $ —      $ 72,659  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020.

The weighted-average remaining maturity of the marketable securities was less than one year and no individual security incurred continuous unrealized losses for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 

Computer equipment and software

   $ 1,004      $ 1,159  

Internal use software

     3,254        4,168  

Furniture and fixtures

     1,423        1,430  

Leasehold improvements and incentives

     7,262        7,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     12,943        14,098  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,098      (5,209
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,845      $ 8,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 

Accrued advertising

   $ 10,817      $ 6,701  

Accrued sales tax

     7,320        9,148  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     4,097        5,729  

Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     10,582        12,242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 32,816      $ 33,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth the financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 6,609      $ —      $ —      $ 6,609  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     —        26,502        —        26,502  

Corporate bonds

     —        12,629        —        12,629  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —        26,415        —        26,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,609      $ 65,546      $ —      $ 72,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,221      $ 1,221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
     September 30, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents(1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 42,250      $ —      $ —      $ 42,250  

Marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     —        10,176        —        10,176  

Corporate bonds

     —        5,014        —        5,014  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —        15,219        —        15,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,250      $ 30,409      $ —      $ 72,659  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible notes

   $ —      $ —      $ 50,750      $ 50,750  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —        —        1,721        1,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 52,471    $ 52,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020.

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities into or out of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 for any of the periods presented.

 

5.

Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2020

   $ 4,024  

2021

     5,203  

2022

     5,778  

2023

     5,894  

2024

     2,662  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 23,561  
  

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, the Company’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2020 (remaining three months)

   $ 1,426  

2021

     5,196  

2022

     5,775  

2023

     5,894  

2024

     2,661  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 20,952  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense was $2.3 million and $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for certain offices with contractual lease periods expiring between 2020 and 2024. Under the terms of certain leases, the Company is committed to pay for certain taxes, insurance, maintenance, and management expenses. Certain of these arrangements have free rent periods or escalating rent payment provisions, and the Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on a straight-line basis.

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, the Company has non-cancelable contractual commitments of $15.3 million and $11.0 million, respectively, for network and cloud services in the ordinary course of business with varying expiration terms through October 31, 2022.

Litigation and Loss Contingencies

The Company accrues estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. From time to time, the Company may become a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, threatened claims, breach of contract claims, tax and other matters. The Company currently has no material pending litigation as of September 30, 2020.

Indemnifications

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under agreements with other parties in the ordinary course of business, including business partners, investors, contractors and the Company’s officers, directors and certain employees. The Company has agreed to indemnify and defend the indemnified party claims and related losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party from actual or threatened third-party claim because of the Company’s activities or non-compliance with certain representations and warranties made by the Company. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential loss under these indemnification provisions due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular provision. To date, losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in connection with the indemnification provisions have not been material.

 

6.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, consists of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Issue Price
per Share
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     9,482,060        9,441,596      $ 3,500      $ 0.37      $ 3,454  

Series B

     9,127,794        9,102,206        12,450      $ 1.37        12,394  

Series B-1

     3,952,429        3,952,429        6,265      $ 1.59        6,223  

Series C

     9,781,013        9,761,482        24,989      $ 2.56        24,936  

Series C-1

     9,578,544        9,578,544        25,000      $ 2.61        24,897  

Series D

     10,450,382        10,450,374        87,500      $ 8.37        84,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     52,372,222        52,286,631      $ 159,704         $ 156,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Redemption

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event, which may be outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Voting

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, and is entitled to vote, together with holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote, except as required by law.

Dividends

The holders of Series A, B, B-1, C, C-1 and D redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.0297, $0.1094, $0.1268, $0.2048, $0.2088 and $0.6698, respectively, when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the board of directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on an as-converted basis. No dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Company’s board of directors from inception through September 30, 2020.

Election of the Board of Directors

For so long as at least 25% of the initially issued shares of Series A, Series B, Series C-1, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), the holders of record of the shares of the Series A, Series B, Series C-1, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive on pari passu basis, an amount equal to the original issue price for such series of preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to any distribution or payment to the holders of common stock. All remaining assets will then be distributed pro rata to holders of common stock. If the Company does not have enough assets and funds legally available for distribution to meet this requirement, all of the Company’s assets and funds available will be distributed ratably among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount per share each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. A liquidation event includes a sale, transfer or license of all or substantially all of its assets, a merger or consolidation with another entity, the transfer of 50% or more of its voting stock, or a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. The conversion prices of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will be adjusted for specified dilutive issuances, stock splits, combinations, and non-cash dividends.

The outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically convert into common stock immediately upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
7.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, consists of the following:

 

Issuance Date

   Expiration
Date
   Issue Price
per Share
     Number
of Shares
     Class
of Shares
 

December 1, 2011

   December 1, 2021    $ 0.37        40,464        Series A  

May 10, 2013

   May 10, 2023    $ 1.37        25,588        Series B  

May 22, 2015

   May 22, 2025    $ 2.56        19,531        Series C  

The following represent the changes in the liability relating to the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 1,221  

Change in fair value

     500  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020

   $ 1,721  
  

 

 

 

Refer to Note 2 for discussion of the significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

8.

Convertible Notes

On September 15, 2020, the Company entered into the Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement (the Note Purchase Agreement) for the issuance of an aggregate of $50.0 million principal amount of senior unsecured convertible promissory notes (the Convertible Notes). The convertible notes do not accrue interest, except during the existence of an event of default related to non-payment of the obligations under the convertible notes at maturity or upon acceleration. Then at the option of the holders of the convertible notes, during the existence of such default, the outstanding principal amount shall bear an interest rate equal to 20% per annum.

Upon a qualifying IPO of the common stock of the Company, the convertible notes will convert into shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to an applicable discount factor, which is expressed as a percentage which varies based on the period in which the conversion takes place (the Discount Factor), as follows:

 

   

Prior to the first anniversary of September 15, 2020 (the “Issuance Date”), 85%;

 

   

After the first anniversary but prior to the second anniversary of the Issuance Date, 80%;

 

   

On or after the second anniversary of the Issuance Date, 75%.

In addition, upon the consummation of certain change of control events, the Company would be required to prepay the convertible notes at par plus an applicable premium.

Unless earlier converted or redeemed, the convertible notes will mature on September 14, 2023. The convertible notes may not be voluntarily redeemed by the Company prior to the maturity date. If the convertible notes are not converted or redeemed prior to the maturity date, the Company must pay the noteholders an exit fee equal to 33.3% of the outstanding principal balance of the convertible notes at maturity. If the convertible notes are accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of a standard event of default, the outstanding obligations under the convertible notes will be accelerated, and the Company will be required to pay an applicable premium.

Under the terms of the convertible notes, the Company is subject to certain covenants that restrict its ability to incur indebtedness or liens or other encumbrances, consummate a merger or acquisition, make certain dividends, distributions or other payments in respect of equity interests, engage in transactions with affiliates, make investments or consummate asset sales, in each case, subject to certain exclusions and exceptions.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

As permitted under ASC 825, Financial Instruments, (ASC 825), the Company has elected the fair value option to account for the convertible notes, with changes in fair value recorded through the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations as other expense, net, in each reporting period, with the exception of changes in fair value due to the instrument-specific credit risk which are required to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ deficit. As a result of applying the fair value option, direct costs and fees related to the convertible notes of $0.3 million were recognized in other expense, net, as incurred and were not deferred as of September 30, 2020.

The fair value of the convertible notes as of September 30, 2020, was $50.7 million, and the contractual principal balance as of September 30, 2020 was $50.0 million. Fair value adjustments for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $0.7 million, which included a $0.2 million adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss) attributed to changes in instrument-specific credit risk and a $0.5 million charge to other expense, net. The change related to instrument-specific credit risk was primarily caused by an increase in credit rating yield for comparable companies during the three months ended September 30, 2020. The estimated fair value of the convertible notes as of September 30, 2020 was determined using various inputs, including the interest rate of 0%, an expected term for each potential liquidity scenario and the present value of expected future cash flows using a discount rate of 28.4%.

 

9.

Common Stock

Common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows as of the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     52,286,631        52,286,631  

Conversion of convertible notes(1)

     —          —    

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     85,583        85,583  

Options and RSUs issued and outstanding

     9,024,393        10,198,813  

Options and RSUs available for future grants

     1,263,592        570,572  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     62,660,199        63,141,599  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The conversion of convertible notes into common stock is dependent on the price in a qualified initial public offering or other equity offering and the completion date of such offering. These factors are not currently estimable and the number of common stock is not determinable.

 

10.

Stock-based Compensation Plan

2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan

In 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides for the granting of stock options and restricted shares to employees and non-employees (consultants) of the Company. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options (ISO) may be granted only to the Company’s employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Non-qualified stock options (NSO) may be granted to the Company’s employees and consultants.

Options issued under the Plan are granted at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options’ vesting commencement date, and the remainder vest in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. Options have a maximum term of ten years. In the

 

F-60


Table of Contents

event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within a 90-day period or they become forfeited, although the board of directors can approve an extension of the exercise period beyond the 90-day limit.

The following tables summarize option activity under the Plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)
 

Balances as of December 31, 2019

     8,523,616      $ 4.68        7.3      $ 88,249  

Granted

     195,556        21.03        

Exercised

     (518,600      1.70        

Forfeited and cancelled

     (294,077      10.65        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Balances as of September 30, 2020

     7,906,495      $ 5.05        6.6      $ 126,315  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020

     7,906,495      $ 5.05        6.6      $ 126,315  

Vested and exercisable as of September 30, 2020

     5,331,453      $ 3.28        5.9      $ 94,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, the stock price per share that was used to determine the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options, vested and expected to vest options and vested and exercisable options was $15.03 and $21.03, respectively.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors as there was no public market for the common stock. The board of directors determines the fair value of the Company’s common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, the valuation of comparable companies, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third-parties, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the outstanding and exercisable stock options as of September 30, 2020:

 

     Outstanding      Exercisable  
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
 

Exercise Price

           

$0.06

     504,500        1.1        504,500        1.1  

$0.09

     76,533        2.0        76,533        2.0  

$0.41

     353,226        2.9        353,226        2.9  

$0.53

     98,064        3.7        98,064        3.7  

$1.11

     1,218,305        5.4        1,212,261        5.4  

$1.52

     1,599,281        6.6        1,292,460        6.6  

$4.60

     1,834,248        7.8        962,323        7.8  

$10.77

     1,639,214        8.3        698,121        8.3  

$14.80

     387,568        8.6        133,965        8.6  

$21.03

     195,556        10.0        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,906,495        6.6        5,331,453        5.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $10.21 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $9.9 million.

As of September 30, 2020, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested options outstanding was $14.5 million, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

Option to Purchase Common Stock

The Company previously issued an option to purchase 206,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to a non-employee service provider outside of the Plan with an exercise price of $0.41 per share, which expires in November 2023. This option vested prior to January 1, 2017 and remains outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs issued under the Plan vest upon the satisfaction of both time-based service and performance-based conditions. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, which is generally defined as a change in control transaction or the effective date of a Qualified IPO. RSUs granted to newly hired employees typically vest 25% on the first Company-established vest date after the first anniversary of the employee’s date of hire and ratably each quarter over the ensuing 12-quarter period for purposes of the service condition. The maximum term for RSUs granted under the Plan will not exceed seven years from the date of grant.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize RSU activity under the Plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested units as of December 31, 2019

     294,277      $ 14.98  

Granted

     1,849,338        19.60  

Vested

     —        —  

Forfeited and cancelled

     (57,797      15.46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested as of September 30, 2020

     2,085,818      $ 19.07  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, the Company concluded that the liquidity event performance condition described above for the RSUs was not probable of being satisfied. As a result, the Company did not recognize any compensation cost during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 for any RSUs granted. In the quarter in which the performance-based condition is achieved, the Company will begin recording stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of forfeitures, based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs. As of September 30, 2020, there was $39.8 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs. Of this amount, $7.2 million relates to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied as of September 30, 2020, calculated using the accelerated attribution method and the grant date fair value of the awards.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each of the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Expected dividend yield

     —         —    

Expected volatility

     39.7% - 40.7     51.8

Risk-free rate

     1.9% - 2.6     0.5

Expected term (in years)

     5.4 - 6.1       6.1  

Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Operations and support

   $ 520      $ 521  

Research and development

     2,455        2,028  

Marketing

     993        1,012  

General and administrative

     3,896        2,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,864      $ 6,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In February 2019, a select group of employees entered into secondary sale agreements to sell 1,090,562 shares of common stock to new and existing stockholders of the Company at a purchase price of $17 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $18.5 million. The purchase price was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price above fair value of $2.4 million as stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

In August 2020, a select group of employees entered into secondary sale agreements to sell 647,802 shares of common stock to existing stockholders of the Company at a purchase price of $22.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $14.6 million. The purchase price was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price above fair value of $1.0 million as stock-based compensation expense.

 

11.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Numerator:

     

Net (loss) income

   $ (33,946    $ 20,906  

Less: Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

     —          (12,776
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     (33,946      8,130  

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net (loss) income per share, basic

     12,093        12,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of assumed conversion of options to purchase common stock

     —          5,491  

Dilutive effect of assumed conversion of RSUs

     —          92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted

     12,093        18,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (2.81    $ 0.65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (2.81    $ 0.45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net (loss) income per share for the dates indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (on as if-converted basis)

     52,287        52,287  

Conversion of convertible notes(1)

     —          —    

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     86        86  

RSUs

     18        1,130  

Stock options

     8,756        196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     61,147        53,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The conversion of convertible notes into common stock is dependent on the price in a qualified initial public offering or other equity offering and the completion date of such offerings. These factors are not currently estimable and the number of common stock is not determinable.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020
 

Numerator

  

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 8,130  

Add: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

     12,776  

Add: change in fair value of convertible notes

     516  

Add: change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     500  
  

 

 

 

Net income used in calculating pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ 21,922  
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per common share, basic

     12,433  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     52,287  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible notes

         
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  
  

 

 

 

Dilutive impact of stock options and RSUs

     5,583  

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

12.

Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the Company’s effective tax rate from income for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (33,816   $ 21,131  

Provision for income taxes

     130       225  

Effective tax rate

     (0.38 )%      1.06

The tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily attributable to pre-tax foreign earnings. The Company’s effective tax rate of (0.38)% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to valuation allowance recorded against domestic losses and the tax rate differences between the United States and foreign jurisdictions.

The tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily attributable to pre-tax foreign earnings. The Company’s effective tax rate of 1.06% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 differs from

 

F-65


Table of Contents

the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to valuation allowance recorded against domestic losses and the tax rate differences between the United States and foreign countries.

The Company has a full valuation allowance on its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through future operations. As a result of the Company’s analysis of all available objective evidence, both positive and negative, as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (H.R. 748) (the Cares Act). Among the changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules, the Cares Act, restores net operating loss carryback that were eliminated by 2017 tax reform and increases the limit on the deduction for net interest expense. While the Company’s analysis of the Cares Act’s impact on its cash tax liability and financial position has not identified any overall material adverse effect, the Company is still finalizing its assessment of the impact of this new legislation on the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

On August 8, 2020, the President of the United States signed a series of executive orders expanding coronavirus economic relief to Americans. The president’s four orders extend unemployment benefits, provide a payroll tax holiday, defer student loan payments through 2020 and extend the federal moratorium on evictions. While the Company’s analysis of the new legislation’s impact on its cash tax liability and financial position has not identified any overall material adverse effect, the Company is still finalizing its assessment of the impact of this new legislation on the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

13.

Retirement Plans

The Company has a 401(k) retirement and savings plan made available to all United States employees. The 401(k) plan allows each participant to contribute up to an amount not to exceed an annual statutory maximum. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. The Company is responsible for the administrative costs of the 401(k) plan and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) plan for all periods presented.

 

14.

Related Party Transactions

The Company purchased healthcare services from certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey Epstein, a director of the Company. Mr. Epstein serves as a member of the board of directors of Kaiser Permanente. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company purchased healthcare services in the amount of $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, $0.1 million each remained outstanding and is included in accounts payable on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

15.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through December 17, 2020, which is the date these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

In November 2020, the Company granted 141,889 RSUs that are subject to both a service-based vesting condition, which is generally satisfied over four years, and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our values embrace your weirdness focus on people lead with love together we grow embrace your weirdness focus on people lead with love together we grow


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

     13,500  

Exchange listing fee

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

 

ITEM 14.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one

 

II-1


Table of Contents

of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2017, we made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Issuances

In October and November 2017, we sold an aggregate of 10,450,374 shares of its Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to 16 accredited investors at a purchase price of $8.3729 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $87.5 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Option, RSU and Common Issuances

Since January 1, 2017, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 6,797,969 shares of our Class B common stock under our 2011 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.52 to $21.03 per share.

Since January 1, 2017, we issued and sold to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 3,154,718 shares of our Class B common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2011 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $14.80 per share, for a weighted-average exercise price of $1.04.

Since January 1, 2017, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 2,285,504 RSUs for shares of our Class B common stock under our 2011 Plan.

Convertible Promissory Note Issuances

In September 2020, we issued senior unsecured convertible promissory notes due September 14, 2023 in the aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million to certain investors of the Company.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or public offering. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be adopted immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 20, 2017, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated by the Registrant, dated December 1, 2011.
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated by the Registrant, dated May 10, 2013.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated by the Registrant, dated May 22, 2015.
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors.
10.2#    2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.3#*    2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4#*    2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and form of agreements thereunder.
10.5#    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.6#    Executive Severance Plan.
10.7#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.8#    Rules and Conditions for the Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Program.
10.9#*    Form of Offer Letter between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.
10.10    Office Lease Agreement, dated August 9, 2018, by and between the Registrant and The Towers @ Shores Center, as amended January 15, 2019, and as further amended February 5, 2019.
10.11    Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated September  15, 2020, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant, and the form of Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note thereunder.
16.1    Letter Regarding Change In Independent Accountants.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or is presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus that is part of this registration statement.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, California, on the 17th day of December, 2020.

 

POSHMARK, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Manish Chandra

  Manish Chandra
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Manish Chandra and Anan Kashyap, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Poshmark, Inc., and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Manish Chandra

Manish Chandra

  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   December 17, 2020

/s/Anan Kashyap

Anan Kashyap

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)   December 17, 2020

/s/ Navin Chaddha

Navin Chaddha

  Director   December 17, 2020

/s/ Jeffrey Epstein

Jeffrey Epstein

  Director   December 17, 2020

/s/ John Marren

John Marren

  Director   December 17, 2020

/s/ Jenny Ming

Jenny Ming

  Director   December 17, 2020

/s/ Hans Tung

Hans Tung

  Director   December 17, 2020

/s/ Serena J. Williams

Serena J. Williams

  Director   December 17, 2020

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POSHMARK, INC.

Manish Chandra hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is GoshPosh, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 28, 2011.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President of Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901 and the name of the registered agent of this corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 127,372,222 shares, 75,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 52,372,222 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). 9,482,060 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), 9,127,794 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), 3,952,429 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series B-1 Preferred”), 9,781,013 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), 9,578,544 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series C-1 Preferred”), and 10,450,382 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

1


B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

C. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

(a) Holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.3707 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $1.3678 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B-1 Preferred shall be $1.5851 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be $2.56 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C-1 Preferred shall be $2.61 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be $8.3729 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend (whether in cash or property), or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock, until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared an set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at no more than cost upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

 

2


(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3.

(d) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 4(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board.

(f) A distribution to the Company’s stockholders in the form of a repurchase of shares of Common Stock from a service provider upon the termination of the employment or consulting relationship of such service provider may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

2. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted (pursuant to Section 4 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Preferred Stock shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Preferred Stock. For so long as at least 2,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended form time to time, the “Restated Certificate”) or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), including any amendment, alteration or repeal of the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock;

 

3


(ii) Any action that alters, amends, repeals or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Preferred Stock in or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such class or series;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than dividends required pursuant to Section 1 hereof (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof);

(vi) Any Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 3 hereof);

(vii) Any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

(viii) Any authorization of additional shares for issuance pursuant to equity incentive plans or the adoption of any new equity incentive plan;

(ix) Any authorization for issuance of capital stock by a subsidiary of the Company to any party other than the Company; or

(x) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board.

(c) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred. For so long as any of the Series C Preferred originally issued remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Company, so as to adversely and disproportionately alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or change to the voting or other powers, preferences or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C Preferred in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the rights of the Series C Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

 

4


(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred; or

(iv) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of this Section 2(c).

(d) Separate Vote of Series C-1 Preferred. For so long as any of the Series C-1 Preferred originally issued remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Company, so as to adversely and disproportionately alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C-1 Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or change to the voting or other powers, preferences or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C-1 Preferred in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the rights of the Series C-1 Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C-1 Preferred; or

(iv) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of this Section 2(d).

(e) Separate Vote of Series D Preferred. For so long as any of the Series D Preferred originally issued remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Company, so as to adversely and disproportionately alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series D Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or change to the voting or other powers, preferences or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series D Preferred in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the rights of the Series D Preferred as compared to the other series of Preferred Stock;

 

5


(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred;

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred, Series C Preferred or Series C-1 Preferred;

(v) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined herein) in which the consideration to be received in respect of a share of Series D Preferred Stock does not exceed two times the Original Issue Price of the Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof);

(vi) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking senior to the Series D Preferred Stock or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such class or series;

(vii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of the first sentence of Section 4(k)(i) of the Restated Certificate; or

(viii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of this Section 2(e).

(f) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 25% of the shares of Series A Preferred originally issued remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) For so long as at least 25% of the shares of Series B Preferred originally issued remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

 

6


(iii) For so long as at least 25% of the shares of Series C-1 Preferred originally issued remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series C-1 Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) For so long as at least 25% of the shares of Series D Preferred originally issued remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series D Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vi) The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vii) Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

(viii) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any

 

7


stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (a “Liquidation Event”) (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution or payment to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share. If, upon any such Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(c) An Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined below) shall be deemed a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section 3.

(i) For the purposes of this Section 3: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (provided that, for the purpose of this 3(d), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged); or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities); provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

 

8


(ii) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

(iii) The Company shall not have the power to effect an Acquisition or Asset Transfer unless the definitive agreement for such transaction (the “Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company in connection therewith shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with this Section 3, in each case subject to the requirements of Section 2(b)(vi) above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any Liquidation Event, (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, for each share of each series of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in a Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer) pursuant to Section 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) (without giving effect to this Section 3(e)) or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event or Acquisition or Asset Transfer. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

(e) In the event of an Asset Transfer, the Company will use best efforts to distribute the net proceeds from such Asset Transfer to the stockholders of the Company (and in accordance with this Section 3) and dissolve within 90 days after the closing of such Asset Transfer. If, notwithstanding such best efforts, the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company under the DGCL within ninety (90) days after such Asset Transfer, then (i) the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Asset Transfer advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Asset Transfer, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company from such Asset Transfer (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by the DGCL governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Asset Transfer, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at such Preferred Stock’s applicable Liquidation

 

9


Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at such Preferred Stock’s applicable Liquidation Amount, (1) the Company shall calculate the amount each share of Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to preferences and seniority set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) based on the Available Proceeds (the “Per Share Available Redemption Amount”) and (2) the Company will redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock at the Per Share Available Redemption Amount for each such share, if the Per Share Available Redemption amount is greater than zero. The Company shall redeem any remaining shares of Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Company has funds legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 3(f), the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Asset Transfer, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Transfer.

4. CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, any shares of Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Preferred Stock Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 4(b)) by the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted.

(b) Preferred Stock Conversion Rate. The applicable conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price applicable to the series of Preferred Stock being converted by the “Preferred Stock Conversion Price” of such series or Preferred Stock calculated as provided in Section 4(c).

(c) Preferred Stock Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Preferred Stock shall initially be the Original Issue Price of such series (the “Preferred Stock Conversion Price”). Such initial Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Preferred Stock Conversion Price herein shall mean the Preferred Stock Conversion Price as so adjusted. In the event of a Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(d) Mechanics of Optional Conversion. Each holder of Preferred Stock who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such

 

10


certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) or, if later, the date of the event on which such conversion is contingent, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date upon which this Restated Certificate is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Filing Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price with respect to each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

 

11


(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition as defined in Section 3 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), in any such event each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other transaction would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Preferred Stock Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 4(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price with respect to such series of Preferred Stock (a “Qualifying Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case, the then existing applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction:

 

12


(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such the applicable then-existing applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise, exchange or conversion of all other rights, options, warrants and convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date. The Common Stock described in (A) through (C) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

(ii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 4(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, the fair market value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration that covers both, the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iii) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 4(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

 

13


(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options.

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Preferred Stock.

 

14


(iv) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock required under this Section 4(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board whether issued before or after the Filing Date;

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering;

(E) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to Section 4 as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of Section 4(h);

(F) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement or debt financing arrangement, which arrangement is approved by the Board and is primarily for non-equity financing purposes; and

(G) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock elect in writing to exclude from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” for purposes of this Section 4; provided, however, any adjustment to be made to the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock under this Section 4(h) shall require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (iv) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 4(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 4(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

 

15


(v) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be reduced to the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Preferred Stock Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of a series of Preferred Stock, if the applicable Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of such Preferred Stock. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 3) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 3), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least fifteen (15) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares Preferred Stock) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to

 

16


when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price, immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (A) the per share price to the public of such offering is equal to at least the quotient of (x) $1,100,000,000, divided by (y) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all then-outstanding exercisable or convertible securities or reserved for future issuance pursuant to any equity incentive plan, and (B) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $120,000,000, and (C) the Company’s shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market. Each share of Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series A Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred. Each share of Series B Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series B Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred. Each share of Series B-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series B-1 Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred. Each share of Series C Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series C Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred. Each share of Series C-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series C-1 Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred. Each share of Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Preferred Stock Conversion Price applicable to the Series D Preferred at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(ii) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 4(k)(i) above, the applicable outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent;

 

17


provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If after the aforementioned aggregation the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may be, in the opinion of counsel, necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by electronic transmission in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

 

18


5. NO REISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK.

Any shares or shares of Preferred Stock purchased, converted or otherwise acquired by the Company shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

6. NO REDEMPTION.

The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

7. NOTICES.

Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Company, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Common Stock are as follows:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board.

2. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. Upon a Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in Section 3 of Article IV(C) hereof.

3. REDEMPTION. The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

4. VOTING RIGHTS. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

 

19


B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL and, if applicable, Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. The Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless in either case such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

E. For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Restated Certificate from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Restated Certificate), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Restated Certificate.

 

20


B. The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Restated Certificate. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Restated Certificate.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Poshmark, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President this 18th day of October, 2017.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
/s/ Manish Chandra

Manish Chandra

President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POSHMARK, INC.

(Pursuant to Section 242 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Poshmark, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The name of this Corporation is Poshmark, Inc.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under the name “GoshPosh, Inc.” on January 28, 2011.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law, this Certificate of Amendment (this “Amendment”) amends certain provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 18, 2017 (the “Certificate”).

4. This Amendment has been approved and duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, and the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law, and the provisions of the Certificate.

5. Article IV(A) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be and hereby is deleted in its entirety and the following Article IV(A) is inserted in lieu thereof:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 131,372,222 shares, 79,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 52,372,222 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). 9,482,060 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), 9,127,794 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), 3,952,429 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series B-1 Preferred”), 9,781,013 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), 9,578,544 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby


designated Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series C-1 Preferred”), and 10,450,382 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.”

[This Space Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by its President this 22nd day of January, 2019.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:   /s/ Manish Chandra
Name: Manish Chandra
Title: President

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

POSHMARK, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

1.1

  Registered Office      1  

1.2

  Offices      1  

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

2.1

  Location      1  

2.2

  Timing      1  

2.3

  Notice of Meeting      1  

2.4

  Stockholders’ Records      1  

2.5

  Special Meetings      2  

2.6

  Notice of Meeting      2  

2.7

  Business Transacted at Special Meeting      2  

2.8

  Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means      2  

2.9

  Voting Thresholds      3  

2.10

  Number of Votes Per Share      3  

2.11

  Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action      3  

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     4  

3.1

  Authorized Directors      4  

3.2

  Vacancies      4  

3.3

  Board Authority      5  

3.4

  Location of Meetings      5  

3.5

  First Meeting      5  

3.6

  Regular Meetings      5  

3.7

  Special Meetings      5  

3.8

  Quorum      6  

3.9

  Action Without a Meeting      6  

3.10

  Telephonic Meetings      6  

3.11

  Committees      6  

3.12

  Minutes of Meetings      6  

3.13

  Compensation of Directors      7  

3.14

  Removal of Directors      7  

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

     7  

4.1

  Notice      7  

4.2

  Waiver of Notice      7  

4.3

  Electronic Notice      7  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     8  

5.1

  Required and Permitted Officers      8  

5.2

  Appointment of Required Officers      8  

5.3

  Appointment of Permitted Officers      8  

 

i


5.4

  Officer Compensation      8  

5.5

  Term of Office; Vacancies      8  

5.6

  Chairman Presides      9  

5.7

  Absence of Chairman      9  

5.8

  Powers of President      9  

5.9

  President’s Signature Authority      9  

5.10

  Absence of President      9  

5.11

  Duties of Secretary      9  

5.12

  Duties of Assistant Secretary      10  

5.13

  Duties of Treasurer      10  

5.14

  Disbursements and Financial Reports      10  

5.15

  Treasurer’s Bond      10  

5.16

  Duties of Assistant Treasurer      10  

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     10  

6.1

  Stock Certificates      10  

6.2

  Facsimile Signatures      11  

6.3

  Lost Certificates      11  

6.4

  Transfer of Stock      11  

6.5

  Fixing a Record Date      11  

6.6

  Registered Stockholders      12  

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12  

7.1

  Dividends      12  

7.2

  Reserve for Dividends      12  

7.3

  Checks      12  

7.4

  Fiscal Year      12  

7.5

  Corporate Seal      12  

7.6

  Indemnification      12  

7.7

  Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation      14  

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

     14  

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE X RECORDS AND REPORTS

     14  

ARTICLE XI RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     14  

 

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

POSHMARK, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Menlo Park, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2011, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders Records. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each

 


stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2


(b) Presence by Remote Means. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

3


(b) Electronic Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action. Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of

 

4


the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3.3 Board Authority. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of

 

5


Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

6


3.13 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice. Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice.

(a) Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

7


(b) Effective Date of Notice. Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

8


THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. he or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

5.7 Absence of Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.8 Powers of President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board he or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.9 Presidents Signature Authority. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

5.10 Absence of President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.11 Duties of Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

9


5.12 Duties of Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.13 Duties of Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.14 Disbursements and Financial Reports. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.15 Treasurers Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

5.16 Duties of Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

10


If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

11


6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed

 

12


exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE X

RECORDS AND REPORTS

10.1 The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.

ARTICLE XI

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

11.1 Subject to Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, no stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of capital stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Article XI:

 

14


(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of capital stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) Corporate Option to Purchase. For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all or any part of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all the shares, it shall give written notice to the selling stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (c). In the event that the corporation elects not to purchase all of the shares being transferred, the Board of Directors may freely assign all or any part of the corporation’s right of first refusal under this bylaw.

(c) Closing of Corporate or Stockholder Purchase. In the event the corporation and/or one or more stockholders, other than the selling stockholder, elect to acquire any of the shares of the selling stockholder as specified in said selling stockholder’s notice, the corporation shall so notify the selling stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the corporation receives said selling stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or such other stockholders shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.

(d) Sale by Selling Stockholder. In the event the corporation and/or its other stockholders do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, said selling stockholder may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and other stockholders herein, sell elsewhere the shares specified in said selling stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its other stockholders, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section 11.1, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in said selling stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said selling stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(e) Permitted Transactions. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother or sister of the stockholder making such transfer;

(2) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation;

 

15


(3) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

(4) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners;

(5) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited liability company to any or all of its member or former members;

(6) Any transfer of shares that is otherwise contractually subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the corporation; or

(7) Any transfer of shares to the underwriters for resale to the public in connection with the corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(f) Waiver of Right of First Refusal. The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer only by the corporation upon the duly authorized action of the Board of Directors. Subject to any restrictions set forth in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, this bylaw may be amended or repealed only by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors.

(g) Void Transfers. Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date of consummation of the corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(i) Legends. The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

 

16


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

POSHMARK, INC.

The undersigned, Manish Chandra, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Directors on January 29, 2011.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 29th day of January, 2011.

 

/s/ Manish Chandra

Manish Chandra, Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

POSHMARK, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 


POSHMARK, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 20th day of October, 2017, by and among Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”), pursuant to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series D Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”);

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Series D Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Stock”), the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), Series B-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series B-1 Stock”), and the Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock”), and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series C-1 Stock” and together with the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock, Series B-1 Stock, Series C Stock, and the Series D Stock, the “Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated March 7, 2016 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the undersigned parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

1


(a) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(d) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(e) Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(f) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(g) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(h) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(i) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000)) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(j) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(k) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(l) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

 

2


(m) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s, the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock, the Series B-1 Stock, Series C Stock, Series C-1 Stock, Series D Stock, and shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(n) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (E) an entity transferring to another entity affiliated by common control (or otherwise affiliated) with such Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

 

3


(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable

 

4


Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.3 below (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof); provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a public offering of its securities within ninety (90) days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the President or the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

 

5


(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, subject to the reasonable approval of the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities participating in such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Company determines in good faith, based on consultation with the underwriter, that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable

 

6


Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000, or

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, or

 

7


(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period, or

(v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the requisite Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.4 after the first two (2) registrations shall be paid by the selling Holders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares to be sold by each such Holder in any such registration.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request and the Initiating Holders have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse information or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

 

8


2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

 

9


(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

 

10


2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company

 

11


of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one (1) separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, such failure is prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

12


(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) acquires at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations); or (d) is an entity affiliated by common control (or otherwise affiliated) with such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.11.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, that, with respect to the above, all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

 

13


2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date five (5) years following the Initial Offering; (ii) such time as such Holder holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period; or (iii) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as defined int the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation). Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

 

14


SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company will furnish to each Major Investor (as defined below) a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(c) The Company will furnish each Major Investor (as defined below), as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and an unaudited statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) So long as an Investor (with its affiliates) shall own not less than 1,400,000 shares of Registrable Securities (or (i) in the case of SofTech VC III, L.P., not less than 800,000 shares of Registrable Securities or (ii) in the case of Union Grove Partners Direct Venture Fund, LP, not less than 700,000 shares of Registrable Securities) (each as adjusted for stock splits and combinations or (iii) in the case of GGV (as defined below), not less than 1,200,000 shares of Registrable Securities) (each a “Major Investor”), the Company will furnish each such Major Investor, at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto).

(e) The Company will furnish each such Major Investor, upon request, a current, detailed capitalization table.

 

15


3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Company determines in good faith is trade secret or similarly confidential, including but not limited to, information related to the Company’s customers that can be used to distinguish or trace an indivdiual’s identity, or that is linked or linkable to an individual (including, without limitation, name, address, social security number, date and place of birth, financial data, and other sensitive data related to customer transactions), or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed; provided further; neither a venture capital fund investor nor Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd. (“Anderson”) shall be deemed a competitor by reason of it having an investment in a competitor, regardless of whether such Investor has one or more seats on such competitor’s board of directors.

3.3 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information for any information obtained pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 hereof which the Company identifies in writing as being proprietary or confidential and such Investor acknowledges that it will not, unless otherwise required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange, association or marketplace, disclose such information without the prior written consent of the Company except such information that (a) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such Investor, (b) is or becomes (through no willful improper action or inaction by such Investor) generally available to the public, (c) was in its possession or known by such Investor without restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (d) was rightfully disclosed to such Investor by a third party without restriction or (e) was independently developed without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor that is a limited partnership or limited liability company may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any former partners or members who retained an economic interest in such Investor, current or prospective partner of the partnership or any subsequent partnership under common investment management, limited partner, general partner, member or management company of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”) or legal counsel, accountants or representatives for such Investor. Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent any Investor or any Permitted Disclosee from (i) entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company), provided that such Investor or Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Section 3.3, disclose or otherwise make use of any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities, or (ii) making any disclosures required by law, rule, regulation or court or other governmental order.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

16


3.5 Employee Stock and Employee Agreements. Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock), all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall (a) be subject to vesting as follows: (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (ii) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years and (b) subject to a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Initial Offering and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock. The Company will cause (a) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement; and (b) each key employee to enter into a nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of a majority of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock.

3.6 Qualified Small Business Stock.

(a) Subject to Section 3.6(c), the Company shall not take, or fail to take, any action which would cause the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock (the “IOC Common”)) to fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to (A) take any action, which in its good faith business judgment, is not in the best interests of the Company or its stockholders or (B) refrain from taking any action, which in its good faith business judgment, is in the best interests of the Company or its stockholders. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to take any action or refrain from taking any action for the purpose of attributing any of the Company’s payroll to employment located in California. In the event that the Company is or becomes aware that the Preferred Stock and/or IOC Common will or may fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code or Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, the Company will promptly notify the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or IOC Common and will take such action as may be reasonably requested by such holders to avoid any loss of benefit attributable to such change, subject to the provisos in the previous two sentences.

(b) Upon request by a holder of Preferred Stock and/or IOC Common, the Company shall conduct a reasonable investigation to determine whether the shares of Preferred Stock and/or IOC Common qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Code Sections 1045 and 1202 and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, and shall deliver to such holder a duly executed Certificate of Representations substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, except to the extent inconsistent with the results of such investigation, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, but in no event later than 15 days following the Company’s receipt of such request.

 

17


(c) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the covenants and obligations of the Company shall not apply to shares of Series D Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, (ii) the term “IOC Common” shall not include Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Stock, and (iii) the holders of Series D Stock (solely in their capacity as holders of Series D Stock) shall have no right to request the Company to request an investigation pursuant to Section 3.6(b). The covenants set forth in this Section 3.6 (other than subsection 3.6(b)) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (x) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation); and (y) immediately upon the consummation of the Qualified IPO.

(d) Investors acknowledge that the rules governing “qualified small business stock” are not clear in all respects, and that the Company can offer no assurance regarding the interpretation or application of Code Section 1202(c) or Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. The Company assumes no liability for failure of the Stock to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Code Section 1202(c).

3.7 Director and Officer Insurance. Unless otherwise determined by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in the amount of at least $3,000,000 following the date of this Agreement.

3.8 Committee Representation. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, including the Series D Director, the Company’s Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule and for all regularly scheduled meetings, upon a notice of at least four business days. The Company shall allow the members of the Company’s Board of Directors designated solely by the holders of Preferred Stock, at each such Board member’s option, to serve on any and all committees of the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.9 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Conulting Agreement, as applicable, substantially in a form that has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.10 Directors Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to at all times maintain indemnification agreements with each of its directors to indemnify such directors to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law.

 

18


3.11 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Company’s Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

3.12 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “Fund Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

3.13 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of (i) Anderson, (ii) GGV Capital V (“GGV”) and (iii) Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership and Mayfield Select, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (collectively “Mayfield”) (each, together with its affiliates, a “Fund”) is a professional investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the Funds shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by the Funds in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of the Funds to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

19


3.14 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company represents that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official, in each case, in violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall , and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon reasonable request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Series D Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

3.15 Review of Money Trasmitter Legal Compliance. The Company represents that within 12 months of the date of the Agreement (the “Compliance Review Period”), it will engage a reputable law firm or consulting firm specializing in federal and state money transmitter laws of the United States to undertake a comprehensive review of its compliance with such laws and make such operational changes and apply for and obtain any licenses, registrations, or certifications recommended by such law firm or consulting firm. So long as the Company is working in good faith to accomplish this review, implement changes or apply for and obtain any necessary licenses, registrations, or certifications, then, upon the written consent of both the Company and Anderson, the Compliance Review Period may be extended by 6 month intervals for up to an additional 12 months.

3.16 Option Repricing. On or before December 15, 2017, the Company will undertake to complete the repricing of all options granted on January 24, 2017 and March 30, 2017 (the “Prior Grants”) by increasing the exercise price of each Prior Grant to be $1.52 per share, the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of the Prior Grants, as determined by the Board in reliance on an independent valuation report with a valuation date of December 31, 2016, and which the Board subsequently determined to be the fair market value as of the grant date, and to take all necessary actions to communicate the terms of, and obtain the consent to, the terms of the repricing from the the holders of the Prior Grants.

3.17 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.4 and 3.6(b)) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to an Initial Offering that results in the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) upon an “Acquisition” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

20


SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock (assuming the full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exerciseable securities then outstanding) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any equity security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other equity security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable state or federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis (computed based on the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by all participating Major Investors immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. Such Major Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower than and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within sixty (60) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

 

21


4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal.

(a) The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Initial Offering or (ii) an Acquisition. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

(b) The Investors, on behalf of themselves and all Major Investors, hereby unconditionally waive all rights of first refusal and notice as set forth in this Section 4 with respect to the offer, issuance and sale of shares of Series D Stock pursuant to the Series D Agreement and any and all prior offerings of securities by the Company, and the issuance of shares of the Company’s Common Stock upon conversion of such shares.

4.5 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights provided in this Section 4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund or Anderson may assign or transfer such rights to its affiliates.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(b) any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and Equity Securities issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.6 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

(d) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

(e) the issuance and sale of Series D Stock pursuant to the Series D Agreement;

(f) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement or debt financing arrangement, which arrangement is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, and is primarily for non-equity financing purposes; and

 

22


(g) any Equity Securities the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors agree in writing, shall not be subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of Santa Clara, California.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

23


5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that any term of this Agreement giving rights to Major Investors may may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities held by Major Investors; provided further, that any amendment or modification of this Agreement that would have an adverse and disproportionate effect on the rights or obligations of a holder of Preferred Stock, as compared to the other holders of Preferred Stock, shall require the consent of such Preferred Stock holder.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

24


5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series D Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliates, affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement. Furthermore, each Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion any rights hereby granted it among itself, its partners, members or affiliates or affiliated funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) an Acquisition; or (ii) the date five (5) years following the Closing of the Initial Offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

5.15 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of 60% of the Registrable Securities held by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal set forth in Section 4 of the Prior Agreement and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Series D Agreement.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
POSHMARK, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

  Manish Chandra, President
Address:   101 Redwood Shores Parkway, 3rd Floor
  Redwood City, CA 94065

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
GGV CAPITAL V L.P.
By: GGV Capital V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Hans Tung

  Hans Tung
  Managing Director
GGV CAPITAL V ENTREPRENEURS FUND L.P.
By: GGV Capital V L.LC., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Hans Tung

  Hans Tung
  Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
UNION GROVE PARTNERS DIRECT VENTURE FUND, LP
By:   Union Grove Venture Partners 2014, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Patrick Cairns

  Name: Patrick Cairns
  Title: Officer
UNION GROVE PARTNERS VENTURE ACCESS FUND, LP
By:   Union Grove Venture Partners 2014, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Patrick Cairns

  Name: Patrick Cairns
  Title: Officer
UNION GROVE PM HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   Union Grove Venture Partners 2014, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Patrick Cairns

  Name: Patrick Cairns
  Title: Officer
Address:

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
MAYFIELD XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership
By:   MAYFIELD XIII MANAGEMENT (EGP), L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership
Its:   General Partner
By:   MAYFIELD XIII MANAGEMENT (UGP), LTD., a Cayman Islands Exempted Company
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Navin Chaddha

Name: Navin Chaddha
Title: Authorized Signatory
MAYFIELD SELECT, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership
By:   MAYFIELD SELECT MANAGEMENT (EGP), L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership
Its:   General Partner
By:   MAYFIELD SELECT MANAGEMENT (UGP), LTD., a Cayman Islands Exempted Company
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Navin Chaddha

Name: Navin Chaddha
Title: Authorized Signatory

Address:  2484 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
INVENTUS CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND I, L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
By: INVENTUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I,
L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
its general partner
By: INVENTUS CAPITAL MASTER MANAGEMENT I, LTD.,
a Cayman Islands exempted company
its general partner
By:  

/s/ John R. Dougherty, Jr.

Name:   John R. Doughtery, Jr.
Title:   Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
INVENTUS CAPITAL CO-INVEST ANNEX FUND I L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Inventus Capital Co-Invest Annex Management I, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ John R. Dougherty, Jr.

Name: John R. Doughtery, Jr.
Title: Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
INVENTUS CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND II, LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Dougherty, Jr.

Name: John R. Doughtery, Jr.
Title: Director

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
SOFTTECH VC III, L.P.
By:  SOFTTECH VC III, L.L.C.

Its general partner

By:  

/s/ Jean-Francois Clavier

Name: Jean-Francois Clavier
Title: Managing Member
SOFTTECH VC PLUS, LP
By: SoftTech VC PLUS, LLC
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jean-Francois Clavier

Name: Jean-Francois Clavier
Title: Managing Member
Address:

SoftTech VC PLUS, LP

c/o SoftTech VC

4 Palo Alto Square, 2nd floor

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
MENLO VENTURES XI, L.P. MMEF XI, L.P.
By: MV MANAGEMENT XI, L.L.C.
       Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Venky Ganesan

Name:   Venky Ganesan
Title:   Managing Member
Address:   3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg 4-100 Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
ANDERSON INVESTMENTS PTE. LTD.
a private company organized under the laws of
Singapore
By:  

/s/ Ang PengHuat

Name: Ang PengHuat
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


PURCHASER:
UNIVERSITY GROWTH FUND I, LP
By:  

/s/ Tom Stringham

Name: Tom Stringham
Title: Manager
Address:   299 South Main, Suite 357

 Salt Lake City, UT 84111

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
CROSS CREEK CAPITAL II, L.P.
By: Cross Creek Capital II GP, LLC
       Its Sole General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tyler Christenson

Name: Tyler Christenson
Title: Managing Director
CROSS CREEK CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By: Cross Creek Capital Partners IV GP, LLC
       Its Sole General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tyler Christenson

Name: Tyler Christenson
Title: Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
THE BUNTING FAMILY TAX EXEMPT PRIVATE FUND LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin D. Irwin

Name: Kevin D. Irwin
Title: Managing Member

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


INVESTOR:
THE BUNTING FAMILY PRIVATE FUND LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin D. Irwin

Name: Kevin D. Irwin
Title: Managing Member

 

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement)


SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

GGV Capital V. L.P.

GGV Capital V Entrepreneurs Fund L.P.

Union Grove Partners Direct Venture Fund, LP

Union Grove Partners Venture Access Fund II, LP

Union Grove PM Holdings, LLC

Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership

Mayfield Select, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership

Inventus Capital Partners Fund I L.P., a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership

Inventus Capital Partners Fund II Ltd.

Inventus Capital Co-Invest Annex Fund I L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership

Softtech VC III, L.P

SofTech VC PLUS, LP

SV Angel II-Q, L.P.

Motwani-Jadeja Marital Trust UAD January 30, 2004

Menlo Ventures XI, L.P.

MMEF XI, L.P.

Naval Ravikant

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (SEVF II)

Rachel and Rodger Berman Living Trust dated 3/7/2011

A-Grade Investments II, LLC

Sherpa Ventures Fund, LP

Shea Ventures, LLC

Green Era Capital


URB Five LLC

Raj Bhatia Living Trust U/A DTD 11/13/1991

The Bunting Family Private Fund LLC

The Bunting Family Tax-Exempt Private Fund LLC

URC LLC

AngelList-Xskr-Fund, a series of AngelList-NR-Funds, LLC

The Hit Forge LLC

Rekhi Trust, created on June 18, 2014

Anderson Investments Pte. Ltd.

Cross Creek Capital II, L.P.

Cross Creek Capital Partners IV, L.P.

University Growth Fund I, LP


EXHIBIT B

CERTIFICATE OF REPRESENTATIONS

REGARDING QUALIFIED SMALL BUSINESS STOCK

THIS CERTIFICATE OF REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING QUALIFIED SMALL BUSINESS STOCK (this “Certificate”) is executed as of __________________ by Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the benefit of [Investor Name] (collectively, “Investor”). As used herein, the term “Stock” means those shares of Company stock issued by the Company to Investor and described more fully on Schedule A hereto.

REPRESENTATIONS

Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth below, the Company hereby represents as follows:

1. The Company has conducted a reasonable investigation into the question of whether the Stock is “qualified small business stock” (“QSBS”) within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

2. The Company agrees to use its reasonable business efforts, subject to the provisos in Section 3.5(a) of the Investor Rights Agreement to which this Certificate of Representations appears as Exhibit B, to not take, or fail to take, any action which would cause the Stock to fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code. In the event that the Company is or becomes aware that the Stock will or may fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code, the Company will promptly notify Investor;

3. Upon request by Investor, the Company shall conduct a reasonable investigation to determine whether the Stock qualifies as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Code Sections 1045 and 1202, and shall transmit, in writing, the results of such investigation to Investor as expeditiously as reasonably possible, but in no event later than 15 days following the Company’s receipt of such request; and

4. As of the date first above written, and assuming that Investor has not sold the Stock, all of the Stock is QSBS.


QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on the value of Company stock or other assets at certain relevant times. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith determination of such values, taking into account all material facts and circumstances, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will not successfully assert that such determination is incorrect.

2. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether the Company has been engaged in the active conduct of one or more qualified trades or businesses. The term “qualified trade or business” set forth in Section 1202(e)(3) of the Code is not clearly defined in all respects. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith effort to apply the definition of qualified trade or business set forth in Section 1202(e)(3) of the Code, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will not successfully assert a contrary definition.

3. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether at least eighty percent (by value) of the Company’s assets have been used in the active conduct of one or more qualified trades or businesses. For this purpose, assets held as “working capital” of a qualified trade or business within the meaning of Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code are treated as used in the active conduct of such trade or business. The term “working capital” set forth in Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code is not clearly defined in all respects. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith effort to apply the definition of working capital set forth in Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will not successfully assert a contrary definition.

4. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether the Company purchased any of its stock from a person related to Investor during a relevant testing period. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith determination that such purchases did not occur, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will not successfully assert that such determination is incorrect.

5. While the representations contained herein are made in good faith, the Company assumes no liability for the failure of the Stock to qualify as QSBS.

[intentionally left blank]


SCHEDULE A

 

Fund Name

 

Class of Stock

 

Issue Date

 

Stock

Certificate

Number

 

Number of Shares

[        ]

  [        ]   [        ]   [        ]   [         ]

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

  

POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

  

See Section 1.6

Class of Stock:

  

Series A Preferred Stock

Warrant Price:

  

$0.3707 per share

Issue Date:

  

December 1, 2011

Expiration Date:

  

December 1, 2021 (Subject to Section 5.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of POSHMARK, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Intentionally Omitted

1.3 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.4 Replacement of Warrants. In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.5 Acquisition of the Company.

1.5.1 “Acquisition.” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions.

 

1


1.5.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition. The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

1.6 Number of Shares. If at any time, Comerica Bank has funded the Growth Capital Advance to the Company pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and Comerica Bank dated as of December 1, 2011, the Number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall be 40,464. Until such time as Comerica Bank has funded the Growth Capital Advance to the Company, this Warrant shall not be exercisable for any Shares.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately decreased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Provisions”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. Any waiver of the affect of a Diluting Issuance or amendment to the Provisions made in accordance with the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be binding on the Shares issuable hereunder. Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

2.5 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the most recent price per share of the Shares sold by the Company as of the date of this Warrant.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3


3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, upon request therefor by Holder, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual financial statements of the Company.    In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares.

3.4 Registration Under the Act. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” solely with respect to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of that certain Investors Rights Agreement between the Company and its stockholders dated as of February 11, 2011 (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have a material adverse and disproportionate impact on Holder’s registration rights described thereunder (as compared to the impact on other stockholders of the Company who have such rights). Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Bank hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status. Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon written notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4


5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 and Section 5.3 and the Agreement, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company prior written notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company (provided, however, Holder shall provide prompt written notice of the transfer to the Company), and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. Any transferee (other than Ventures) shall, as a condition to being treated a Holder hereunder, execute and deliver a written agreement for the Company’s benefit to be bound by this Warrant and the Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company, such determination to made by the board of directors of the Company in its reasonable business discretion.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Section 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

5


All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

POSHMARK, INC.

1919 Menalto Avenue

Menlo Park, CA 94025

5.6 Amendments; Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.9 Confidentiality. The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant (A) to prospective investors or acquirers of the Company or (B) as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name:   Manish Chandra
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

6


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the ______________ stock of POSHMARK, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)


Exhibit A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO


Exhibit B

Registration Rights

Investor Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

  

POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

  

See Section 1.6

Class of Stock:

  

Series B Preferred Stock

Warrant Price:

  

$1.3678 per share

Issue Date:

  

May 10, 2013

Expiration Date:

  

May 10, 2023 (Subject to Section 5.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of POSHMARK, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Intentionally Omitted

1.3 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.4 Replacement of Warrants. In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.5 Acquisition of the Company.

1.5.1 Acquisition.” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions.

 

1


1.5.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition. The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

1.6 Number of Shares. If at any time, Bank makes any Growth Capital Advance to Borrower after and other than the Closing Date Advance, the Number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall be 25,588. Until such time, this Warrant shall not be exercisable for any Shares.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately decreased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Provisions”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. Any waiver of the affect of a Diluting Issuance or amendment to the Provisions made in accordance with the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be binding on the Shares issuable hereunder. Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

2.5 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the most recent price per share of the Shares sold by the Company as of the date of this Warrant.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3


3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, upon request therefor by Holder, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual financial statements of the Company.    In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares.

3.4 Registration Under the Act. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” solely with respect to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of that certain Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement between the Company and its stockholders dated as of November 13, 2012 (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have a material adverse and disproportionate impact on Holder’s registration rights described thereunder (as compared to the impact on other stockholders of the Company who have such rights). Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Bank hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status. Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon written notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4


5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 and Section 5.3 and the Agreement, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company prior written notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company (provided, however, Holder shall provide prompt written notice of the transfer to the Company), and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. Any transferee (other than Ventures) shall, as a condition to being treated a Holder hereunder, execute and deliver a written agreement for the Company’s benefit to be bound by this Warrant and the Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company, such determination to made by the board of directors of the Company in its reasonable business discretion.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Section 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

5


All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

POSHMARK, INC.

1350 Willow Road

Suite 101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

5.6 Amendments; Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.9 Confidentiality. The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant (A) to prospective investors or acquirers of the Company or (B) as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name:   Manish Chandra
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

6


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the ______________ stock of POSHMARK, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)


Exhibit A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO


Exhibit B

Registration Rights

Investor Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

  

POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

  

19,531

Class of Stock:

  

Series C Preferred Stock

Warrant Price:

  

$2.56 per share

Issue Date:

  

May 22, 2015

Expiration Date:

  

May 22, 2025 (Subject to Section 5.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of POSHMARK, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Intentionally Omitted.

1.3 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.4 Replacement of Warrants. In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.5 Acquisition of the Company.

1.5.1 “Acquisition.” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions.

 

1


1.5.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition. The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately decreased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, then the number of Shares exercisable hereunder shall likewise be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Provisions”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. Any waiver of the affect of a Diluting Issuance or amendment to the Provisions made in accordance with the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be binding on the Shares issuable hereunder. Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

2


2.5 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the most recent price per share of the Shares sold by the Company as of the date of this Warrant.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, upon request therefor by Holder, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual financial statements of the Company. In addition, and

 

3


without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares.

3.4 Registration Under the Act. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” solely with respect to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of that certain Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement between the Company and its stockholders dated as of February 6, 2015 (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have a material adverse and disproportionate impact on Holder’s registration rights described thereunder (as compared to the impact on other stockholders of the Company who have such rights). Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Bank hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status. Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon written notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4


5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 and Section 5.3 and the Agreement, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company prior written notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company (provided, however, Holder shall provide prompt written notice of the transfer to the Company), and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. Any transferee (other than Ventures) shall, as a condition to being treated a Holder hereunder, execute and deliver a written agreement for the Company’s benefit to be bound by this Warrant and the Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company, such determination to made by the board of directors of the Company in its reasonable business discretion.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Section 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

5


All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

POSHMARK, INC.

1350 Willow Road

Suite 101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

5.6 Amendments; Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.9 Confidentiality. The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant (A) to prospective investors or acquirers of the Company or (B) as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name:   Manish Chandra
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

6


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the ______________ stock of POSHMARK, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)


Exhibit A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO


Exhibit B

Registration Rights

Investor Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) – ATTACHED HERETO

Exhibit 10.1

Form for Directors

POSHMARK, INC.

Indemnification Agreement

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of ________________ by and between Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ____________ (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to [provide or continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to [serve or continue to serve] on the Board.]

 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2. Definitions.

As used in this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction; (iii) the sale of all of the stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert; or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d) “Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee, including without limitation, any subsidiary of the Company.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or

 

2


expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (a) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (b) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];

(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

4


(c) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(d) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably

 

5


withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (A) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (B) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (C) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any

 

6


documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

7


(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement; (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel; (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law); or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

8


(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

9


(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of [its][their] affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary); (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors; and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I/i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T/t]he Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company and any other Enterprise for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal,

 

10


then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to [serve or continue to serve] as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

11


Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed; (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed; (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed; or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(ii) If to the Company to:

Poshmark, Inc.

203 Redwood Shores Pkwy, 8th Floor

Redwood City, CA 94065

Attention: General Counsel

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

12


Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware; (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

             

[Name of Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.2

POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons (including prospective employees, but conditioned on their employment) of Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and any Subsidiary, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, that except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Bankruptcy” shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Holder, (ii) the Holder being subjected involuntarily to such a petition or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Holder’ s assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date, or (iii) the Holder being subject to a transfer of its Issued Shares or Award(s) by operation of law (including by divorce, even if not insolvent), except by reason of death.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any of the Company’s current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

Effective Date means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

“Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Issued Shares, the Person holding such Award or Issued Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

 

2


Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

“Issued Shares” means, collectively, all outstanding Shares issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units and all Option Shares.

NASDAQ” means the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

“Option Shares” means outstanding shares of Stock that were issued to a Holder upon the exercise of a Stock Option.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

“Repurchase Event” means (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Holder’s Bankruptcy.

“Restricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to such Awards.

“Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or stock as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

 

3


Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50 percent of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity, (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

“Shares” means shares of Stock.

Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Termination Event” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

4


Unrestricted Stock Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to such Awards.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a)    Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised, except as contemplated by Section 2(c), of not less than two Directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b)    Powers of Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i)    to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii)    to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii)    to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(i) below, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(iv)    to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

(v)    to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi)    to impose any limitations on Awards granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii)    subject to any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(viii)    at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

5


All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c)    Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

(d)    Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(e)    Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

(a)    Stock Issuable. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 3,530,194 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise), in each case shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 3,530,194 shares of Stock shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

6


(b)    Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities without the receipt or consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable; provided, however, that the Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c)    Sale Events.

(i)    Options.

(A)    In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless provision is made in connection with the Sale Event for the assumption or continuation of Options theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Options with new Options of the successor entity or parent thereof, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B)    In the event of the termination of the Plan and all Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

 

7


(C)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested Options.

(ii)    Option Shares. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, Option Shares shall be subject to the repurchase right set forth in Section 9(c)(i).

(iii)    Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(A)    In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless provision is made in connection with the Sale Event for the assumption or continuation of such Awards by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such Awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B)    In the event of the forfeiture of shares of Restricted Stock issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(A), such shares of Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the recipient (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) or the current Fair Market Value of such shares, determined immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event.

(C)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(iii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of shares of Stock subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

(iv)    Unrestricted Stock Awards. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any shares of Unrestricted Stock shall be treated in a Sale Event the same as all other Shares then outstanding.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons (including prospective employees, but conditioned on their employment) of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Awards shall only be granted to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act and, provided, further, that an Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

8


SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into a Stock Option Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Stock Option Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a)    Terms of Stock Options. The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to eligible officers, employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company or any Subsidiary. Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(i)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5(a) shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(ii)    Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.

(iii)    Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit an optionee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Option Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option and the optionee shall be required to enter into a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and any other similar documentation required by the Company as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof and the optionee’s name shall have been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

9


(iv)    Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Option Award Agreement:

(A)    In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B)    If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if required by state law;

(C)    If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under FAS 123R or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(D)    If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; and

(E)    If permitted by the Committee, with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for shares of Stock so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of the shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the shares for the

 

10


optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof, (ii) the legending of any certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option, and (iv) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to shares of the Stock. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to.

(b)    Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(c)    Termination. In the event that an optionee’s Service Relationship terminates, such optionee may thereafter exercise his, her or its Stock Option, to the extent that it was vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, until the date specified below. Any portion of the Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of such Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) six months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement), or (B) 30 days following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any other reason (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Option Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Option Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

 

11


(d)    Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Award Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a)    Nature of Restricted Stock Awards.    The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. The grant of a Restricted Stock Award is contingent on the grantee executing a Restricted Stock Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, all of whom must be eligible persons under Section 4 hereof.

(b)    Rights as a Stockholder. Upon execution of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares of Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement may require or permit the immediate payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c)    Restrictions. Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if any, if a grantee’s employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

12


(d)    Vesting of Restricted Stock. The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

SECTION 7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a)    Nature of Restricted Stock Units.    The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. The grant of Restricted Stock Unit(s) is contingent on the grantee executing a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s), shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)    Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares of Stock, if any, acquired upon settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such shares unless and until a Restricted Stock Unit shall have been settled in Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the shares to the grantee, and the grantee’s name shall have been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

SECTION 9. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

(a)    Restrictions on Transfer.

(i)    Non-Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the

 

13


foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift or domestic relations order, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option. Stock Options, and the shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

(ii)    Issued Shares. No Issued Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) such transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) such transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply only with respect to the original recipient):

(A)    Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such sale, assignment, transfer or gift, such Issued Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer or give any or all of the Issued Shares to any Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(B)    Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Issued Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

 

14


(b)    Right of First Refusal. In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of such Holder’s Issued Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of the Plan. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to shares of the Stock, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

(c)    Company’s Right of Repurchase.

(i)    Right of Repurchase for Option Shares. The Company or its assigns shall have the right and option upon a Repurchase Event to repurchase from a Holder of Option Shares some or all (as determined by the Company) of the Option Shares held or subsequently acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option by such Holder at the price per share specified below. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Repurchase Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of such Option Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option (the “Option Shares Repurchase Period”). The “Option Shares Repurchase Price” shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares, determined as of the date the Committee elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event.

(ii)    Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock and Shares issued pursuant to an Unrestricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award. Unless otherwise set forth in the agreement entered into by the recipient and the Company in connection with a Restricted Stock Award, Unrestricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award, the

 

15


Company or its assigns shall have the right and option upon a Repurchase Event to repurchase from a Holder of Issued Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, Unrestricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award some or all (as determined by the Company) of such Issued Shares at the price per share specified below. In addition, upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Issued Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Issued Shares which have not vested as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Repurchase Event or Termination Event as applicable (the “Non-Option Shares Repurchase Period”). The “Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price” shall be (i) in the case of Issued Shares which are vested as of the date of the Repurchase Event, the Fair Market Value of such Issued Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event and (ii) in the case of Issued Shares which have not vested as of the date of the Repurchase Event or Termination Event (as applicable), the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the recipient subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) or the current Fair Market Value of such Issued Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event or Termination Event (as applicable).

(iii)    Procedure. Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the Option Shares Repurchase Period or Non-Option Shares Repurchase Period, as applicable, of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Option Shares Repurchase Price or the Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price, as applicable; provided, however, that the Company may pay the Option Shares Repurchase Price or Non-Option Shares Repurchase Price, as applicable, by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

(d)    Drag Along Right. In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “Majority Shareholders”) determine to enter into a Sale Event in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), with any non-Affiliate of the Company or any majority shareholder (in each case, the “Buyer”), a Holder of Issued Shares, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Shareholders: (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Issued Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Issued Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of an Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Issued Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 9(d).

 

16


(e)    Escrow Arrangement.

(i)    Escrow. In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 9(b), (c), and (d) of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Issued Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder and any Permitted Transferee, as the Holder’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

(ii)    Remedy. Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that a Holder, any Permitted Transferees or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b), (c), or (d) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder, any Permitted Transferees or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) (c), or (d), such Issued Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(f)    Lockup Provision. A Holder agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter reflecting the agreement set forth in this Section.

 

17


(g)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s Stock, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Issued Shares.

(h)    Termination. The terms and provisions of Section 9(b), Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase unvested Restricted Stock Awards upon a Termination Event) and Section 9(d) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or a successor entity) of the same class as the Issued Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on NASDAQ or any national security exchange.

SECTION 10. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a)    Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b)    Payment in Stock. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

SECTION 11. SECTION 409A AWARDS.

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Committee from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A.

 

18


SECTION 12. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose), but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Awards and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Awards. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 13. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award or Awards.

SECTION 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a)    No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares of Stock without a view to distribution thereof. No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b)    Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

 

19


(c)    No Employment Rights. The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d)    Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e)    Designation of Beneficiary. Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

(f)    Legend. Any certificate(s) representing the Issued Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreement entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

(g)    Information to Holders of Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the Optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Stock may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s security holders, whichever is earlier.

 

20


SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:    FEBRUARY 11, 2011

DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:             FEBRUARY 11, 2011

 

DATE:

   SHARES:      DESCRIPTION:  

February 11, 2011

     3,530,194        Adopted

December 12, 2012

     289,000        Pool Increase  

December 11, 2013

     1,289,895        Pool Increase  

February 5, 2015

     1,198,000        Pool Increase  

March 7, 2016

     957,159        Pool Increase  

January 24, 2017

     593,658        Pool Increase  

May 9, 2017

     1,537,423        Pool Increase  

October 17, 2017

     1,205,131        Pool Increase  

January 15, 2019

     3,100,000        Pool Increase  

August 20, 2020

     1,000,000        Pool Increase  

Total Authorized:

     14,700,460     

 

21


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the Optionee, who is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated above (the “Underlying Shares,” and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the “Option Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and in the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Underlying Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    [25] percent of the Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Option Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Incentive Stock Option Agreement, 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1.    Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a)    No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b)    Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable with respect to the Underlying Shares on the respective dates indicated below:

(i)    All Underlying Shares shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii)    The Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii)    Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date or other termination date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d)    It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Option Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Option Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Option Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent the Underlying Shares and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2.    Exercise of Stock Option.

(a)    The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Underlying Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is exercisable at the time of such notice. Such notice shall specify the number of Underlying Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Sections 5(a)(iv)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Sections of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4.    Transferability of Stock Option. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

3


5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Option Shares. The Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Option Shares.

(c)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope hereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

4


(h)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7.    Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c)    The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:
203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8
Redwood City, CA 94065

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that the Stock Option granted hereby is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT
I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Poshmark, Inc.

Attention: President

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8

Redwood City, CA 94065

Pursuant to the terms of the stock option agreement between the undersigned and Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Underlying Shares] _______ Underlying Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

   1.    Cash
   2.    Certified or bank check payable to Poshmark, Inc.
   3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))
                                                                                                                                                                          .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i)    I am purchasing the Underlying Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii)    I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii)    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Underlying Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv)    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Option Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Option Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v)    I understand that the Option Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Option Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or

 

9


disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Option Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Option Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi)    I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii)    I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii)    I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix)    I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x)    I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

10


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the Optionee, who is an officer, employee, director, Consultant or other key person of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated above (the “Underlying Shares,” and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the “Option Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Underlying Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    [25] percent of the Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Option Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1.    Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a)    No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b)    Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable with respect to the Underlying Shares on the respective dates indicated below:

(i)    All Underlying Shares shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii)    The Underlying Shares shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii)    Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date or other termination date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2.    Exercise of Stock Option.

(a)    The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Underlying Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is exercisable at the time of such notice. Such notice shall specify the number of Underlying Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Sections 5(a)(iv)(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Sections of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3.    Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4.    Transferability of Stock Option. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Option Shares. The Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b)    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Option Shares.

 

3


(c)    Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope hereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e)    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f)    Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g)    Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h)    Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i)    Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j)    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7.    Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

4


(b)    The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c)    The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d)    Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the

 

5


“Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:
203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8
Redwood City, CA 94065

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that the Stock Option granted hereby is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT
I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Poshmark, Inc.

Attention: President

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8

Redwood City, CA 94065

Pursuant to the terms of the stock option agreement between the undersigned and Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Underlying Shares] _______ Underlying Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

   1.    Cash
   2.    Certified or bank check payable to Poshmark, Inc.
   3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe)) ____________________________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i)    I am purchasing the Underlying Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii)    I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii)    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Underlying Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv)    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Option Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Option Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v)    I understand that the Option Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Option Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in

 

9


the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Option Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Option Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi)    I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii)    I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii)    I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix)    I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x)    I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

10


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Poshmark, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the Optionee, who is an officer, employee, director, Consultant or other key person of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated above (the “Option Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Option Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    [25] percent of the Option Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Option Shares shall vest in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Option Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a) This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Option Shares are vested.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Option Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) All Option Shares shall initially be unvested.

(ii) The Option Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Option Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Option Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date or other termination date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

 

2


For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Option Shares that are not vested on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

2. Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Option Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Option Shares that will next vest, with the Option Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Sections 5(a)(iv)(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Sections of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Option Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Option Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Option Shares as set forth for such Option Shares herein.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Option Shares. The Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

3


6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Option Shares.

(c) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope hereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(i) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

POSHMARK, INC.

By:

 

         

 

Name:

 

Title:

Address:

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8

Redwood City, CA 94065

         

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that the Stock Option granted hereby is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

         

Name:
Address:

         

         

         

 

7


SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

         

Beneficiary’s Address:

         

         

         

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Poshmark, Inc.

Attention: President

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8

Redwood City, CA 94065

Pursuant to the terms of the stock option agreement between the undersigned and Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Option Shares] _______ Option Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

   1.    Cash
   2.    Certified or bank check payable to Poshmark, Inc.
   3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))
                                                                                                                                                                          .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Option Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Option Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Option Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Option Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Option Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Option Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or

 

9


disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Option Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Option Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.

(vii) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Option Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Option Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Option Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

         

Name:

Address:

         

         

         

 

10


Appendix B

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION

UNDER POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) and _______________ (the “Grantee”) for __________________ Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of ___________, ______ under the Poshmark, Inc., 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting.

(a) Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, on ________________, 20[__],1 the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (_______ Shares) (the “Shares”) dated __________ , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.

(b) Vesting. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

2. Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

 

1 

To be filled in with date of stock purchase/option exercise.


(b) Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

12


(j) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

6. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such

 

13


court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date written in Section 1(a) above.

 

POSHMARK, INC.

By:

 

         

 

Name:

 

Title:

Address:

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Floor 8

Redwood City, CA 94065

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares purchased hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice, and this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 


[SPOUSE’S CONSENT2

I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

____________________________________]

 

 

2 

A spouse’s consent is required only if the Grantee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.

 

16


EXHIBIT A

Section 83(b) Election

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1.

The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Name:

 

                                                     

Address:

 

                                                     

 

                                                     

Social Security No.:

 

                                                     

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 20__

 

2.

The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of Poshmark, Inc.

 

3.

The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.

 

5.

The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.

 

6.

For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.

 

7.

The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (which information can also be found at: https://www.irs.gov/uac/where-to-file-addresses-for-taxpayers-and-tax-professionals ). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated: __________________, 20__

  

 

   Taxpayer

 

17


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE POSHMARK, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:   

 

  
No. of Restricted Stock Units:   

 

  
Grant Date:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Expiration Date:1   

 

  

Pursuant to the Poshmark, Inc. 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. General Restrictions on Transfer of Award. This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted Stock Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Stock Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.

(a) Time Condition. The Time Condition shall be satisfied as follows: INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE: 25% of the Restricted Stock Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Grantee maintaining a continuous Service Relationship through such date. Thereafter, the remaining 75% of the Restricted Stock Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in 12 equal quarterly installments, subject to the Grantee maintaining a continuous Service Relationship through each such date. [Notwithstanding the foregoing, INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE]

(b) Performance Vesting. The Restricted Stock Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) immediately prior to a Sale Event or (ii) immediately prior to the time that the registration statement becomes effective in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, occurring prior to the Expiration Date.

 

1 

Expiration Date should be the 7th anniversary of the Grant Date.


(c) Vesting Date. Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Stock Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Stock Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Stock Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service Relationship. If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Stock Units. Any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the first to occur of (a) upon the Grantee’s termination date if the Grantee was terminated for Cause and (b) the Expiration Date.

4. Issuance of Shares of Stock. As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Restrictions on Transfer. All shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan which include the Administrator’s authority to approve or disapprove of any transfer of Shares in its sole discretion.

7. Grantee Representations. In connection with any issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows (to the extent applicable):

(i) The Grantee is purchasing the shares of Stock for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

 

2


(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the shares of Stock and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such shares of Stock for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the shares of Stock are not registered under the Securities Act (it being understood that the shares of Stock are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the shares of Stock will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated shares of Stock will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the shares of Stock are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the shares of Stock for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

8. Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by (a) withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due or (b) by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due or (c) by any other method permitted by the Plan.

 

3


9. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

10. No Obligation to Continued Service Relationship. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in a Service Relationship with the Company and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

11. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

12. Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

13. Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

15. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Award, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Award or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

4


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 15 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

16. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and

 

5


records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

 

6


POSHMARK, INC.

By:

 

         

 

Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:                                               

 

               Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
                                  

 

     

 

     

 

 

7

EXHIBIT 10.5

FINAL

POSHMARK, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2.

Covered Executives

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) may select certain key executives (the “Covered Executives”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in the Incentive Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3.

Administration

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4.

Bonus Determinations

(a) Corporate Performance Goals. A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “Corporate Performance Goals”), including the following: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s Class A common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s Class A common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.


(b) Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals. At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

(c) Target; Minimum; Maximum. Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (i.e., 100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

(d) Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

(e) Individual Target Bonuses. The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

(f) Employment Requirement. Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

2


5.

Timing of Payment

(a) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

(b) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3

Exhibit 10.6

FINAL

POSHMARK, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN FOR THE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

1. Purpose. Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes, however, that, the possibility of an involuntary termination of employment, either before or after a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof), exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that the Poshmark, Inc. Executive Severance Plan for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Officers (the “Plan”) should be adopted to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Company’s Covered Executives (as defined in Section 2 hereof) to their assigned duties without distraction. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and nothing shall alter the “at will” nature of the Covered Executives employment with the Company.

2. Definitions. The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) Accounting Firm shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company.

(b) “Administrator” means the Board or a committee thereof.

(c) “Base Salary” shall mean the higher of the Covered Executive’s (i) annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or (ii) annual base salary in effect for the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

(d) “Cause” shall mean, and shall be limited to, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i) conduct by the Covered Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of his or her duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

(ii) the commission by the Covered Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Covered Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he or she were retained in his or her position;

 

 

1


(iii) continued non-performance by the Covered Executive of his or her duties to the Company (other than by reason of the Covered Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or Disability) which has continued for 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Company;

(iv) a material violation by the Covered Executive of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (or similar agreement) entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company or any other confidentiality, invention assignment or similar agreement with the Company;

(v) a material violation by the Covered Executive of one of the Company’s material written employment policies that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he or she were retained in his or her position; or

(vi) the Covered Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the Covered Executive’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(e) “Change in Control” shall mean a “Sale Event” as defined in the Company’s 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(f) “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to a Change in Control and ending 12 months after the date of a Change in Control.

(g) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Covered Executives” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Executive Officers designated by the Board in its discretion to participate in the Plan and who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 of this Plan.

(i) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date that a Covered Executive’s employment, in any and all capacities, with the Company (or any successor) ends, which date shall be specified in the Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated solely as a result of the Covered Executive becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company.

(j) Disability” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

(k) “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” following the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a material diminution in the Covered Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties;

 

2


(ii) a material reduction in the Covered Executive’s base salary;

(iii) the relocation of the Company office at which the Covered Executive is principally employed to a location more than 35 miles from such office; or

(iv) the failure of any successor to the Company to assume and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Plan with respect to the applicable Covered Executive.

For purposes of Section 2(k)(i), a change in the reporting relationship or a change in a title will, by itself, be sufficient to constitute a material diminution of responsibilities, authority or duty.

(l) “Good Reason Process” shall mean:

(i) the Covered Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred;

(ii) the Covered Executive notifies the Company or its successor in writing of the occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 30 days of the occurrence of such condition;

(iii) the Covered Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s or its successor’s efforts, for a period of 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition;

(iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist following the Cure Period; and

(v) the Covered Executive terminates his or her employment and provides the Company or its successor with a Notice of Termination with respect to such termination, each within 30 days after the end of the Cure Period.

If the Company or the successor cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

(m) “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the consummation of the underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Company’s common stock shall be publicly held.

(n) “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon for the termination of a Covered Executive’s employment and the Date of Termination.

(o) Participation Agreement shall mean an agreement between a Covered Executive and the Company that acknowledges the Covered Executive’s participation in the Plan.

 

3


(p) “Release Requirement” shall mean a Covered Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of a separation agreement containing, among other provisions, an effective general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement, in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, and the expiration of any revocation period with respect thereto within 60 days of the Date of Termination.

(q) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(r) “Senior Executive Officer” shall mean the Company’s C-level executive officers (other than any Chief Executive Officer) and Senior Vice Presidents.

3. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator except to the extent certain determinations have been delegated by the Administrator to certain officers of the Company.

(b) Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties with respect to the complete control of the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:

(i) construe the Plan to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Plan’s provisions, including, but not limited to, determination of which individuals are Covered Executives, the benefits to which any Covered Executives may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan and all other matters pertaining to the Plan;

(ii) adopt amendments to the Plan which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Code Section 409A and the guidance thereunder;

(iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;

(iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and

(v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

(c) All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Covered Executives.

4. Eligibility. All Covered Executives selected by the Administrator who have executed and submitted to the Company a Participation Agreement, and satisfied such other requirements as may be determined by the Administrator, are eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

4


5. Termination Benefits Generally. In the event a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Covered Executive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements and accrued but unused leave entitlement, if applicable (collectively, the “Accrued Benefits”), within the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Date of Termination.

6. Termination Not in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event the employment of a Covered Executive is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, and other than by reason of death or Disability, and such termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, then subject to such Covered Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Requirement, the Company:

(a) shall pay the Covered Executive a single lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) 12 months’ Base Salary for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and six months’ Base Salary for any Senior Executive Officer; and (ii) a pro rata target annual bonus for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs to the extent a bonus for such year has not already been paid, based on the number of days in such year prior to the Date of Termination. Such amount shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than 60 days after the Date of Termination; and

(b) if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then for a period of 12 months for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and six months for any Senior Executive Officer, following the Date of Termination, or until the Covered Executive becomes covered under a group health plan of another employer, whichever is earlier (the “COBRA Coverage Period”), the Company shall provide the Covered Executive, at the Company’s sole expense, continued medical, dental and vision insurance benefit coverage in accordance with the provisions of COBRA, provided that the Covered Executive timely executes all necessary COBRA election documentation and remains eligible for COBRA coverage. After the Covered Executive’s COBRA Coverage Period, if the Covered Executive wishes to continue such COBRA coverage and is eligible therefor, the Covered Executive will be required to pay all requisite premiums for such continued coverage.

7. Termination in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event the employment of a Covered Executive is terminated (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, or other than by reason of death or Disability, or (ii) by the Covered Executive for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to such Covered Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Requirement, the Company shall:

(a) pay the Covered Executive a single lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) 18 months’ Base Salary for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 12 months’ Base Salary for any Senior Executive Officer; and (ii) a pro rata target annual bonus for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs to the extent a bonus for such year has not already been paid, based on the number of days in such year prior to the Date of Termination. Such amount shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than 60 days after the Date of Termination; and

 

5


(b) if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then for a period of 18 months for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 12 months for any Senior Executive Officer following the Date of Termination, or until the Covered Executive becomes covered under a group health plan of another employer, whichever is earlier (the “CIC Coverage Period”), the Company shall provide the Covered Executive, at the Company’s sole expense, continued medical, dental and vision insurance benefit coverage in accordance with the provisions of COBRA, provided that the Covered Executive timely executes all necessary COBRA election documentation and remains eligible for COBRA coverage. After the Covered Executive’s CIC Coverage Period, if the Covered Executive wishes to continue such COBRA coverage and is eligible therefor, the Covered Executive will be required to pay all requisite premiums for such continued coverage; and

(c) cause 100% of the outstanding and unvested equity awards held by the Covered Executive to immediately become fully exercisable and vested as of the Date of Termination (or the date of the Change in Control, if later); provided, that the performance conditions applicable to any stock-based awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied (if at all) in accordance with the terms set forth in the applicable award agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, the severance pay and benefits provided in this Section 7 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 6 and no Covered Executive shall be entitled to the severance pay and benefits under both Sections 6 and 7 hereof.

8. Additional Limitation.

(a) Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Covered Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, (i) if the Company has not consummated an Initial Public Offering, (A) the Aggregate Payments payable to such Covered Executive under this Plan shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Aggregate Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount (the “Reduction Amount”), and (b) the Company shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the shareholder approval requirements set forth in Q/A 7 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 with respect to such Reduction Amount, and if such requirements are satisfied then such Reduction Amount shall become payable hereunder as if subsection (A) above had not applied thereto, and (ii) if the Company has consummated an Initial Public Offering, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Covered Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Covered Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Covered Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in

 

6


time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c). For purposes of this Section, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Covered Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, less one dollar.

(b) For purposes of this Section 8, the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise, employment and social security taxes imposed on the Covered Executive as a result of the Covered Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Covered Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes and social security at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(c) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(a) shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Covered Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Covered Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Covered Executive.

9. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. As a condition to participating in the Plan, each Covered Executive shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (or similar agreement) entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company. If a Covered Executive has not entered into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or similar agreement with the Company, he or she shall enter into such agreement prior to participating in the Plan.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Plan shall be subject to any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

11. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Covered Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Covered Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Covered Executive becomes entitled to under this Plan would be considered deferred

 

7


compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Covered Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Covered Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) The parties intend that this Plan will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and that all amounts payable hereunder shall be exempt from the requirements of such section as a result of being “short term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code to the greatest extent possible. To the extent that any provision of this Plan is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Plan may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Plan constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Covered Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Covered Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Plan shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Covered Executive during the time periods set forth in this Plan. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Covered Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

8


12. Notice and Date of Termination.

(a) Notice of Termination. A termination of the Covered Executive’s employment shall be communicated by Notice of Termination from the Company to the Covered Executive or vice versa in accordance with this Section 12.

(b) Notice to Covered Executive or the Company. Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by email to a Covered Executive at the last physical or email address the Covered Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at the following physical or email address:

Poshmark, Inc. Attention: General Counsel

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, 8th Floor

Redwood City, CA 94065

Evan@poshmark.com

13. No Mitigation. The Covered Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Covered Executive by the Company under this Plan.

14. Benefits and Burdens. This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Covered Executives, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. In the event of a Covered Executives death after a termination of employment but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to him or her under this Plan, the Company shall continue such payments to the Covered Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his or her death (or to his or her estate, if the Covered Executive fails to make such designation).

15. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Plan shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Plan, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Non-Duplication of Benefits and Effect on Other Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the benefits provided hereunder shall be in lieu of any other severance payments and/or benefits provided by the Company, including any such payments and/or benefits pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Covered Executive.

 

9


18. No Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any Covered Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or shall affect the terms and conditions of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

19. Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time or from time to time, but no such action shall adversely affect the rights of any Covered Executive without the Covered Executive’s written consent.

20. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California.

21. Obligations of Successors(a) . In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Effectiveness. This Plan shall be effective as of [ __ ], 2021.

 

10


PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT EXHIBIT

 

11

Exhibit 10.7

FINAL

Poshmark, Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) of Poshmark, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries (“Outside Directors”). This Policy will become effective as of the effective time of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering of equity securities (the “Effective Date”). In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all Outside Directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:

I. Cash Retainers

(a) Annual Retainer for Board Membership: $30,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors. No additional compensation for attending individual Board meetings.

(b) Additional Annual Retainers for Committee Membership:

 

Audit Committee Chairperson:

   $ 20,000  

Audit Committee member:

   $ 10,000  

Compensation Committee Chairperson:

   $ 12,000  

Compensation Committee member:

   $ 6,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson:

   $ 8,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member:

   $ 4,000  

(c) Additional Retainer for Lead Director of the Board: $15,000 to acknowledge the additional responsibilities and time commitment of the Lead Director role.

II. Equity Retainers

All grants of equity retainer awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Value. For purposes of this Policy, “Value” means with respect to (i) any award of stock options the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted stock and restricted stock units the product of (A) the average closing market price on The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (or such other market on which the Company’s Class A common stock is then principally listed) of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock over the trailing 30-day period ending on the last day of the month immediately prior to the month of the grant date, and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.


(b) Revisions. Subject to approval from the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of awards to be granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject thereto, for awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.

(c) Sale Event Acceleration. In the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Company’s 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”)), the equity retainer awards granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy shall become 100% vested and exercisable.

(d) IPO Grant. Upon the Effective Date, each Outside Director serving as of such date shall receive a one-time restricted stock unit grant with a value of $87,500 (which shall be pro-rated based on the estimated number of calendar days to be served from the Effective Date until the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders if there is expected to be less than one year between the Effective Date and the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders) based on the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO RSU Grant”) and a one-time nonqualified stock option grant with a Value of $87,500 (which shall be pro-rated based on the estimated number of calendar days to be served from the Effective Date until the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders if there is expected to be less than one year between the Effective Date and the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders) (the “IPO Option Grant,” and collectively with the IPO RSU Grant, the “IPO Grants”), that vest in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.

(e) Initial Grant. For each Outside Director joining the Board of Directors after the Effective Date, upon initial election to the Board of Directors, each such new Outside Director will receive: (i) an initial, one-time restricted stock unit grant, with a Value of $175,000, and (ii) an initial, one-time nonqualified stock option grant with a Value of $175,000 (the “Initial Grants”). The Initial Grants shall vest in equal installments on the first, second, and third anniversary of the grant date; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.

(f) Annual Grant. On the date of the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders, each Outside Director who will continue as a member of the Board of Directors following such annual meeting of stockholders will receive on the date of such Annual Meeting: (i) a restricted stock unit grant with a Value of $87,500 and (ii) a nonqualified stock option grant with a Value of $87,500 (the “Annual Grants”). The Annual Grants shall vest in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.

 


(g) Deferral. Outside Directors may elect to defer equity retainer awards pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Program, the 2021 Plan, and this Policy.

III. Expenses

The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Outside Directors in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof.

Date Policy Approved: November 20, 2020

Exhibit 10.8

FINAL

RULES AND CONDITIONS

FOR THE POSHMARK, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PROGRAM

(THE “PROGRAM”)

The following rules and conditions have been adopted by the Board of Directors of Poshmark, Inc. (the “Company”) to govern the deferral of Restricted Stock Units by Non-Employee Directors pursuant to the Poshmark, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”) and the Poshmark, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Stock Plan.

1. Election to Defer the Restricted Stock Units. A Non-Employee Director may elect in advance to defer the receipt of the initial and/or annual grant of Restricted Stock Units made to such Non-Employee Director pursuant to the Policy under the Stock Plan (such grant, the “Equity Retainer”). To make such an election, except with respect to a newly elected or appointed Non-Employee Director, the Non-Employee Director must execute and deliver to the Company a deferral election form before the end of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the applicable Equity Retainer is scheduled to be earned and granted. A newly elected or appointed Non-Employee Director, may, upon (but no later than 30 days after) becoming a Non-Employee Director, file a deferral election with respect to the initial Equity Retainer and/or to annual Equity Retainers that are awarded subsequent to the election. An election shall remain in effect from year to year until revoked in writing by the Non-Employee Director, but any revocation shall become effective only with respect to Equity Retainers that are granted in calendar years beginning after receipt and acceptance by the Company of a written revocation. All elections (including revocation thereof) must be made during an open window period while the Non-Employee Director is not in possession of any material non-public information relating to the Company.

2. Deferred Account. Upon the vesting of any Equity Retainer awarded to any Non-Employee Director who has elected to defer his or her Equity Retainer(s) pursuant to this Program, any shares of Stock that would otherwise have been issued to the Non-Employee Director upon such vesting shall be converted to deferred stock units on a one-to-one basis and credited to the Non-Employee Director’s deferred account (“Account”).

3. Dividend Equivalent Amounts. If dividends (other than dividends payable only in shares of Stock) are paid with respect to Stock, each Account shall be credited with a number of whole and fractional stock units determined by multiplying the dividend value per share by the stock unit balance of the Account on the record date and dividing the result by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the dividend payment date.

4. Period of Deferral. The deferred stock units in each Account shall be deferred until, and the period of deferral shall cease upon, the earliest of (a) 30 days after a Non-Employee Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”), (b) the consummation of a Sale Event (as defined in the Stock Plan) so long as such Sale Event constitutes a “change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Change in Control”) or (c) 30 days after the date of a Non-Employee Director’s death.


5. Designation of Beneficiary. A Non-Employee Director may designate one or more beneficiaries to receive payments from his or her Account in the event of his or her death. A designation of beneficiary may apply to a specified percentage of a Non-Employee Director’s entire interest in his or her Account. Such designation, or any change therein, must be in writing and shall be effective upon receipt by the Company. If there is no effective designation of beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives the Non-Employee Director, the estate of the Non-Employee Director shall be deemed to be the beneficiary. All payments to a beneficiary or estate shall be made in a lump sum in shares of Stock, with any fractional share paid in cash.

6. Payment. All amounts credited to a Non-Employee Director’s Account shall be paid in shares of Stock to the Non-Employee Director, or his or her designated beneficiary (or beneficiaries) or estate, in a single lump sum as soon as practicable (but in no event later than 30 days) after the end of the first applicable period of deferral specified in Section 4 (above) occurs; provided, however, that fractional shares shall be paid in cash.

7. Adjustments. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or similar change in capitalization affecting the Stock, the Company shall make appropriate adjustments in the number of stock units credited to the Non-Employee Directors’ Accounts.

8. Non-transferability of Rights. During a Non-Employee Director’s lifetime, any payment under this Program shall be made only to the Non-Employee Director. No sum or other interest under this deferred compensation arrangement shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt by a Non-Employee Director or any beneficiary under this Program to do so shall be void. No interest under this deferred compensation arrangement shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of a Non-Employee Director or beneficiary entitled thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may make payments to an individual other than a Non-Employee Director to the extent required by a domestic relations order.

9. Company’s Obligations to Be Unfunded and Unsecured. The Accounts maintained under this Program shall at all times be entirely unfunded, and no provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of the Company (including Stock) for payment of any amounts hereunder. No Non-Employee Director or other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Company (including Stock) by reason of the right to receive payment under this Program, and any Non-Employee Director or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any rights under this Program.

10. Section 409A. This Program is intended to be a compliant deferred compensation plan under Section 409A and shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

2


11. Incorporation of Plan. This Program shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Plan and the Policy. Capitalized terms in this document shall have the meaning specified in the Stock Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

Adopted as of November 20, 2020

 

3

Exhibit 10.10

Office Lease

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

Between

HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

POSHMARK, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

as Tenant


OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (this “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1.1, is made by and between HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof: Exhibit A (Outline of Premises); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); Exhibit G ([Intentionally Omitted]); Exhibit H (Initial Location of Reserved Parking Spaces); Exhibit I (Approximate Location of Building Signage); Exhibit J (Outline of Potential Refusal Space); and Exhibit K (Outline of Potential Offering Space).

1 BASIC LEASE INFORMATION.

 

1.1  Date:

   August 9, 2018

1.2  Premises.

  

1.2.1  “Building”:

   203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California, commonly known as Towers @ Shores - 203 Redwood Shores.

1.2.2  “Premises”:

   Subject to Section 2.1.1, 50,327 rentable square feet of space consisting of (a) Suite 700 consisting of approximately 25,175 rentable square feet located on the seventh floor of the Building, and (b) Suite 800 consisting of approximately 25,152 rentable square feet located on the eighth floor of the Building, the outline and location of which are set forth in Exhibit A. If the Premises include any floor in its entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such floor shall be considered part of the Premises.

1.2.3  “Property”:

   The Building, the parcel(s) of land upon which it is located, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any parking facilities and other improvements serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land upon which such parking facilities and other improvements are located.

1.2.4  “Project”:

   The Property or, at Landlord’s discretion, any project containing the Property and any other land, buildings or other improvements.

1.3  Term

  

1.3.1  Term:

   The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall begin on the Commencement Date and expire on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein).

1.3.2  “Commencement Date”:

   The later of (i) March 1, 2019, or (ii) the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work (defined in Exhibit B) is Substantially Complete (defined in Exhibit B).

1.3.3  “Expiration Date”:

   The last day of the 63rd full calendar month beginning on the Commencement Date; provided, however, that if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the 63rd full calendar month beginning immediately after the Commencement Date.

 

1


1.4  “Base Rent”:

  

 

Period During

Term

   Annual Base Rent
Per Rentable
Square Foot
(rounded to the
nearest 100th of a
dollar)
     Monthly Base
Rent Per Rentable
Square Foot
(rounded to the
nearest 100th of a
dollar)
    

Monthly

Installment

of Base Rent

 

Commencement Date through last day of 12th full calendar month of Term

   $ 66.00      $ 5.50      $ 276,798.50  

13th through 24th full calendar months of Term

   $ 67.98      $ 5.67      $ 285,102.46  

25th through 36th full calendar months of Term

   $ 70.02      $ 5.83      $ 293,655.53  

37th through 48th full calendar months of Term

   $ 72.12      $ 6.01      $ 302,465.19  

49th through 60th full calendar months of Term

   $ 74.28      $ 6.19      $ 311,539.15  

61st full calendar month of Term through Expiration Date

   $ 76.51      $ 6.38      $ 320,885.32  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Base Rent shall be abated, in the amount of (a) $276,798.50 per month, for the first four (4) full calendar months of the Term, (b) $285,102.46 per month, for the thirteenth (13th), fourteenth (14th) and fifteenth (15th) full calendar months of the Term, and (c) $293,655.53 per month, for the twenty-fifth (25th) and twenty-sixth (26th) full calendar months of the Term; provided, however, that if a Default (defined in Section 19.1) exists when any such abatement would otherwise apply, such abatement shall be deferred until the date, if any, on which such Default is cured.

 

2


1.5  “Base Year” for Expenses:

   Calendar year 2019.

Base Year for Taxes:

   Calendar year 2019.

1.6  “Tenant’s Share”:

  

15.0462% (based upon a total of 334,483 rentable square feet in the Building), subject to Section 2.1.1.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, for purposes of the definition of Tenant’s Share, the second sentence of Section 2.1.1, and Sections 2.2 and 4, “Building” means, collectively, the Related Buildings (defined below), and “Property” means, collectively, the Related Buildings, the parcel(s) of land upon which the Related Buildings are located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the parking facilities and other improvements, if any, serving the Related Buildings and the parcels of land upon which such parking facilities and improvements are located. As used herein, “Related Buildings” means, collectively, the two (2) buildings located at 201 Redwood Shores Parkway and 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s option from time to time, any such building, other than the building(s) in which the Premises are located, may be removed from the Related Buildings (whether as a result of a sale or demolition of such building or otherwise) and any building owned by Landlord may be added to the Related Buildings (whether as a result of a purchase or development of such building or otherwise), in which event, effective as of the date of such removal or addition, Tenant’s Share, together with Expenses and Taxes for the Base Year, shall be recalculated accordingly.

1.7  “Permitted Use”:

   General office use consistent with a first-class office building.

1.8.   “Security Deposit”:

   $830,395.50.

Prepaid Base Rent:

   $276,798.50, as more particularly described in Section 3.

1.9  Parking:

  

One-hundred and sixty (160) unreserved parking spaces, at the rate of $0.00 per space per month.

 

Eight (8) reserved parking spaces (“Reserved Spaces”), at the rate of $0.00 per space per month. Subject to Section 24, the initial location for the Reserved Spaces is shown on Exhibit H attached hereto. Landlord shall install Building-standard signage (or signage otherwise acceptable to Landlord) designating Tenant’s reserved parking spaces, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days after demand for any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord to manufacture, install, maintain and, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, remove such signage.

1.10  Address of Tenant:

  

Before the Commencement Date:

 

POSHMARK, INC.

101 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood City, CA 94065

 

From and after the Commencement Date: the Premises.

 

3


1.11  Address of Landlord:

  

Hudson Towers at Shore Center

c/o Hudson Pacific Properties

950 Tower Lane, Suite 1800

Foster City, California 94404

Attn: Building manager

 

with copies to:

 

Hudson Towers at Shore Center

c/o Hudson Pacific Properties

950 Tower Lane, Suite 1800

Foster City, California 94404

Attn: Managing Counsel

 

and:

 

Hudson Towers at Shore Center

c/o Hudson Pacific Properties

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 900

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attn: Lease Administration

1.12  Broker(s):

   S5 Advisors (“Tenant’s Broker”), representing Tenant, and Newmark Cornish & Carey (“Landlord’s Broker”), representing Landlord.

1.13  Building HVAC Hours and Holidays:

   Building HVAC Hours” mean 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding the day of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any other locally or nationally recognized holiday that is observed by other Comparable Buildings (defined in Section 25.10) (collectively, “Holidays”).

1.14  “Tenant Improvements”:

   Defined in Exhibit B, if any.

1.15  “Guarantor”:

   As of the date of this Lease, there is no Guarantor.

2 PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS.

2.1 The Premises.

2.1.1 Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the rentable square footage of the Premises is as set forth in Section 1.2.2 and the rentable square footage of the Building is as set forth in Section 1.6. At any time Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C, as a confirmation of the information set forth therein. Tenant shall execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) such notice within ten (10) business days after receiving it, and if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

2.1.2 Except as expressly provided herein, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in their configuration and condition existing on the date hereof (or in such other configuration and condition as any existing tenant of the Premises may cause to exist in accordance with its lease), without any obligation of Landlord to perform or pay for any alterations to the Premises, and without any representation or warranty regarding the configuration or condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or their suitability for Tenant’s business.

2.2 Common Areas. Tenant may use, in common with Landlord and other parties and subject to the Rules and Regulations (defined in Exhibit D), any portions of the Property that are designated from time to time by Landlord for such use (the “Common Areas”).

3 RENT. Tenant shall pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent (defined below) (collectively, “Rent”) to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, without prior notice or demand or any setoff or deduction, at the place Landlord may designate from time to time, in money of the United States of America that, at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of all obligations. As used herein, “Additional Rent” means all amounts, other than Base Rent, that Tenant is required to pay Landlord hereunder. Monthly payments of

 

4


Base Rent and monthly payments of Additional Rent for Expenses (defined in Section 4.2.2), Taxes (defined in Section 4.2.3) and parking (collectively, “Monthly Rent”) shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent is payable hereunder shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other items of Additional Rent shall be paid within 30 days after Landlord’s request for payment. Rent for any partial calendar month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month. Without limiting Landlord’s other rights or remedies, (a) if any installment of Rent is not received by Landlord or its designee within five (5) business days after its due date, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of the overdue amount (provided, however, that such late charge shall not apply to any such delinquency unless either (i) such delinquency is not cured within five (5) business days after notice from Landlord, or (ii) Tenant previously received notice from Landlord of a delinquency that occurred earlier in the same calendar year); and (b) any Rent that is not paid within 10 days after its due date shall bear interest, from its due date until paid, at the lesser of 10% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law (defined in Section 5). Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant herein.

4 EXPENSES AND TAXES.

4.1 General Terms. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with Section 4.4, for each Expense Year (defined in Section 4.2.1), an amount equal to the sum of (a) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “Expense Excess”) by which Expenses for such Expense Year exceed Expenses for the Base Year, plus (b) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “Tax Excess”) by which Taxes for such Expense Year exceed Taxes for the Base Year. No decrease in Expenses or Taxes for any Expense Year below the corresponding amount for the Base Year shall entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against amounts due hereunder. Tenant’s Share of the Expense Excess and Tenant’s Share of the Tax Excess for any partial Expense Year shall be prorated based on the number of days in such Expense Year.

4.2 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

4.2.1 “Expense Year” means each calendar year (other than the Base Year and any preceding calendar year) in which any portion of the Term occurs.

4.2.2 “Expenses” means all expenses, costs and amounts that Landlord pays or accrues during the Base Year or any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Property. Landlord shall act in a reasonable manner in incurring Expenses. Expenses shall include (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm-drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, the cost of contesting any Laws that may affect Expenses, and the costs of complying with any governmentally-mandated transportation-management or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance premiums and deductibles (subject to clause (j) of the following paragraph); (iv) the cost of landscaping and relamping; (v) the cost of parking-area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) a management fee in the amount (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager and which fee is hereby acknowledged to be reasonable) equal to 3% of gross annual receipts from the Property (excluding the management fee), together with other fees and costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (vii) the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation, expenses and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Property, and costs of training, uniforms, and employee enrichment for such persons; (ix) the costs of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment (and components thereof) of the Property, subject to (xii) below; (x) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xi) rental or acquisition costs of supplies, tools, equipment, materials and personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Property; (xii) the cost of capital improvements or any other items that are (A) reasonably intended to reduce current or future Expenses, or enhance the safety or security of the Property or its occupants, (B) replacements or modifications of the nonstructural portions of the Base Building (defined in Section 5) or Common Areas that are required to keep the Base Building or Common Areas in good condition, or (C) required under any Law (except to the extent that such Law was in effect and required the installation of such capital improvements or other items before the date hereof); (xiii) [intentionally omitted]; and (xiv) payments under any existing or future reciprocal easement agreement, transportation management agreement, cost-sharing agreement or other covenant, condition, restriction or similar instrument affecting the Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Expenses shall not include: (a) capital expenditures not described in clauses (xi) or (xii) above (in addition, any capital expenditure shall be included in Expenses only if paid or accrued after the Base Year and shall be amortized (including actual or imputed interest on the amortized cost at Landlord’s cost of funds) over the lesser of (i) the useful life of the item purchased through such capital expenditure, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or (ii) the period of time that

 

5


Landlord reasonably estimates will be required for any Expense savings resulting from such capital expenditure to equal such capital expenditure; provided, however, that any capital expenditure that is included in Expenses solely on the grounds that it is intended to reduce current or future Expenses shall be so amortized over the period of time described in the preceding clause (ii)); (b) depreciation; (c) principal payments of mortgage or other non-operating debts of Landlord; (d) costs of repairs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; (e) costs of leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; (f) costs of selling, financing or refinancing the Building; (g) fines, penalties or interest resulting from late payment of Taxes or Expenses; (h) organizational expenses of creating or operating the entity that constitutes Landlord; (i) damages paid to Tenant hereunder or to other tenants of the Building under their respective leases; or (j) insurance deductibles other than (i) earthquake insurance deductibles up to 5.0% of the total insurable value of the Property per occurrence (provided, however, that, any earthquake insurance deductible shall be amortized by Landlord over 10 years), and (ii) any other insurance deductibles up to $100,000.00 per occurrence.

If, in any Expense Year, Landlord incurs premiums for earthquake insurance for a period of time that is longer or shorter than that, if any, for which Landlord incurred premiums for substantially the same type of insurance during the Base Year, then, for purposes of determining the Expense Excess for such Expense Year, Expenses for the Base Year shall be increased or decreased, as appropriate, so that the total amount of Expenses for the Base Year is equal to what it would have been if Landlord had incurred such premiums for exactly the same period of time during the Base Year as Landlord incurred them during such Expense Year (and all other components of Expenses for the Base Year had remained the same). For purposes of the preceding sentence, time periods shall be measured in days in a 365-day year, and the shortest possible “period of time” shall be zero (0) days. This paragraph shall not apply to any insurance deductible.

If, during any portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, the Building is not 100% occupied (or a service provided by Landlord to Tenant is not provided by Landlord to a tenant that provides such service itself, or any tenant of the Building is entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like), Expenses for such year shall be determined as if the Building had been 100% occupied (and all services provided by Landlord to Tenant had been provided by Landlord to all tenants, and no tenant of the Building had been entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like) during such portion of such year. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Expenses for the Base Year shall exclude any market-wide cost increases resulting from extraordinary circumstances, including Force Majeure (defined in Section 25.2), boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Controllable Expenses (defined below) shall not increase after the Base Year by more than 7% per calendar year, as determined on a compounding and cumulative basis. By way of example and not of limitation, if Controllable Expenses for the Base Year are $10.00 per rentable square foot, then Controllable Expenses for the first calendar year after the Base Year shall not exceed $10.70 per rentable square foot; Controllable Expenses for the second calendar year after the Base Year shall not exceed $11.45 per rentable square foot; and so on. As used herein, “Controllable Expenses” means all Expenses other than (i) costs of utilities, (ii) insurance premiums and deductibles, (iii) capital expenditures. For purposes of determining Controllable Expenses, any management fee shall be calculated without regard to any free rent, abated rent, or the like.

4.2.3 “Taxes” means all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during the Base Year or any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property. Taxes shall include (a) real estate taxes; (b) general and special assessments; (c) transit taxes; (d) leasehold taxes; (e) personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Property; (f) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other receipts from any portion of the Property or as against the business of leasing any portion of the Property; (g) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge imposed by any governmental agency, or by any non-governmental entity pursuant to any private cost-sharing agreement, in order to fund the provision or enhancement of any fire-protection, street-, sidewalk- or road-maintenance, refuse-removal or other service that is (or, before the enactment of Proposition 13, was) normally provided by governmental agencies to property owners or occupants without charge (other than through real property taxes); and (h) payments in lieu of taxes under any tax increment financing agreement, abatement agreement, agreement to construct improvements, or other agreement with any governmental body or agency or taxing authority. Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes for the year in which they are incurred. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Taxes shall be determined without regard to any “green building” credit and shall exclude (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, transfer taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent (x) applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents or receipts attributable to operations at the Property), or (y) measured solely by the square footage, rent, fees, services, tenant allowances or similar amounts, rights or obligations described or provided in or under any particular lease, license or similar agreement or transaction at the Building; (ii) any Expenses, and (iii) any items required to be paid or reimbursed by Tenant under Section 4.5.

 

6


4.3 Allocation. Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may equitably allocate Expenses among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Property. If Landlord incurs Expenses or Taxes for the Property together with another property, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall equitably allocate such shared amounts between the Property and such other property.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Expense Excess and Tax Excess.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Expenses and Taxes; Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant, after the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the actual Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess and Tax Excess for such Expense Year. If the amount paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.4.2 is less or more than the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Statement), Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after delivery of such Statement. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver the Statement for any Expense Year shall not diminish either party’s rights under this Section 4.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Expenses and Taxes. Landlord shall give to Tenant, for each Expense Year, a statement (the “Estimate Statement”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimates of the Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess (the “Estimated Expense Excess”) and Tax Excess (the “Estimated Tax Excess”) for such Expense Year. Upon receiving an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Estimate Statement), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Expense Year (including the month of such payment) and the denominator of which is 12, over (b) any amount previously paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to this Section 4.4.2. Until Landlord delivers a new Estimate Statement (which Landlord may do at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess, as such amounts are set forth in the previous Estimate Statement. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver any Estimate Statement shall not diminish Landlord’s rights to receive payments and revise any previous Estimate Statement under this Section 4.

4.4.3 Retroactive Adjustment of Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, after Landlord’s delivery of any Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Expense Year or for the Base Year (whether by reason of reassessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Expense Year or the Base Year, as the case may be, and the Tax Excess for such Expense Year shall be retroactively adjusted. If, as a result of such adjustment, it is determined that Tenant has under- or overpaid Tenant’s Share of such Tax Excess, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after such adjustment is made.

4.5 Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant, promptly upon demand, shall pay (or if paid by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for) each of the following to the extent levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property: (a) any tax based upon or measured by (i) the cost or value of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, furniture or other personal property, or (ii) the cost or value of the Leasehold Improvements (defined in Section 7.1) to the extent such cost or value exceeds that of a Building-standard build-out, as determined by Landlord; (b) any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax, value added tax, use tax, business tax, gross income tax, gross receipts tax, or other tax, assessment, fee, levy or charge measured solely by the square footage, Rent, services, tenant allowances or similar amounts, rights or obligations described or provided in or under this Lease; (c) any tax assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Property; and (d) any tax assessed on this transaction or on any document to which Tenant is a party that creates an interest or estate in the Premises.

 

7


4.6 Books and Records. Within 90 days after receiving any Statement (the “Review Notice Period”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“Review Notice”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Expense Excess and/or Tax Excess for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within 90 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “Objection Period”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an “Objection Notice”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. Tenant may not deliver more than one Review Notice or more than one Objection Notice with respect to any Statement. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to deliver or make available to Tenant records relating to the Base Year, and Tenant may not object to Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, other than in connection with the first review for an Expense Year performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State of California with experience reviewing books and records kept for Comparable Buildings and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review. The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s Auditors”). Before making any records available for review, Landlord may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, the Objection Period shall be reduced by one day for each day by which such execution and delivery follows the expiration of such 30-day period. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant may not examine Landlord’s records or dispute any Statement if any Rent remains unpaid past its due date. If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess is less or more than the amount reported, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, against or with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within 30 days after such determination.

5 USE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Tenant shall not (a) use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, or (b) do anything in or about the Premises that violates any of the Rules and Regulations, damages the reputation of the Project, interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Project, or constitutes a nuisance. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws relating to (i) the operation of its business at the Project, (ii) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises, (iii) any Supplemental Systems (defined below) serving the Premises, whether located inside or outside of the Premises, or (iv) the portions of Base Building Systems (defined below) located in the Premises.; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to require Tenant to make any change to any Common Area or the Base Building (other than portions of Base Building Systems located in the Premises). If, in order to comply with any such Law, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it. Subject to Exhibit B, if a change to any Common Area or the Base Building (other than any portion of a Base Building System located in the Premises) becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a result of any Tenant-Requested Improvement (defined below) that is not of a type customarily required for general office use, any trade fixture that is not of a type customarily required for general office use or because any use of the Premises that is not general office use, then Tenant, upon demand, shall (x) at Landlord’s option, either make such change at Tenant’s cost or pay Landlord the cost of making such change, and (y) pay Landlord a coordination fee equal to 3% of the cost of such change. As used herein, “Law” means any existing or future law, ordinance, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project or the parties. As used herein, “Supplemental System” means any Unit (defined in Section 25.5), supplemental fire-suppression system, kitchen (including any hot water heater, dishwasher, garbage disposal, insta-hot dispenser, or plumbing), shower or similar facility, or any other system that would not customarily be considered part of the base building of a first-class multi-tenant office building. As used herein, “Base Building System” means any mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing or fire/life-safety system serving the Building, other than a Supplemental System. As used herein, “Base Building” means the structural portions of the Building, together with the Base Building Systems. As used herein, “Tenant-Requested Improvement” means any Leasehold Improvements (defined in Section 7.1 below) installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, whether pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any prior lease or other agreement to which Tenant was a party.

5.2 Landlord, at its expense (subject to Section 4), shall cause the Base Building and the Common Areas to comply with all Laws (including the Americans with Disabilities Act) to the extent that such compliance is necessary for Tenant to use the Premises for general office use in a normal and customary manner and for Tenant’s employees and visitors to have reasonably safe access to and from the

 

8


Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause or pay for such compliance to the extent that Tenant is required to cause or pay for such compliance under Section 5.1 or 7.3 or any other provision hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may contest any alleged violation in good faith, including by applying for and obtaining a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by Law, and appealing any order or judgment to the extent permitted by Law; provided, however, that after exhausting any rights to contest or appeal, Landlord shall perform any work necessary to comply with any final order or judgment.

6 SERVICES.

6.1 Standard Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below): (a) subject to limitations imposed by Law, customary heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) in season during Building HVAC Hours, stubbed to the Premises; (b) electricity supplied by the applicable public utility, stubbed to the Premises; (c) water supplied by the applicable public utility (i) for use in lavatories and any drinking facilities located in Common Areas within the Building, and (ii) stubbed to the Building core for use in any plumbing fixtures located in the Premises; (d) janitorial services to the Premises, except on weekends and Holidays; (e) elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord, and payment of Landlord’s standard usage fee, for any freight service); and (f) access to the Building for Tenant and its employees, 24 hours per day/7 days per week, subject to the terms hereof and such security or monitoring systems as Landlord may reasonably impose, including sign-in procedures and/or presentation of identification cards.

6.2 Above-Standard Use. Landlord shall provide HVAC service outside Building HVAC Hours if Tenant gives Landlord such prior notice and pays Landlord such hourly cost per zone as Landlord may require. The parties acknowledge that, as of the date hereof, Landlord’s charge for HVAC service outside Building HVAC Hours is $80.00 per hour per zone, subject to change from time to time. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use equipment that may affect the temperature maintained by the air conditioning system or consume above-Building-standard amounts of any water furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1. If Tenant’s consumption of electricity or water exceeds the rate Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, including any costs of installing, operating and maintaining any equipment that is installed in order to supply or measure such excess electricity or water. The connected electrical load of Tenant’s incidental-use equipment shall not exceed the Building-standard electrical design load, and Tenant’s electrical usage shall not exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.

6.3 Interruption. Subject to Section 11, any failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, or diminution in the quality or quantity of any service resulting from any application of Law, failure of equipment, performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruption, or event of Force Majeure (each, a “Service Interruption”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than five (5) consecutive business days after notice from Tenant to Landlord by a Service Interruption that (a) does not result from a Casualty (defined in Section 11), a Taking (defined in Section 13) or an Act of Tenant (defined in Section 10.1), and (b) can be corrected through Landlord’s reasonable efforts, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Monthly Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day immediately following such 5-business-day period and ending on the day such Service Interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises made untenantable or inaccessible and not occupied by Tenant.

7 REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.

7.1 Repairs. Subject to Section 11, Tenant, at its expense, shall perform all maintenance and repairs (including replacements) to the Premises, and keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as existed when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Tenant’s maintenance and repair obligations shall include (a) all leasehold improvements in the Premises, including any Tenant Improvements, any Alterations (defined in Section 7.2), and any leasehold improvements installed pursuant to any prior lease (the “Leasehold Improvements”), but excluding the Base Building; (b) any Supplemental Systems serving the Premises, whether located inside or outside of the Premises; and (c) all Lines (defined in Section 23) and trade fixtures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default (defined in Section 19.1) or an emergency exists, Landlord may, at its option, perform such maintenance and repairs on Tenant’s behalf, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such work plus a coordination fee equal to 3% of such cost. Landlord shall perform all maintenance and repairs to (i) the roof and exterior walls and windows of the Building, (ii) the Base Building, and (iii) the Common Areas.

7.2 Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvement, alteration, addition or change to the Premises or to any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facility or other system serving the Premises (an “Alteration”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than 15 days before commencement of work and shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord.

 

9


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required for any Alteration that is decorative only (e.g., carpet installation or painting) and not visible from outside the Premises, provided that Landlord receives 10 business days’ prior notice. For any Alteration, (a) Tenant, before beginning work, shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, plans and specifications; (b) for Alterations that cost more than $125,000, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may require Tenant to obtain security for performance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (c) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord), completion affidavits, full and final lien waivers, and all governmental approvals; and (d) Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand (i) Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in reviewing the work, and (ii) a coordination fee equal to 3% of the cost of the work; provided, however, that clauses (b) and (d) shall not apply to any Tenant Improvements.

7.3 Tenant Work. Before beginning any repair or Alteration or any work affecting Lines (collectively, “Tenant Work”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) names of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers and materialmen; (b) evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance in amounts and coverages as Landlord may reasonably require; and (c) any required governmental permits. Tenant shall perform all Tenant Work (i) in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord; (ii) in compliance with any approved plans and specifications, all Laws, the National Electric Code, and Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; and (iii) in a manner that does not impair the Base Building. If, as a result of any Tenant Work, Landlord becomes required under Law to perform any inspection, give any notice, or cause such Tenant Work to be performed in any particular manner, Tenant shall comply with such requirement and promptly provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of such compliance. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Section 7.3. In performing any Tenant Work, Tenant shall not use contractors, services, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project.

8 LANDLORDS PROPERTY. All Leasehold Improvements shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Tenant-Requested Improvements (other than any Unit, which shall be governed by Section 25.5) are not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, customary and typical general office improvements (for example, internal staircases, rolling file systems, showers, vaults, non-Building standard finishes, etc.) then before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, at Tenant’s expense, and except as otherwise notified by Landlord, remove such Tenant-Requested Improvements (other than the Excluded Items (defined below)), repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building, and restore the affected portion of the Premises to its configuration and condition existing before the installation of such Tenant-Requested Improvements (or, at Landlord’s election, to a Building-standard tenant-improved configuration and condition as determined by Landlord). If Tenant fails to timely perform any work required under the preceding sentence, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. If, when it requests Landlord’s approval of any Tenant Improvements or Alterations, Tenant specifically requests that Landlord identify any such Tenant Improvements or Alterations that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are not customary and typical general office improvements, Landlord shall do so when it provides such approval.

9 LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Project free from any lien arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligation incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall remove any such lien within 10 business days after notice from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, without limiting its remedies, may pay the amount necessary to cause such removal, whether or not such lien is valid. The amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand.

10 INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.

10.1 Waiver and Indemnification. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord, its Security Holders (defined in Section 17), Landlord’s managing agent(s), their (direct or indirect) owners, and the beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (including Landlord, the “Landlord Parties”) for (i) any damage to person or property (or resulting from the loss of use thereof), except to the extent such damage is caused by any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Landlord Party, or (ii) any failure to prevent or control any criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party or to apprehend any third party who has engaged in such conduct. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (each, a “Claim”) that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Premises, or (b) any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by Tenant, any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, their (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees (each, an “Act of Tenant”), except to the extent such Claim arises from any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Landlord Party. Landlord shall

 

10


indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Tenant, its (direct or indirect) owners, and their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents (including Tenant, the “Tenant Parties”) harmless from any Claim that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Landlord Party, except to the extent such Claim arises from any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Tenant Party.

10.2 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:

10.2.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) applicable to this location, including products liability coverage if applicable, blanket contractual coverage including written contracts, and personal and bodily injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in this Lease.

10.2.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all improvements in the Premises (“Tenant-Insured Improvements”) and (ii) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property in the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant. Such insurance shall be written on a special cause of loss or all risk form for physical loss or damage, for the full replacement cost value (subject to deductible amounts not exceeding $10,000.00) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril, including vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion (and providing business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient to cover a period of interruption of not less than twelve (12) months).

10.2.3 Workers’ Compensation statutory limits and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000.

10.3 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability. Such insurance shall be issued by an insurance company that has an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII. Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall (a) name the Landlord Parties and any other party designated by Landlord (“Additional Insured Parties”) as additional insureds; and (b) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and non-contributing with Tenant’s insurance. Landlord shall be designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Commencement Date and at least 15 days before the expiration dates thereof, certificates from Tenant’s insurance company on the forms currently designated “ACORD 25” (Certificate of Liability Insurance) and “ACORD 28” (Evidence of Commercial Property Insurance) or the equivalent. Attached to the ACORD 25 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement (or an excerpt from the policy) naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds, and attached to the ACORD 28 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement (or an excerpt from the policy) designating Landlord as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and each such endorsement (or policy excerpt) shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with certificates of coverage in a timely manner, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the rate that is at the lesser of 10% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket/umbrella policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket/umbrella policies expressly afford coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.

10.4 Subrogation. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary (but subject to the provisions set forth in Section 11 below as well as the provisions set forth in Sections 4 and 8 of Exhibit D hereto) each party waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier to waive, any right of recovery against the other party, any of its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees or agents for any loss of or damage to property which loss or damage is (or, if the insurance required hereunder had been carried, would have been) covered by the waiving party’s property insurance. For purposes of this Section 10.4 only, (a) any deductible with respect to a party’s insurance shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by such party under, valid and collectable policies of insurance, and (b) any contractor retained by Landlord to install, maintain or monitor a fire or security alarm for the Building shall be deemed an agent of Landlord.

 

11


10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall maintain such increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Section 10, and such other types and amounts of insurance covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but not in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of Comparable Buildings. Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase Landlord’s insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in Landlord’s premiums for insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with the requirements of Landlord’s insurance providers applicable to the Premises including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

10.6 Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall, as a cost to be included in Expenses, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation thereof, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage, and special extended coverage on the building. Additionally, Landlord may carry: (i) commercial general liability and umbrella/excess liability insurance and (ii) earthquake and/or flood damage insurance; and (iii) rental income insurance; and (iv) any other forms of insurance Landlord may deem appropriate or any lender may require. The costs of all insurance carried by Landlord shall be included in Expenses subject to Section 4.2.2.

11 CASUALTY DAMAGE. With reasonable promptness after discovering any damage to the Premises (other than trade fixtures), or to any Common Area or portion of the Base Building necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises, resulting from any fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to substantially complete repair of such damage (the “Landlord Repairs”). If, according to such estimate, the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 365 days after the date of the Casualty, either party may terminate this Lease upon 60 days’ notice to the other party delivered within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery of such estimate. Within 90 days after discovering any damage to the Project resulting from any Casualty, Landlord may, whether or not the Premises are affected, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant if (i) any Security Holder terminates any ground lease or requires that any insurance proceeds be used to pay any mortgage debt; (ii) any damage to Landlord’s property is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies, plus applicable deductibles (other than earthquake deductibles); (iii) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that it or they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last 12 months of the Term. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (a) there is less than one (1) year of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; (b) the Casualty was not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors; (c) Landlord’s estimate indicates that the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 60 days after the date of the Casualty; and (d) Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of its intent to terminate within 30 days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of the estimate of the time required to substantially complete the Landlord Repairs. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 11, Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other events of Force Majeure. The Landlord Repairs shall restore the Premises (other than trade fixtures) and any Common Area or portion of the Base Building necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Casualty occurred, except for (a) any modifications required by Law or any Security Holder, and (b) any modifications to the Common Areas that are deemed desirable by Landlord, are consistent with the character of the Project, and do not materially impair access to or tenantability of the Premises. Notwithstanding Section 10.4, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or its designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.2 with respect to any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and if the estimated or actual cost of restoring any Tenant-Insured Improvements exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s demand. No Casualty and no restoration performed as required hereunder shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder; provided, however, that if the Premises (other than trade fixtures) or any Common Area or portion of the Base Building necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, then, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is inaccessible or untenantable and is not occupied by Tenant, Monthly Rent shall be abated in proportion to the rentable square footage of such portion of the Premises.

12 NONWAIVER. No provision hereof shall be deemed waived by either party unless it is waived by such party expressly and in writing, and no waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of any provision hereof, other than Tenant’s failure to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of such acceptance. No acceptance of payment of an amount less than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount of Rent due,

 

12


whether or not any endorsement or statement accompanying such payment purports to effect an accord and satisfaction. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the giving of any notice, the commencement of any suit, the issuance of any final judgment, or the termination hereof shall affect such notice, suit or judgment, or reinstate or extend the Term or Tenant’s right of possession hereunder.

13 CONDEMNATION. If any part of the Premises, Building or Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use by power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”) for more than 180 consecutive days, Landlord may terminate this Lease. If more than 25% of the rentable square footage of the Premises, or any Common Area or portion of the Base Building necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises, is Taken for more than 180 consecutive days, Tenant may terminate this Lease. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession must be surrendered to the authority, and the terminating party shall provide termination notice to the other party within 45 days after receiving written notice of such surrender date. Except as provided above in this Section 13, neither party may terminate this Lease as a result of a Taking. Tenant shall not assert, and hereby assigns to Landlord, any claim it may have for compensation because of any Taking; provided, however, that Tenant may file a separate claim for any Taking of Tenant’s personal property or any trade fixtures that Tenant is entitled to remove upon the expiration hereof, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Security Holder and is payable separately to Tenant. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 13, all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not so terminated, Monthly Rent shall be abated for the period of such Taking in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises, if any, that is subject to, or rendered inaccessible or untenantable by, such Taking and not occupied by Tenant.

14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other transfer hereof or any interest hereunder by operation of law, enter into any sublease or license agreement, otherwise permit the occupancy or use of any part of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors, or permit a Change of Control (defined in Section 14.6) to occur (each, a “Transfer”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) notice of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including its proposed effective date (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), a calculation of the Transfer Premium (defined in Section 14.3), and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (ii) current financial statements of the proposed transferee (or, in the case of a Change of Control, of the proposed new controlling party(ies)) certified by an officer or owner thereof and any other information reasonably required by Landlord in order to evaluate the proposed Transfer (collectively, the “Transfer Notice”). Within 15 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of (a) its consent to the proposed Transfer, (b) its refusal to consent to the proposed Transfer, or (c) its exercise of its rights under Section 14.4. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of $1,500.00 for Landlord’s review of any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to it.

14.2 Landlords Consent. Subject to Section 14.4, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer. Without limiting other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer if:

14.2.1 The proposed transferee is not a party of reasonable financial strength in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date the Transfer Notice is received; or

14.2.2 The proposed transferee has a character or reputation or is engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project; or

14.2.3 The proposed transferee is a governmental entity or a nonprofit organization; or

14.2.4 [Intentionally Omitted]; or

14.2.5 [Intentionally Omitted]; or

14.2.6 The use to be made of the Contemplated Transfer Space is a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease or a use which conflicts with any applicable so-called “exclusive” then in favor of another tenant of the Building or Project.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) if Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to this Section 14.2 but Tenant does not enter into such Transfer within six (6) months thereafter, such consent shall no longer apply and such Transfer shall not be permitted unless Tenant again obtains Landlord’s consent thereto pursuant and subject to the terms of this Section 14; and (b) if Landlord withholds its consent in breach of this Section 14.2, Tenant’s sole remedies shall be contract damages (subject to Section 20) or specific performance, and Tenant waives all other remedies, including any right to terminate this Lease.

 

13


14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer (other than a Change of Control), Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 50% of any Transfer Premium (defined below). As used herein, “Transfer Premium” means (a) in the case of an assignment, any consideration (including payment for Leasehold Improvements) paid by the assignee for such assignment, less any reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such assignment, including brokerage fees, legal fees, and Landlord’s review fee, and (b) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, the amount by which all rent and other consideration paid by the transferee to Tenant pursuant to such agreement (less all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such agreement, including brokerage fees, legal fees, construction costs and Landlord’s review fee) exceeds the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant hereunder with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space. Payment of Landlord’s share of the Transfer Premium shall be made (x) in the case of an assignment, within 10 days after Tenant receives the consideration described above, and (y) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, within five (5) business days after Tenant receives the rent and other consideration described above.

14.4 Landlords Right to Recapture. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, except in the case of a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 14.8), Landlord, by notifying Tenant within 15 days after receiving any Notice of Intent to Transfer (defined below), may terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. As used herein, “Notice of Intent to Transfer” means any Transfer Notice or other notice from Tenant informing Landlord that Tenant intends to enter into a Transfer with respect to a particular Contemplated Transfer Space as of a particular Contemplated Effective Date (whether or not Tenant has already negotiated the terms of such Transfer with a third party); provided, however, that if Landlord receives a Notice of Intent to Transfer for a particular Contemplated Transfer Space and a particular Contemplated Effective Date, then no subsequent notice (including any Transfer Notice) that is given within the next 180 days and specifies the same Contemplated Transfer Space and the same Contemplated Effective Date shall be deemed a Notice of Intent to Transfer. If the Contemplated Transfer Space is less than the entire Premises, then Base Rent, Tenant’s Share, and the number of parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under Section 1.9 shall be deemed adjusted on the basis of the percentage of the rentable square footage of the portion of the Premises retained by Tenant. Upon request of either party, the parties shall execute a written agreement prepared by Landlord memorializing such termination.

14.5 Effect of Consent. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) such consent shall not be deemed a consent to any further Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, a complete statement, certified by an independent CPA or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium. In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. No Transfer, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor hereof from any liability hereunder. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall not enter into, or permit any party claiming by, through or under Tenant to enter into, any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement that provides for payment based in whole or in part on the net income or profit of the subtenant, licensee or other occupant thereunder.

14.6 Change of Control. As used herein, “Change of Control” means (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of more than 50% of its equity owners within a 12-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (defined below) in Tenant by one or more parties that neither owned, nor are Affiliates (defined below) of one or more parties that owned, a Controlling Interest in Tenant immediately before such transaction(s). As used herein, “Controlling Interest” means control over an entity, other than control arising from the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange. As used herein, “control” means the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. As used herein, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any party, a person or entity that controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by such party.

14.7 Effect of Default. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord is irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee under any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations hereunder) until such Default is cured. Such transferee shall rely upon any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in Default, whether or not confirmed by Tenant.

14.8 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.1, permit a Change of Control to occur or assign this Lease to (a) an Affiliate of Tenant (other than pursuant to a merger or consolidation),

 

14


(b) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation, or (c) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that (i) at least 10 business days before the Transfer (provided that if such pre-Transfer notice and delivery are prohibited by a confidentiality agreement or by Law, then within 10 business days after the Transfer), Tenant notifies Landlord of the Transfer and delivers to Landlord any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord relating thereto, including reasonable documentation that the Transfer satisfies the requirements of this Section 14.8; (ii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (a) or (c) above, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, at least 10 business days before the assignment (provided that if such pre-assignment execution and delivery are prohibited by a confidentiality agreement or by Law, then within 10 business days after the assignment), a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (iii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (b) above, (A) the successor entity has a net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding intellectual property and any other intangible assets (“Net Worth”)) immediately after the Transfer that is not less than Tenant’s Net Worth immediately before the Transfer, and (B) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 50% of its equity owners existing 12 months before the Transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity; (iv) except in the case of a Change of Control, the transferee is qualified to conduct business in the State of California; (v) in the case of a Change of Control, (A) Tenant is not a closely held professional service firm and (B) Tenant’s Net Worth immediately after the Change of Control is not less than its Net Worth immediately before the Change of Control; and (vi) the Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Section 14.

15 SURRENDER. Upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, and subject to Sections 8 and 11 and this Section 15, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good condition and repair as existed when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Before such expiration or termination, Tenant, without expense to Landlord, shall (a) remove from the Premises all debris and rubbish and all furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, Lines, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property that are owned or placed in the Premises by Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant (except for any Lines not required to be removed under Section 23), and (b) repair all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. If Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense (including storage costs). If Tenant fails to remove such property from the Premises, or from storage, within 30 days after notice from Landlord, any part of such property shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, either (x) conveyed to Landlord without compensation, or (y) abandoned.

16 HOLDOVER. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant’s tenancy shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance only, for the entire Premises, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent (on a per-month basis without reduction for any partial month) at a rate equal to 150% of the Base Rent and 100% of Expense Excess and Tax Excess applicable during the last calendar month of the Term. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit Landlord’s rights or remedies or be deemed a consent to any holdover. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to, or perform improvements for, a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable for all resulting damages, including lost profits, incurred by Landlord.

17 SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIALS. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all existing and future ground or underlying leases, mortgages, trust deeds and other encumbrances against the Building or Project, all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (each, a “Security Agreement”), and all advances made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless in each case the holder of such Security Agreement (each, a “Security Holder”) requires in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Upon any termination or foreclosure (or any delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure) of any Security Agreement, Tenant, upon request, shall attorn, without deduction or set-off, to the Security Holder or purchaser or any successor thereto and shall recognize such party as the lessor hereunder provided that such party agrees not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy so long as Tenant timely pays the Rent and otherwise performs its obligations hereunder. Within 10 business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such further instruments as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Security Agreement. Tenant waives any right it may have under Law to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder upon a foreclosure. Within 10 business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as Landlord may reasonably designate, including current and prospective Security Holders and prospective purchasers. Within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request (but no more than once each calendar year), Tenant shall provide Landlord with its current financial statement and its financial statements for the prior three (3) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year). Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

 

15


18 ENTRY BY LANDLORD. At all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant, or in an emergency, Landlord may enter the Premises to (i) inspect the Premises; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, current or prospective Security Holders or insurers, or, during the last 12 months of the Term (or while an uncured Default exists), prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. At any time and without notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises to perform required services. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Premises to perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. In an emergency, Landlord may use any means it deems proper to open doors to and in the Premises. No entry into or closure of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 18 shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder.

19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES.

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “Default”:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent (or deliver any Security Deposit, Letter of Credit, or similar credit enhancement required hereunder) when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s cure herein (in which event Tenant’s failure to cure within such time period shall be a Default), and except as otherwise provided in this Section 19.1, any breach by Tenant of any other provision hereof where such breach continues for 30 days after notice from Landlord; provided that if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Tenant shall not be in Default as a result of such breach if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period, thereafter diligently pursues such cure, and completes such cure within 90 days after Landlord’s notice; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 Any breach by Tenant of Section 17 or 18 where such breach continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 Tenant becomes in breach of Section 25.3(c) or (d).

If Tenant breaches a particular provision hereof (other than a provision requiring payment of Rent) on three (3) separate occasions during any 12-month period, Tenant’s subsequent breach of such provision shall be, at Landlord’s option, an incurable Default. The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon any Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive) without any additional notice or demand:

19.2.1 Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including brokerage commissions, advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling any portion of the Premises for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; plus

(e) At Landlord’s option, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Law.

As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate specified in Section 3(b) above. As used in Section 19.2.1(c), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

 

16


19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, or any Law or other provision hereof), without prior demand or notice except as required by Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Efforts to Relet. Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. Tenant waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, California Civil Code § 3275, California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179, and any existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.

19.4 Landlord Default. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless it fails to begin within 30 days after notice from Tenant, or fails to pursue with reasonable diligence thereafter, the cure of any breach by Landlord of its obligations hereunder. Before exercising any remedies for a default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice and a reasonable time to cure to any Security Holder of which Tenant has been notified.

20 LANDLORD EXCULPATION. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) the liability of the Landlord Parties to Tenant shall be limited to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) Landlord’s interest in the Building, or (ii) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to 80% of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord); (b) Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgment or award against any Landlord Party; (c) no Landlord Party shall have any liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Tenant waives and releases such liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Tenant; and (d) no Landlord Party shall be liable for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or for any form of special or consequential damage.

21 SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with its execution and delivery hereof, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. If Tenant breaches any provision hereof, Landlord may, at its option, without limiting its remedies and without notice to Tenant, apply all or part of the Security Deposit to cure such breach and compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by such breach, including any damage for which recovery may be made under California Civil Code § 1951.2. If Landlord so applies any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant, within three (3) days after demand therefor, shall restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or measure of damages. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within 60 days after the latest to occur of (a) the expiration of the Term, (b) Tenant’s surrender of the Premises as required hereunder, or (c) Landlord’s cure of any breach by Tenant of any provision hereof; provided, however, that if Landlord estimates in good faith that Tenant may be required to make a payment to Landlord under Section 4.4.1, Landlord may retain such unapplied portion of the Security Deposit, to the extent of the estimated amount of such payment, until the date occurring 60 days after the determination of the final Rent due from Tenant. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

22 RELOCATION. [Intentionally Omitted.]

23 COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES. All Lines installed pursuant to this Lease shall be (a) installed in accordance with Section 7; and (b) clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, and the purpose of such Lines (i) every six (6) feet outside the Premises (including the electrical room risers and any Common Areas), and (ii) at their termination points. Landlord may designate specific contractors for work relating to vertical Lines. Sufficient spare cables and space for additional cables shall be maintained for other occupants, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant, at its expense and before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, shall remove all Lines installed pursuant to this Lease and repair any resulting damage. As used herein, “Lines” means all communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises.

 

17


24 PARKING. Tenant may park in the Building’s parking facilities (the “Parking Facility”), in common with other tenants of the Building, upon the following terms and conditions. Tenant shall not use more than the number of unreserved and/or reserved parking spaces set forth in Section 1.9. Tenant shall pay Landlord, in accordance with Section 3, any fees for the parking spaces described in Section 1.9. Tenant shall pay Landlord any fees, taxes or other charges imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Facility, to the extent such amounts are allocated to Tenant by Landlord based on the number and type of parking spaces Tenant is entitled to use. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility, including any sticker or other identification system and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Parking Facility. Except for Tenant’s reserved parking spaces, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, allocate and assign parking passes among Tenant and the other tenants in the Building. Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall have no liability for any personal injury or damage to or theft of any vehicles or other property occurring in the Parking Facility or otherwise in connection with any use of the Parking Facility by Tenant or its employees or invitees. Landlord may alter the size, configuration, design, layout or any other aspect of the Parking Facility, and, in connection therewith, temporarily deny or restrict access to the Parking Facility, in each case without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator, in which case (i) such parking operator shall have all the rights of control reserved herein by Landlord, (ii) Tenant shall enter into a parking agreement with such parking operator, (iii) Tenant shall pay such parking operator, rather than Landlord, any charge established hereunder for the parking spaces, and (iv) Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such parking operator except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s parking rights under this Section 24 are solely for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees and such rights may not be transferred without Landlord’s prior consent, except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Section 14.

25 MISCELLANEOUS.

25.1 Notices. No notice, demand, statement, designation, request, consent, approval, election or other communication given hereunder (“Notice”) shall be binding upon either party unless (a) it is in writing; (b) it is (i) sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized courier service, or (iii) delivered personally; and (c) it is sent or delivered to the address set forth in Section 1.10 or 1.11, as applicable, or to such other place (other than a P.O. box) as the recipient may from time to time designate in a Notice to the other party. Any Notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant is the recipient and has vacated its notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after the date the Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service as described above. No provision of this Lease requiring a particular Notice to be in writing shall limit the generality of clause (a) of the first sentence of this Section 25.1.

25.2 Force Majeure. If either party is prevented from performing any obligation hereunder by any strike, act of God, fire, war, terrorist act, shortage of labor or materials, governmental action (including, without limitation, governmentally required evacuations), civil commotion or other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), such obligation shall be excused during (and any time period for the performance of such obligation shall be extended by) the period of such prevention; provided, however, that this Section 25.2 shall not (a) permit Tenant to hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination hereof, or (b) excuse (or extend any time period for the performance of) (i) any obligation to remit money or deliver credit enhancement, (ii) any obligation under Section 10 or 25.3, or (iii) any of Tenant’s obligations whose breach would interfere with another occupant’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of its premises or the Project or result in any liability on the part of any Landlord Party.

25.3 Representations and Covenants. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that (a) Tenant is, and at all times during the Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the state of California; (b) neither Tenant’s execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement or Law; (c) Tenant (and any guarantor hereof) has not, and at no time during the Term will have, (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) suffered (A) the filing by creditors of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy that is not dismissed within 30 days, (B) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or (C) the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (v) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally; and (d) no party that (other than through the passive ownership of interests traded on a recognized securities exchange) constitutes, owns, controls, or is owned or controlled by Tenant, any guarantor hereof or any subtenant of Tenant is, or at any time during the Term will be, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the parties identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

 

18


25.4 Signs. Landlord shall include Tenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building. If any part of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor, Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, shall provide identifying suite signage for Tenant comparable to that provided by Landlord on similar floors in the Building. Tenant may not install (a) any signs outside the Premises, or (b) without Landlord’s prior consent in its sole and absolute discretion, any signs, window coverings, blinds or similar items that are visible from outside the Premises; provided that Tenant may install Elevator Lobby Signage to the extent provided in Section 11 of Exhibit F and may install customary and typical signage and logos within the Premises that are not visible from outside the Premises, subject to Exhibit D and the other provisions of this Lease.

25.5 Supplemental HVAC. If the Premises are served by any supplemental HVAC unit (a “Unit”), then (a) Tenant shall pay the costs of all electricity consumed in the Unit’s operation, together with the cost of installing a meter to measure such consumption; (b) Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) operate and maintain the Unit in compliance with all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) keep the Unit in as good working order and condition as existed upon installation (or, if later, when Tenant took possession of the Premises), subject to normal wear and tear and damage resulting from Casualty; (iii) maintain in effect, with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, a contract for the maintenance and repair of the Unit, which contract shall require the contractor, at least once every three (3) months, to inspect the Unit and provide to Tenant a report of any defective conditions, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair or parts-replacement; (iv) follow all reasonable recommendations of such contractor; and (v) promptly provide to Landlord a copy of such contract and each report issued thereunder; (c) the Unit shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant; provided, however, that upon Landlord’s request at the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove any Unit installed by or for the benefit of Tenant pursuant to this Lease and repair any resulting damage (and if Tenant fails to timely perform such work, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense); (d) the Unit shall be deemed (i) a Leasehold Improvement (except for purposes of Section 8), and (ii) for purposes of Section 11, part of the Premises; (e) if the Unit exists on the date of mutual execution and delivery hereof, Tenant accepts the Unit in its “as is” condition, without representation or warranty as to quality, condition, fitness for use or any other matter; (f) if the Unit connects to the Building’s condenser water loop (if any), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s standard one-time fee for such connection and Landlord’s standard monthly per-ton usage fee; and (g) if any portion of the Unit is located on the roof, then (i) Tenant’s access to the roof shall be subject to such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) Tenant shall maintain the affected portion of the roof in a clean and orderly condition and shall not interfere with use of the roof by Landlord or any other tenants or licensees; and (iii) Landlord may relocate the Unit and/or temporarily interrupt its operation, without liability to Tenant, as reasonably necessary to maintain and repair the roof or otherwise operate the Building.

25.6 Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding between the parties, including any appellate or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, the prevailing party may recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees and costs that Landlord incurs in interpreting or enforcing this Lease or otherwise protecting its rights hereunder (a) where Tenant has failed to pay Rent when due, or (b) in any bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease.

25.7 Brokers. Tenant represents to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker as its broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers, other than Tenant’s Broker, claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all claims of any brokers, including Landlord’s Broker, claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.

25.8 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. THE PARTIES WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

25.9 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. Each party waives California Civil Code §§ 1932(2), 1933(4) and 1945. Tenant waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942, 1950.7 or any similar or replacement section or Law, or (ii) California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1263.260 or 1265.130 or any similar or replacement section or Law; and (b) any right to terminate this Lease under California Civil Code § 1995.310 or any similar or replacement section or Law.

 

19


25.10 Interpretation. As used herein, the capitalized term “Section” refers to a section hereof unless otherwise specifically provided herein. As used in this Lease, the terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Lease and the term “include” and its derivatives are not limiting. Any reference herein to “any part” or “any portion” of the Premises, the Property or any other property shall be construed to refer to all or any part of such property. As used herein in connection with insurance, the term “deductible” includes self-insured retention. Wherever this Lease prohibits either party from engaging in any particular conduct, this Lease shall be deemed also to require such party to cause each of its employees and agents (and, in the case of Tenant, each of its licensees, invitees and subtenants, and any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant) to refrain from engaging in such conduct. Wherever this Lease requires Landlord to provide a customary service or to act in a reasonable manner (whether in incurring an expense, establishing a rule or regulation, providing an approval or consent, or performing any other act), this Lease shall be deemed also to provide that whether such service is customary or such conduct is reasonable shall be determined by reference to the practices of owners of buildings (“Comparable Buildings”) that (i) are comparable to the Building in size, age, class, quality and location, and (ii) at Landlord’s option, have been, or are being prepared to be, certified under the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar rating system. Tenant waives the benefit of any rule that a written agreement shall be construed against the drafting party.

25.11 Entire Agreement. This Lease sets forth the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous agreements (none of which shall be used to interpret this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that in entering into this Lease it has not relied upon any representation, warranty or statement, whether oral or written, not expressly set forth herein. This Lease can be modified only by a written agreement signed by both parties.

25.12 Fitness Center. Subject to the provisions of this Section 25.12, provided Tenant’s employees execute Landlord’s standard waiver of liability form and pay the applicable one time or monthly fee, if any, then Tenant’s employees (the “Fitness Center Users”) shall be entitled to use the fitness center (the “Fitness Center”) in the building located at 201 Redwood Shores, Redwood City, California. The use of the Fitness Center shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord for the Fitness Center. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Fitness Center by the Fitness Center Users shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Fitness Center User’s use of the Fitness Center. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Fitness Center may be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Fitness Center (or any other fitness facility) throughout the Term of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify the Fitness Center. In addition, in the event Landlord no longer owns the building located at 201 Redwood Shores, Redwood City, California, the rights of Tenant and the users of the Fitness Center to use the Fitness Center may, at Landlord’s option, be terminated. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Fitness Center, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Fitness Center Users’ rights to the Fitness Center shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, or constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

25.13 Shower Facility. Subject to the provisions of this Section 25.13, Tenant employees (the “Shower Users”) shall be entitled to use the shower facility (the “Shower Facility”) in the building located at 201 Redwood Shores, Redwood City, California. The use of the Shower Facility shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord for the Shower Facility. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Shower Facility by the Shower Users shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Shower User’s use of the Shower Facility. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Shower Facility shall be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Shower Facility throughout the Term, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify the Shower Facility. In addition, in the event Landlord no longer owns the building located at 201 Redwood Shores, Redwood City, California, the rights of Tenant and the users of the Shower Facility to use the Shower Facility may, at Landlord’s option, be terminated. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Shower Facility, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Shower User’s rights to the Shower Facility shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

25.14 Other. Landlord, at its option, may cure any Default, without waiving any right or remedy or releasing Tenant from any obligation, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such cure. If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable, no other provision shall be affected. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease, and this instrument is not binding until it has been executed and delivered by both parties. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination thereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an

 

20


assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies. If Tenant is comprised of two or more parties, their obligations shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision hereof in which time of performance is a factor. So long as Tenant performs its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms hereof. Landlord may transfer its interest herein, in which event (a) to the extent the transferee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations arising hereunder after the date of such transfer (including the return of any Security Deposit), Landlord shall be released from, and Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of, such obligations; and (b) Tenant shall attorn to the transferee. If Tenant (or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant) pays directly to the provider for any energy consumed at the Property, Tenant, promptly upon request, shall deliver to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument enabling Landlord to obtain from such provider) any data about such consumption that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, is required for benchmarking purposes or to disclose to a prospective buyer, tenant or mortgage lender under any applicable Law. Landlord reserves all rights not expressly granted to Tenant hereunder, including the right to make alterations to the Project. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property are granted to Tenant hereunder. The expiration or earlier termination hereof shall not relieve either party of any obligation that accrued before, or continues to accrue after, such expiration or termination. This Lease may be executed in counterparts.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,
  a Maryland limited partnership,
  its sole member
  By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Mark T Lammas

    Name:   Mark T. Lammas
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer,
      Chief Financial Officer,
      & Treasurer
TENANT:
POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name:   Manish Chandra
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

22


EXHIBIT A

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A

1


EXHIBIT B

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit B (this “Work Letter”), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) [Intentionally Omitted];

(ii) “Tenant Improvements” means all improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter;

(iii) “Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements;

(iv) “law” means Law; and

(v) “Agreement” means the lease of which this Work Letter is a part.

1 ALLOWANCE.

1.1 Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Allowance”) in the amount of $4,026,160.00 (i.e. $80.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) to be applied, at Tenant’s request, toward (i) the Allowance Items (defined in Section 1.2 below) and (ii) within 30 days after Tenant delivers to Landlord paid invoices with respect thereto, the reasonable cost of (a) purchasing and/or installing general office equipment (including without limitation, Lines) and furniture for the Premises (“FF&E”), and (b) moving Tenant’s furniture, equipment and/or other personal property into the Premises and reasonable construction management fees (“Moving Costs”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total portion of the Allowance that is applied toward the items described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence (i.e. FF&E and Moving Costs, collectively) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $503,270.00 (i.e., $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises). Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Tenant Improvement Work, including the costs of the Allowance Items, to the extent such costs exceed the lesser of (a) the Allowance, or (b) the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant to this Work Letter. Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit B to the contrary, but subject to the expiration date for the Allowance set forth below, Tenant may apply a portion of the Allowance to Refusal Space Tenant Improvements and/or Offering Space Tenant Improvements, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7.2.E or 8.2.E of Exhibit F, respectively; provided, however, that no more than 30% of the Allowance may be utilized for Refusal Space Tenant Improvements and/or Offering Space Tenant Improvements, collectively. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, if Tenant fails to use the entire Allowance within eighteen (18) months following the Commencement Date, the unused amount shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

1.2 Disbursement. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, the Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items (the “Allowance Items”): (a) the fees of the Architect (defined in Section 2.1 below); (b) the cost of preparing the Engineering Drawings (defined in Section 3.2.1 below); (c) plan-check, permit and license fees relating to performance of the Tenant Improvement Work; (d) the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work, including after hours charges, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions; (e) the cost of any change to the base, shell or core of the Premises or Building required by the Plans (defined in Section 4 below) (including if such change is due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; (f) the cost of any change to the Plans or the Tenant Improvement Work required by law; (g) the Landlord Supervision Fee (defined in Section 3.4.1 below); (h) sales and use taxes; and (i) all other costs expended by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

1.3 Landlord Cost. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not be responsible for any Landlord Cost (defined below) and no Landlord Cost shall be an Allowance Item. As used herein, “Landlord Cost” means any portion of the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work that is reasonably attributable to improvements to the Common Areas or Base Building that are Landlord’s express responsibility under Section 5.2 of the Lease (which costs shall be subject to Section 5.2) and not as a result of any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement of or by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors or representatives.

 

Exhibit B

1


2 ARCHITECTURAL PLANS; PRICING.

2.1 Selection of Architect. Landlord shall retain the architect/space planner of Landlord’s choice (the “Architect”) to prepare the Space Plan (defined in Section 2.2 below) and the Architectural Drawings (defined in Section 2.5 below).

2.2 Initial Programming Information. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in writing, all information that will be sufficient to prepare a conceptual space plan for the Premises (a “Space Plan”), including layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, the number and sizes of workstations, number and size of kitchen, copy, reception and storage areas (collectively, the “Initial Programming Information”). The Initial Programming Information shall be (a) consistent with Landlord’s requirements for avoiding aesthetic, engineering or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building (collectively, the “Landlord Requirements”), and (b) otherwise be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving the Initial Programming Information within three (3) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt thereof or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. If Landlord disapproves the Initial Programming Information, Landlord’s notice of disapproval shall describe with reasonable specificity the basis for such disapproval and Tenant shall revise the Initial Programming Information and resubmit it for Landlord’s approval. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Landlord has approved the Initial Programming Information. Such approved Initial Programming Information shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Initial Programming Information.”

2.3 Space Plan. After approving the Initial Programming Information, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant a Space Plan that conforms to the Approved Initial Programming Information. Such preparation and delivery shall occur within 10 business days after the later of Landlord’s approval of the Initial Programming Information or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. Tenant shall approve or disapprove the Space Plan by notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves the Space Plan, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall specify any revisions Tenant desires in the Space Plan. After receiving such notice of disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Architect to revise the Space Plan and resubmit it to Tenant, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause the Architect to make any revision to the Space Plan that is inconsistent with the Landlord Requirements or that Landlord otherwise reasonably disapproves. Such revision and resubmission shall occur within three (3) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of disapproval or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has approved the Space Plan. Such approved Space Plan shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Space Plan.”

2.4 Additional Programming Information. After approving the Space Plan, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in writing, all information (including all interior and special finishes) that, when combined with the Approved Space Plan, will be sufficient to complete the Architectural Drawings, together with all information (including all electrical requirements, telephone requirements, special HVAC requirements, and plumbing requirements) that, when combined with the Approved Space Plan, will be sufficient to complete the Engineering Drawings (collectively, the “Additional Programming Information”). The Additional Programming Information shall be (a) consistent with the Approved Space Plan and the Landlord Requirements, and (b) otherwise subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving the Additional Programming Information within three (3) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt thereof or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. If Landlord disapproves the Additional Programming Information, Landlord’s notice of disapproval shall describe with reasonable specificity the basis for such disapproval and Tenant shall modify the Additional Programming Information and resubmit it for Landlord’s approval. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Landlord has approved the Additional Programming Information. Such approved Additional Programming Information shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Additional Programming Information.” If requested by Tenant, Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may assist Tenant, or cause the Architect and/or other contractors or consultants of Landlord to assist Tenant, in preparing all or a portion of the Additional Programming Information; provided, however, that, whether or not the Additional Programming Information is prepared with such assistance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the timely preparation and delivery of the Additional Programming Information and for all elements thereof and, subject to Section 1 above, all costs relating thereto.

 

Exhibit B

2


2.5 Architectural Drawings. After approving the Additional Programming Information, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant the final architectural (and, if applicable, structural) working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work that are in a form that (a) when combined with any Approved Additional Programming Information that is not expressly incorporated into such working drawings, will be sufficient to enable the Contractor (defined in Section 3.1 below) and its subcontractors to bid on the Tenant Improvement Work, and (b) when combined with any Engineering Drawings that satisfy the Engineering Requirements (defined in Section 3.2.1 below), will be sufficient to obtain the Permits (defined in Section 3.3 below) (the “Architectural Drawings”). The Architectural Drawings shall conform to the Approved Space Plan and the Approved Additional Programming Information. The Architect’s preparation and delivery of the Architectural Drawings shall occur within 15 business days after the later of Landlord’s approval of the Additional Programming Information or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. Tenant shall approve or disapprove the Architectural Drawings by notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves the Architectural Drawings, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall specify any revisions Tenant desires in the Architectural Drawings. After receiving such notice of disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Architect to revise the Architectural Drawings and resubmit them to Tenant, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause the Architect to make any revision to the Architectural Drawings that conflicts with the Landlord Requirements or is otherwise reasonably disapproved by Landlord. Such revision and resubmission shall occur within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of disapproval or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or such mutual execution and delivery) if such revision is material. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has approved the Architectural Drawings. Such approved Architectural Drawings shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Architectural Drawings.”

2.6 Construction Pricing.

2.6.1 Construction Pricing Proposal. Landlord shall invite no fewer than three (3) qualified general contractors (one of which shall be McLarney Construction) that are willing to agree to Landlord’s requirements and to execute Landlord’s standard form of construction agreement to bid on the reasonable cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Construction Drawings (defined below). If Landlord determines that a particular bidder has submitted a bid that is wholly or partially unresponsive to Landlord’s bid package requirements and inquiries, then (1) Landlord may disregard such bidder and (2) such bid shall not be taken into consideration for purposes of this Work Letter. After adjustment for inconsistent qualifications, clarifications and exclusions, the lowest of the bidders shall be identified as the “Contractor” and copies of such lowest bid (the “Construction Pricing Proposal”) shall be provided to Tenant. Such Construction Pricing Proposal shall be submitted to Tenant within 10 business days after the Approved Construction Drawings are approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice approving or disapproving the Construction Pricing Proposal. If Tenant disapproves the Construction Pricing Proposal, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall be accompanied by proposed revisions to the Approved Construction Drawings and/or the Approved Additional Programming Information that Tenant requests in order to resolve its objections to the Construction Pricing Proposal, and Landlord shall respond as required under Section 2.7 below. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until the Construction Pricing Proposal is approved by Tenant; provided, however, that such procedure shall not require Landlord to re-bid the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work to any party and instead the Contractor shall just provide a reasonably revised Construction Pricing Proposal. Upon Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal, Landlord may purchase the items set forth in the Construction Pricing Proposal and begin construction relating to such items.

2.6.2 Over-Allowance Amount. If the Construction Pricing Proposal exceeds the Allowance, then Tenant, concurrently with its delivery to Landlord of its approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal, shall deliver to Landlord cash in the amount of such excess (the “Over-Allowance Amount”). Any Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord before the Allowance and pursuant to the same procedure as the Allowance. If, after the Construction Pricing Proposal is approved by Tenant, (a) any revision is made to the Approved Additional Programming Information or the Approved Architectural Drawings, or Tenant disapproves any Engineering Drawings that satisfy the Engineering Requirements, or the Tenant Improvement Work is otherwise changed, in each case in a way that increases the Construction Pricing Proposal, or (b) the Construction Pricing Proposal is otherwise increased to reflect the actual cost of all Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the terms hereof, then Tenant shall deliver any resulting Over-Allowance Amount (or any resulting increase in the Over-Allowance Amount) to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request.

 

Exhibit B

3


2.7 Revisions to Approved Architectural Drawings, Approved Additional Programming Information, Approved Initial Programming Information, or Approved Space Plan.

2.7.1 Approved Architectural Drawings. If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, if any, within 7 business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Architectural Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. For purposes hereof, any change order affecting the Approved Architectural Drawings shall be deemed a revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, a revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings shall not require Landlord to re-bid the cost of the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work to any party and instead the Contractor shall just provide a reasonably revised Construction Pricing Proposal.

2.7.2 Approved Additional Programming Information; Approved Initial Programming Information. If Tenant requests Landlord’s approval of any revision to the Approved Additional Programming Information or the Approved Initial Programming Information, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, if any, within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Additional Programming Information or the Approved Initial Programming Information without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Additional Programming Information or the Approved Initial Programming Information within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, a revision to the Approved Additional Programming Information and/or the Approved Initial Programming Information shall not require Landlord to re-bid the cost of the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work to any party and instead the Contractor shall just provide a reasonably revised Construction Pricing Proposal.

2.7.3 Approved Space Plan. If Tenant requests Landlord’s approval of any revision to the Approved Space Plan, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Space Plan without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Space Plan within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, a revision to the Approved Space Plan shall not require Landlord to re-bid the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work to any party and instead the Contractor shall just provide a reasonably revised Construction Pricing Proposal.

2.8 Tenant’s Approval Deadline. Tenant shall approve the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline (defined below). As used in this Work Letter, “Tenant’s Approval Deadline” means the date occurring 44 business days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement; provided, however, that Tenant’s Approval Deadline shall be extended by one (1) day for each day, if any, by which Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above is delayed by any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Section 2.

 

Exhibit B

4


3 CONSTRUCTION.

3.1 Contractor. Landlord shall retain the Contractor to perform the Tenant Improvement Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Contractor is unwilling to or unable to perform the Tenant Improvement Work in the manner required by the Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to replace such Contractor with another contractor selected and/or approved by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (which party shall become the Contractor); provided, however that the selection of the replacement contractor shall not be subject to the aforementioned bidding process. In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

3.2 Engineering Drawings.

3.2.1 Preparation. Landlord shall cause the engineering working drawings for the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire-alarm and fire sprinkler work in the Premises (the “Engineering Drawings”) to (a) be prepared by the Architect and/or engineers or other consultants selected and/or retained by the Architect or Landlord, and (b) conform to the Approved Space Plan, the Approved Additional Programming Information, the first sentence of Section 4 below, and any then-existing Approved Architectural Drawings (collectively, the “Engineering Requirements”).

3.2.2 Design Build. Except as provided in Section 3.2.3 below:

A. Delivery and Approval. The Engineering Drawings shall be delivered to Tenant within 15 business days after the later of Tenant’s approval of the Architectural Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), the Engineering Drawings within five (5) business days after the latest of (a) Tenant’s receipt of the Engineering Drawings, (b) Tenant’s approval of the Architectural Drawings, or (c) the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. After receiving any such notice of reasonable disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to revise the Engineering Drawings and resubmit them to Tenant, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to make any revision to the Engineering Drawings that conflicts with the Engineering Requirements or the Landlord Requirements or is otherwise reasonably disapproved by Landlord. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has reasonably approved the Engineering Drawings. Such approved Engineering Drawings shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Engineering Drawings”.

B. Revisions. If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Engineering Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. Any change order affecting the Approved Engineering Drawings shall be deemed a revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings.

3.2.3 Design Bid Build. If Landlord, at its option, causes the Engineering Drawings to be delivered to Tenant on or before the date on which the Architectural Drawings are first delivered to Tenant pursuant to Section 2.5 above, then (a) Section 3.2.2 above shall not apply; (b) Tenant’s review and approval of, and any revisions to, the Engineering Drawings shall be governed by Sections 2.5 and 2.7 above as if the Engineering Drawings were part of the Architectural Drawings; and (c) the Engineering Drawings, as approved by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.5 above, shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Engineering Drawings”.

3.3 Permits. Landlord shall cause the Contractor to submit the Approved Architectural Drawings and the Approved Engineering Drawings (collectively, the “Approved Construction Drawings”) to the appropriate municipal authorities and otherwise apply for and obtain from such authorities all permits necessary for the Contractor to complete the Tenant Improvement Work (the “Permits”).

 

Exhibit B

5


3.4 Construction.

3.4.1 Performance of Tenant Improvement Work. Landlord shall cause the Contractor to perform the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the Approved Construction Drawings. Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord Supervision Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of all Allowance Items other than the Landlord Supervision Fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord Supervision Fee shall not exceed $12,000.00.

3.4.2 Contractor’s Warranties. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord relating to any defects in the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that if, within 30 days after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any non-latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, or if, within 11 months after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly cause such defect to be corrected.

4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW; SUITABILITY FOR TENANTS USE. Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Contractor to use the Required Level of Care (defined below) to cause the Space Plan, the Architectural Drawings and the Engineering Drawings to comply with law; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of law resulting from (a) any particular use of the Premises (as distinguished from general office use), or (b) any failure of the Approved Initial Programming Information or the Approved Additional Programming Information to comply with law. As used herein, “Required Level of Care” means the level of care that reputable architects and engineers customarily use to cause architectural and engineering plans, drawings and specifications to comply with law where such plans, drawings and specifications are prepared for spaces in buildings comparable in quality to the Building. Except as provided above in this Section 4, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Initial Programming Information, the Space Plan, the Additional Programming Information, the Architectural Drawings and the Engineering Drawings (collectively, the “Plans”) are suitable for Tenant’s use of the Premises and comply with law, and neither the preparation of any of the Plans by the Architect or the Contractor nor Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility. To the extent that either party (the “Responsible Party”) is responsible under this Section 4 for causing the Plans to comply with law, the Responsible Party may contest any alleged violation of law in good faith, including by seeking a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by law, and exercising any right of appeal (provided that the other party incurs no liability as a result of such contest and that, after completing such contest, the Responsible Party makes any modification to the Plans or any alteration to the Premises that is necessary to comply with any final order or judgment).

5 COMPLETION.

5.1 Substantial Completion. For purposes of Section 1.3.2 of this Agreement, and subject to Section 5.2 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” upon the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Construction Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

5.2 Tenant Cooperation; Tenant Delay. Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord, the Architect, the Contractor, and Landlord’s other consultants to complete all phases of the Plans, approve the Construction Pricing Proposal, obtain the Permits, and complete the Tenant Improvement Work as soon as possible, and Tenant shall meet with Landlord, in accordance with a schedule determined by Landlord, to discuss the parties’ progress. Without limiting the foregoing, if (i) the Tenant Improvements include the installation of electrical connections for furniture stations to be installed by Tenant, and (ii) any electrical portions of such furniture stations or any other portions of such furniture stations must be installed in order for Landlord to obtain any governmental approval required for occupancy of the Premises, then (x) Tenant, upon five (5) business days’ notice from Landlord, shall promptly install such portions of such furniture stations in accordance with Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Lease, and (y) during the period of Tenant’s entry into the Premises for the purpose of performing such installation, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement relating to the Premises shall apply, except for the obligation to pay Monthly Rent. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, if the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvement Work is delayed (a “Tenant Delay”) as a result of (a) any failure of Tenant to approve the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline; (b) any failure of Tenant to timely approve the Engineering Drawings, pursuant to Section 3.2.2.A above, for any reason other than their failure to satisfy the Engineering Requirements; (c) any failure of Tenant to timely approve any other matter requiring Tenant’s approval; (d) any breach by Tenant of this Work Letter or this Agreement; (e) any request by Tenant for any revision to, or for Landlord’s approval of any revision to, any portion of the Plans that has previously been approved by both parties (except to the extent that such delay results from a breach by Landlord of

 

Exhibit B

6


its obligations under Section 2.7 or 3.2.2.B above); (f) any requirement of Tenant for materials, components, finishes or improvements that are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvement Work as set forth in this Agreement; (g) any change to the base, shell or core of the Premises or Building required by the Approved Construction Drawings (other than any work that is a Landlord Cost), but only to the extent that Landlord notifies Tenant, when submitting such drawings for Tenant’s review, of the length of the delay that will be caused by such change); or (h) any other act or omission of Tenant or any of its agents, employees or representatives (provided that in the case of this clause (h), only to the extent that Landlord provides Tenant with notice (which notice, notwithstanding Section 25.1 of this Lease may be given orally, by e-mail, or by any other method) of such Tenant Delay within five (5) business days after discovering it), then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, and regardless of when the Tenant Improvement Work is actually Substantially Completed, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Completed on the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work would have been Substantially Completed if no such Tenant Delay had occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant before the Tenant Improvement Work has been Substantially Completed, as determined without giving effect to the preceding sentence.

6 MISCELLANEOUS. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, if Tenant defaults under this Agreement before the Tenant Improvement Work is completed, Landlord’s obligations under this Work Letter shall be excused until such default is cured and Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work. This Work Letter shall not apply to any space other than the Premises.

 

Exhibit B

7


EXHIBIT C

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

CONFIRMATION LETTER

_____________________, 20__

 

To:

                                 

                                 

                                 

                                 

Re: Office Lease (the “Lease”) dated ______________, 2018, between HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), concerning Suite 700 on the seventh floor and Suite 800 on the eighth floor of the building located at 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California.

Dear _________________:

In accordance with the Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and confirms the following:

 

  1.

The Commencement Date is _____________ and the Expiration Date is _______________.

 

  2.

The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is _________ square feet, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.

 

  3.

Tenant’s Share, based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises, is ____________%, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.

Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention. Please note that, pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease, if Tenant fails to execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) this letter within ten (10) business days after receiving it, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

 

“Landlord”:
HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,
  a Maryland limited partnership,
  its sole member
  By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    its general partner
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C

1


Agreed and Accepted as of             , 20     .

“Tenant”:
POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

             

Name:  

                 

Title:  

                          

 

Exhibit C

2


EXHIBIT D

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall comply with the following rules and regulations (as modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Ten (10) keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, and if any such keys are lost, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the applicable locks if Landlord deems such changes necessary.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord may close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for Comparable Buildings. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees who use Building doors during such hours to securely close and lock them after such use. Any person entering or leaving the Building during such hours, or when the Building doors are otherwise locked, may be required to sign the Building register (if applicable), and access to the Building may be refused unless such person has proper identification or has a previously arranged access pass. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests them. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, evacuation, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord may prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord may prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property. Any damage to the Building, its contents, occupants or invitees resulting from Tenant’s moving or maintaining any such safe or other heavy property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant (notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease).

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Project.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance shall be thrown therein. Notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease, Tenant shall bear the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from any violation of this rule by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees.

 

Exhibit D

1


9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, or mark, drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall of the Premises, or otherwise deface the Premises, without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not purchase bottled water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for snack and soft drink vending machines at locations within the Premises reasonably approved by Landlord and intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use, store, install, disturb, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, any asbestos-containing materials, any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law, or any inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluid or substance; provided, however, that Tenant may use, store and dispose of such substances in such amounts as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes provided that such use, storage and disposal does not damage any part of the Premises, Building or Project and is performed in a safe manner and in accordance with all Laws. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of such materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal. No burning candle or other open flame shall be ignited or kept by Tenant in or about the Premises, Building or Project.

12. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or occupy or use the Premises in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere with other occupants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, CD player or otherwise. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (other than service animals legally required to be admitted), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for lodging, for living quarters or sleeping apartments, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and invitees, provided that such use complies with all Laws.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except to the extent such storage may be incidental to the Permitted Use. Tenant shall not occupy the Premises as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco, or as a medical office, a barber or manicure shop, or an employment bureau.

17. Landlord may exclude from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who violates any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, shall cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not attempt to adjust any controls. Tenant shall install and use in the Premises only ENERGY STAR rated equipment, where available. Tenant shall use recycled paper in the Premises to the extent consistent with its business requirements.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage inside the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash or garbage receptacles if, under Law, it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of disposing of trash and garbage in the vicinity of the Building. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s recycling program, if any.

 

Exhibit D

2


21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), allow any employee, contractor or agent to carry any type of gun or other firearm in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work (a) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent; (b) shall not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project; and (c) while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or employee of such manager or Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awning or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. Other than Landlord’s Building-standard window coverings, no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings.

24. Tenant shall not obstruct any sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows or doors that reflect or admit light or air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, nor shall Tenant place any bottles, parcels or other articles on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5 (as may be amended or replaced) and with any local “No-Smoking” ordinance that is not superseded by such law.

27. Tenant shall cooperate in any safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

28. All office equipment of an electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

31. Without Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

Landlord may from time to time modify or supplement these Rules and Regulations in a manner that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is appropriate for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and the Project, for the preservation of good order therein, and for the convenience of other occupants and tenants thereof, provided that no such modification or supplement shall materially reduce Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Landlord may waive any of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of such Rule and Regulation in favor of any other tenant nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing such Rule and Regulation against any tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no rule that is added to the initial Rules and Regulations shall be enforced against Tenant in a manner that unreasonably discriminates in favor of any other similarly situated tenant.

 

Exhibit D

3


EXHIBIT E

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

JUDICIAL REFERENCE

IF THE JURY-WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 25.8 OF THIS LEASE ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW SHALL APPLY.

(a) It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner. Accordingly, subject to the exclusions set forth in (b) below, any and every action, proceeding or cross-claim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “Referee Sections”).

(b) Excluded from the requirement of judicial reference set forth above are (i) actions to seek emergency injunctive relief, preliminary injunctive relief, unlawful or forcible detainer, or a prejudgment writ of attachment and (ii) any dispute for which an alternative dispute resolution procedure is otherwise expressly provided in the Lease (including any exhibits thereto). The actions described in (i) above may be brought in the trial court in the county in which the Premises are located; provided, however, that as soon as practicable after the trial court rules on one or more of the above issues, the parties shall refer the lawsuit, and any remaining issues, controversies, or disputes to a referee, as provided in this section and the Referee Sections.

(c) Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter – except for copies ordered by the other parties – shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Section 25.6 of this Lease.

(d) The exclusive venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises are located.

(e) Within 10 days of receipt by any party of a request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Exhibit E, the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such 10-day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises are located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections. If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from the panels offered by JAMS or ADR Services, Inc. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections. The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease. The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor shall the referee have the power to award any other damages that are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties waive any right to recover such damages.

(f) The parties may conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California Law.

(g) The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California Law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California Law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding. The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit E. In this regard, the parties agree

 

Exhibit E

1


that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (a) discovery, including all expert discovery (but excluding motions regarding discovery) be concluded within six (6) months of the date of the appointment of the referee, and (b) a trial date be set so that the trial proceeding is held no more than nine (9) months after the date of the appointment of the referee.

(h) In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court. Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder. The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Exhibit E shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.

 

Exhibit E

2


EXHIBIT F

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

1.

California Civil Code Section 1938. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52).

Accordingly, pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938(e), Landlord hereby further states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises”.

In accordance with the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that if Tenant requests a CASp inspection of the Premises, then Tenant shall pay (i) the fee for any such inspection so carried out by or at the request of Tenant, and (ii) except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises identified by such CASp inspection so carried out by or at the request of Tenant.

 

2.

Charging Units.

 

  2.1

In the Parking Facility and at Landlord’s expense, Landlord shall construct or install eight (8) vehicle charging units (for purposes hereof, each a “Charging Unit” and collectively the “Charging Units”), each with the capability to charge one electric or hybrid vehicle at a time (by solar power or otherwise), including, without limitation, the installation of appropriate electrical cables and other equipment connecting the Charging Units to an electrical panel designated by Landlord. The parties agree that Landlord may install four (4) charging stations, each with two (2) charging units, to meet the requirement for eight (8) total charging units above. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such construction and/or installation (“Charger Installation Work”) no later than August 1, 2019 (the “Anticipated Charger Installation Date”). Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, any delay in the completion of (and any failure to complete) the Charger Installation Work or inconvenience suffered by Tenant during the performance of the Charger Installation Work shall not delay the Commencement Date, nor shall it subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any remedy, credit, abatement or adjustment of rent or other sums payable under the Lease.

 

  2.2

From and after the completion of the Charger Installation Work and continuing until the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease (but subject to the provisions of this Section 2 (and, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Section 2, Section 24 of the Lease)), and provided Tenant’s employees (the “Charger Users”) execute Landlord’s (and/or Landlord’s operator’s) standard form of agreement and pay the applicable fees related thereto, such Charger Users shall be entitled to use (along with other visitors to the Project, including, without limitation, the general public) the Charging Units on a first-come-first-serve-basis.

 

  2.3

The use of the Charging Units shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord for the Charging Units. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Charging Units by the Charger Users shall be at their own risk and that each of the Tenant’s waivers, releases and indemnities set forth in the Lease shall apply to Tenant’s and the Charger User’s use of the Charging Units. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Charging Units may be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 2 shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that

 

Exhibit F

1


  Landlord shall continuously maintain the Charging Units (or any other vehicle charging equipment) throughout the Term of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to expand or otherwise reasonably modify the Charging Units. None of the following circumstances shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement or reduction of Rent, relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement, or result in an event of default by Landlord under the Lease: (i) Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption, diminishment or termination of electrical services to the Charging Units due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruptions, the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure or for any other reason; (ii) the expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Charging Units, and/or (iii) the termination of Tenant’s or the Charger Users’ ability to use the Charging Units.

 

3.

Early Entry. Tenant may enter the Premises (i) after installation of the ceiling grid in the Premises and before the Commencement Date solely for the purpose of installing telecommunications and data cabling in the Premises, and (ii) after installation of the carpeting in the Premises and before the Commencement Date solely for the purpose of installing equipment, furnishings and other personal property in the Premises. Other than the obligation to pay Monthly Rent, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply during any period of such early entry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may limit, suspend or terminate Tenant’s rights to enter the Premises pursuant to this Section 3 if Landlord reasonably determines that such entry is endangering individuals working in the Premises or is delaying completion of the Tenant Improvement Work (defined in Exhibit B).

 

4.

Building Signage.

 

  4.1

Tenant’s Right to Building Signage. Subject to the terms of this Section 4, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace and operate the Building Signage (defined below). As used herein, “Building Signage” means a sign that bears the Tenant Name (defined below) and is located at the top of the exterior side of the Building in a location approved by Landlord and subject to all other required approvals. Subject to all other required approvals, Landlord hereby approves the approximate location shown in Exhibit I attached hereto. As used herein, “Tenant Name” means, at any time, at Tenant’s discretion, (i) the name of Tenant set forth in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Tenant’s Existing Name”), or (ii) if Tenant’s name is not then Tenant’s Existing Name, then Tenant’s name, provided that such name is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and/or (iii) Tenant’s logo, provided that such logo is then being used by Tenant on a substantially nationwide basis and is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Tenant’s rights to the Building Signage under this Section 4 shall be personal to the party named as Tenant in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Existing Tenant”) and to any successor to Existing Tenant’s interest in the Lease that acquires its interest in the Lease solely by means of one or more Permitted Transfers originating with Existing Tenant, and may not be transferred to any other party; and (ii) if at any time a Signage Default (defined below) occurs or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement (defined below) is not satisfied, then, at Landlord’s option (which shall not be deemed waived by the passage of time), Tenant shall no longer have any further right to the Building Signage under this Section 4, even if such Signage Default is later cured and/or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement later becomes satisfied, as applicable. For purposes hereof, a “Signage Default” shall be deemed to occur if and only if (x) after a Default occurs under Section 19.1 of the Lease, Landlord provides Tenant with written notice that Tenant may lose its right to Building Signage under this Section 4 if Tenant fails to cure such Default within fifteen (15) business days after such notice (in addition to any notice and cure period required to establish the Default), and (y) such Default is not cured within such 15-business-day period. For purposes hereof, the “Minimum Occupancy Requirement” shall be deemed satisfied if and only if a portion of the Premises containing at least one full floor in the Building has not been subleased other than to an Affiliate.

 

  4.2

Landlord’s Approval. The size, color, materials and all other aspects of the Building Signage, including the manner in which it is attached to the Building and any provisions for illumination, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s approval as to aesthetic matters may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion.

 

Exhibit F

2


  4.3

General Provisions. Tenant, at its expense, shall design, fabricate, install, maintain, repair, replace, operate and remove the Building Signage, in each case in a first class manner consistent with a first-class office building and in compliance with all applicable Laws and all requirements of the Redwood Shores Business Association. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not install or modify the Building Signage until after obtaining and providing copies to Landlord of all permits and approvals necessary therefor. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its expense, for obtaining such permits and approvals; provided, however, that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no material cost or liability to Landlord, in executing permit applications and performing any other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain such permits and approvals. Within 30 days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease (or, if earlier, the date on which Tenant becomes no longer entitled to Building Signage under this Section 4), Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Building Signage and restore all damage to the Building caused by its installation, operation or removal. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, Tenant, not Landlord, shall, at its expense, (i) cause its property insurance policy to cover the Building Signage, and (ii) promptly repair the Building Signage if it is damaged by fire or any other casualty (unless Tenant, by prompt written notice to Landlord, elects to remove the Building Signage altogether, in which event Tenant shall no longer be entitled to Building Signage under this Section 4). Except as may be expressly provided in this Section 4, the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, removal and any other work performed by Tenant affecting the Building Signage shall be governed by the provisions of Section 7.2 of the Lease as if such work were an Alteration. If an emergency results from Tenant’s failure to maintain, repair, replace, operate or remove the Building Signage as required under this Section 4, then, without limiting Landlord’s remedies, Landlord, at its option, with notice to Tenant (by telephone, e-mail, fax or any other reasonable method, notwithstanding Section 25.1 of the Lease), may perform such maintenance, repair, replacement, operation or removal, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost thereof upon Landlord’s demand. The costs of any utilities consumed in operation of the Building Signage shall be paid by Tenant upon Landlord’s demand in accordance with Section 3 of the Lease.

 

5.

First Extension Option.

 

  5.1.

Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right (the “First Extension Option”) to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years beginning on the day immediately following the initial Expiration Date and ending on the fifth anniversary thereof (the “First Extension Term”), if:

 

  (a)

not less than 9 and not more than 12 full calendar months before the expiration date of the Lease, Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord (the “First Extension Notice”) electing to exercise the First Extension Option;

 

  (b)

no Default exists when Tenant delivers the First Extension Notice;

 

  (c)

no more than 25% of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate) when Tenant delivers the First Extension Notice; and

 

  (d)

the Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) before Tenant delivers the First Extension Notice.

 

  5.2.

Terms Applicable to First Extension Term.

 

  A.

During the First Extension Term, (a) the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot shall be equal to the Prevailing Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate; and (c) Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

  B.

During the First Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Expense Excess or Tax Excess for the Premises in accordance with the Lease; provided that the Base Year shall be the calendar year in which the First Extension Term commences.

 

  5.3.

Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market.

 

  A.

Initial Procedure. Within 30 days after receiving the First Extension Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term (“Landlord’s Estimate”). Within 30 days of receiving Landlord’s Estimate, Tenant shall give Landlord either (i) written notice (“Tenant’s Binding Notice”) accepting Landlord’s Estimate, or (ii) written notice (“Tenant’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such

 

Exhibit F

3


  estimate and stating Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term. If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, Landlord, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (“Landlord’s Binding Notice”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term stated in Tenant’s Rejection Notice, or (ii) written notice (“Landlord’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate. If Landlord gives Tenant a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, the provisions of Section 5.3.B below shall apply.

 

  B.

Dispute Resolution Procedure.

 

  1.

If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days thereafter, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term (collectively, the “Estimates”). Within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select a broker or agent (an “Agent”) to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term. Each Agent so selected shall be licensed as a real estate broker or agent and in good standing with the California Department of Real Estate, and shall have had at least five (5) years’ experience within the previous 10 years as a commercial real estate broker or agent working in Redwood City, California, with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices relating to buildings similar to the Building.

 

  2.

If each party selects an Agent in accordance with Section 5.3.B.1 above, the parties shall cause their respective Agents to work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term. The Estimate, if any, so agreed upon by such Agents shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Agents fail to reach such agreement within 20 days after their selection, then, within 10 days after the expiration of such 20-day period, the parties shall instruct the Agents to select a third Agent meeting the above criteria (and if the Agents fail to agree upon such third Agent within 10 days after being so instructed, either party may cause a court of competent jurisdiction to select such third Agent). Promptly upon selection of such third Agent, the parties shall instruct such Agent (or, if only one of the parties has selected an Agent within the 7-day period described above, then promptly after the expiration of such 7-day period the parties shall instruct such Agent) to determine, as soon as practicable but in any case within 14 days after his selection, which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate. Such determination by such Agent (the “Final Agent”) shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Final Agent believes that expert advice would materially assist him, he may retain one or more qualified persons to provide such expert advice. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the Final Agent and of any experts retained by the Final Agent. Any fees of any other broker, agent, counsel or expert engaged by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such broker, agent, counsel or expert.

 

  C.

Adjustment. If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the First Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the First Extension Term upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month ending on or before the expiration date of the Lease until such time as the Prevailing Market rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the First Extension Term shall be retroactively adjusted. If such adjustment results in an under- or overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the next Base Rent due under the Lease.

 

Exhibit F

4


  5.4.

First Extension Amendment. If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its First Extension Option, and if the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term is determined in accordance with Section 5.3 above, Landlord, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “First Extension Amendment”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the Term, the expiration date of the Lease, and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 5, and Tenant shall execute and return (or provide Landlord with reasonable objections to) the First Extension Amendment within 15 days after receiving it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the First Extension Term in accordance with Section 5.3 above, an otherwise valid exercise of the First Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the First Extension Amendment is executed.

 

  5.5.

Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this First Extension Option, “Prevailing Market” shall mean the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot under extension and renewal leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the Redwood City, California area. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account (i) any material economic differences between the terms of the Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; (ii) any material differences in configuration or condition between the Premises and any comparison space, including any cost that would have to be incurred in order to make the configuration or condition of the comparison space similar to that of the Premises; and (iii) any reasonably anticipated changes in the Prevailing Market rate from the time such Prevailing Market rate is being determined and the time such Prevailing Market rate will become effective under the Lease.

 

  5.6.

[Intentionally Omitted].

 

6.

Second Extension Option.

 

  6.1.

Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right (the “Second Extension Option”) to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years beginning on the day immediately following the last day of the First Extension Term and ending on the fifth anniversary of such date (the “Second Extension Term”), if:

 

  (a)

not less than 9 and not more than 12 full calendar months before the expiration of the First Extension Term, Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord (the “Second Extension Notice”) electing to exercise the Second Extension Option;

 

  (b)

no Default exists when Tenant delivers the Second Extension Notice;

 

  (c)

no more than 25% of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate) when Tenant delivers the Second Extension Notice; and

 

  (d)

the Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) before Tenant delivers the Second Extension Notice; and

 

  (e)

Tenant exercised the First Extension Option.

 

  6.2.

Terms Applicable to Second Extension Term.

 

  A.

During the Second Extension Term, (a) the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot shall be equal to the Prevailing Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate; and (c) Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

  B.

During the Second Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Expense Excess or Tax Excess for the Premises in accordance with the Lease; provided that the Base Year shall be the calendar year in which the Second Extension Term commences.

 

Exhibit F

5


  6.3.

Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market.

 

  A.

Initial Procedure. Within 30 days after receiving the Extension Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term (“Landlord’s Estimate”). Within 30 days of receiving Landlord’s Estimate, Tenant shall give Landlord either (i) written notice (“Tenant’s Binding Notice”) accepting Landlord’s Estimate, or (ii) written notice (“Tenant’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate and stating Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term. If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, Landlord, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (“Landlord’s Binding Notice”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term stated in Tenant’s Rejection Notice, or (ii) written notice (“Landlord’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate. If Landlord gives Tenant a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, the provisions of Section 6.3.B below shall apply.

 

  B.

Dispute Resolution Procedure.

 

  1.

If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days thereafter, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term (collectively, the “Estimates”). Within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select a broker or agent (an “Agent”) to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term. Each Agent so selected shall be licensed as a real estate broker or agent and in good standing with the California Department of Real Estate, and shall have had at least five (5) years’ experience within the previous 10 years as a commercial real estate broker or agent working in Redwood City, California, with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices relating to buildings similar to the Building.

 

  2.

If each party selects an Agent in accordance with Section 6.3.B.1 above, the parties shall cause their respective Agents to work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term. The Estimate, if any, so agreed upon by such Agents shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Agents fail to reach such agreement within 20 days after their selection, then, within 10 days after the expiration of such 20-day period, the parties shall instruct the Agents to select a third Agent meeting the above criteria (and if the Agents fail to agree upon such third Agent within 10 days after being so instructed, either party may cause a court of competent jurisdiction to select such third Agent). Promptly upon selection of such third Agent, the parties shall instruct such Agent (or, if only one of the parties has selected an Agent within the 7-day period described above, then promptly after the expiration of such 7-day period the parties shall instruct such Agent) to determine, as soon as practicable but in any case within 14 days after his selection, which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate. Such determination by such Agent (the “Final Agent”) shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Final Agent believes that expert advice would materially assist him, he may retain one or more qualified persons to provide such expert advice. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the Final Agent and of any experts retained by the Final Agent. Any fees of any other broker, agent, counsel or expert engaged by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such broker, agent, counsel or expert.

 

Exhibit F

6


  C.

Adjustment. If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Second Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Second Extension Term upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month ending on or before the expiration date of the Lease until such time as the Prevailing Market rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the Second Extension Term shall be retroactively adjusted. If such adjustment results in an under- or overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the next Base Rent due under the Lease.

 

  6.4.

Second Extension Amendment. If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Second Extension Option, and if the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term is determined in accordance with Section 6.3 above, Landlord, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “Second Extension Amendment”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the Term, the expiration date of the Lease, and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 6, and Tenant shall execute and return (or provide Landlord with reasonable objections to) the Extension Amendment within 15 days after receiving it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the Second Extension Term in accordance with Section 6.3 above, an otherwise valid exercise of the Second Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Second Extension Amendment is executed.

 

  6.5.

Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this Second Extension Option, “Prevailing Market” shall mean the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot under extension and renewal leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the Redwood City, California area. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account (i) any material economic differences between the terms of the Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; (ii) any material differences in configuration or condition between the Premises and any comparison space, including any cost that would have to be incurred in order to make the configuration or condition of the comparison space similar to that of the Premises; and (iii) any reasonably anticipated changes in the Prevailing Market rate from the time such Prevailing Market rate is being determined and the time such Prevailing Market rate will become effective under the Lease.

 

  6.6.

[Intentionally Omitted.]

 

7.

Right of First Refusal.

 

  7.1.

Grant of Option; Conditions.

 

  A.

Subject to the terms of this Section 7, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal (“Right of First Refusal”) with respect to the following suite (and with respect to each portion of such suite) (such suite or portion thereof, a “Potential Refusal Space”): the 25,549 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 300 on the third floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit J. Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be exercised as follows: If Landlord has a prospective tenant interested in leasing a Potential Refusal Space (other than to a then existing tenant thereof), then, subject to the terms of this Section 7, Landlord, before leasing such Potential Refusal Space to such prospective tenant, shall provide Tenant with a written notice (for purposes of this Section7, an “Advice”) advising Tenant of the material terms on which Landlord is prepared to lease such Potential Refusal Space (sometimes referred to herein as a “Refusal Space”) to such prospective tenant; provided, however, that if Landlord sends the Advice on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of full execution and delivery of this Lease, the Base Rent, Allowance, Base Year and any Abated Rent set forth by Landlord in the Advice for the Refusal Space shall instead be as provided in Section 7.2.E below. Upon receiving an Advice, Tenant may lease the Refusal Space, in its entirety only, under the terms set forth in the Advice, by delivering to Landlord a written notice of exercise (for purposes of this Section 7, a “Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after receiving the Advice.

 

Exhibit F

7


  B.

If Tenant receives an Advice but does not deliver a Notice of Exercise within the period of time required under Section 7.1.A above, then Landlord may lease the Refusal Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  C.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice if any of the following conditions exists when Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; and (ii) if Tenant receives an Advice from Landlord, Tenant shall not be entitled to lease the Refusal Space based on such Advice if any of the following conditions exists:

 

  (1)

a Default exists;

 

  (2)

all or any portion of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate);

 

  (3)

the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer); or

 

  (4)

provided that the Commencement Date has occurred, Tenant is not occupying the Premises.

If, by operation of the preceding sentence, Landlord is not required to provide Tenant with an Advice, or Tenant, after receiving an Advice, is not entitled to lease the Refusal Space based on such Advice, then Landlord may lease the Refusal Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  7.2.

Terms for Refusal Space.

 

  A.

Sections 5 and 6 above shall not apply to the Refusal Space unless the term for the Refusal Space is coterminous with the term for the initial Premises hereunder, in which case, notwithstanding any contrary provision of Section 7.1.A above, the Advice shall not be required to include any extension or renewal option.

 

  B.

The term for the Refusal Space shall commence on the commencement date stated in the Advice and thereupon the Refusal Space shall be considered a part of the Premises subject to the provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of the Advice (including the provision of the Advice establishing the expiration date for the Refusal Space) shall prevail to the extent they conflict with the provisions of the Lease.

 

  C.

Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Refusal Space in accordance with the provisions of the Advice. The Base Year with respect to the Refusal Space shall be the calendar year in which the Refusal Space is scheduled to commence in accordance with the Advice.

 

  D.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Advice, (i) the Refusal Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its configuration and condition existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the Refusal Space or the commencement date for the Refusal Space; and (ii) if Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Refusal Space by any holdover or unlawful possession of the Refusal Space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Refusal Space and any obligation of Landlord to tender possession of, permit entry to, or perform alterations to the Refusal Space shall be deferred until after Landlord has obtained possession of the Refusal Space (plus any tenant improvement period that may be included in the Advice).

 

  E.

If Landlord sends the Advice on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of full execution and delivery of this Lease, then notwithstanding anything in this Section 7 to the contrary, the Advice shall provide (with any concessions being in lieu of and not in addition to concessions that Landlord was prepared to offer the prospect): (i) the commencement date for the Refusal Space shall be the Refusal Space Commencement Date (as defined below) and the term for the Refusal Space shall be coterminous with the initial Term for the original Premises hereunder; (ii) the amount of Base Rent payable for the Refusal Space shall be the same, on a per-rentable-square-foot basis, as the Base Rent that is then

 

Exhibit F

8


  payable for the original Premises hereunder (as determined without giving effect to the abatement of Base Rent set forth in Section 1.4 of this Lease, but giving effect instead to an abatement of Base Rent for the period beginning on the commencement date for the Refusal Space and having a duration equal to 9 full calendar months multiplied by the percentage obtained by dividing the length of the initial fixed term for the Refusal Space by 63 (the “Refusal Space Term Percentage”)); (iii) Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Share of Expense Excess and Tax Excess for the Refusal Space on the same terms and conditions (including the same Base Year) as for the original Premises hereunder; and (iv) Tenant shall be entitled to receive a one-time allowance for the construction of tenant improvements in the Refusal Space in an amount per rentable square foot of the Refusal Space equal to $80.00 multiplied by the Refusal Space Term Percentage (“Refusal Space Allowance”) to be applied toward the Refusal Space Allowance Items (defined below). Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Refusal Space Improvement Work (defined below), including the costs of the Refusal Space Allowance Items, to the extent such costs exceed the lesser of (1) the Refusal Space Allowance, or (2) the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if Tenant fails to use the entire Refusal Space Allowance within twenty-four (24) months following the commencement date for the applicable Refusal Space, the unused amount shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto. As used herein, “Refusal Space Tenant Improvements” means all improvements to be constructed in the applicable Refusal Space pursuant to this provision, and “Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Refusal Space Tenant Improvements. Except as otherwise provided in this provision, the Refusal Space Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items (in each case, the “Refusal Space Allowance Items”): (a) the fees of Tenant’s architect and engineers, if any, and any Review Fees (defined below); (b) plan-check, permit and license fees relating to performance of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work; (c) the cost of performing the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work, including after-hours charges, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions; (d) the cost of any change to the base, shell or core of the Refusal Space or Building required by Tenant’s plans and specifications (in each case, for purposes of this provision, the “Plans”) (including if such change is due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; (e) the cost of any change to the Plans or Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work required by Law; (f) the Coordination Fee (defined below); (g) sales and use taxes; and (h) all other costs expended by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall disburse the Refusal Space Allowance for Refusal Space Allowance Items by delivering a check to Tenant within 30 days after the latest of (w) the completion of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the approved plans and specifications; (x) Landlord’s receipt of (i) copies of all third-party contracts (including change orders) pursuant to which the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work has been performed, including paid invoices from all parties providing labor or materials to the Refusal Space; (ii) executed unconditional mechanic’s lien releases satisfying California Civil Code § 8138, as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iii) if applicable, a certificate from Tenant’s architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work has been substantially completed; (iv) evidence that all governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Refusal Space have been obtained; and (v) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord; (y) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord); or (z) Tenant’s compliance with Landlord’s standard “close out” requirements regarding city approvals, closeout tasks, Tenant’s contractor, financial close-out matters, and Tenant’s vendors. Landlord’s disbursement shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work. Without limitation, the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work shall be subject to Sections 7.2 (except Section 7.2(d)), 7.3 and 8 of the Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (subject to clause (a) above), upon demand, for any fees reasonably incurred by Landlord for review of the Plans by Landlord’s third party consultants (in each case, for

 

Exhibit F

9


  purposes of this Section 7, “Review Fees”). In consideration of Landlord’s coordination of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee (in each case, for purposes of this Section 7, the “Coordination Fee”) in an amount equal to 1% of the cost of the Refusal Space Tenant Improvement Work not to exceed $12,000. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.2.E to the contrary, but subject to the expiration date for the Refusal Space Allowance set forth above, Tenant may perform improvements to other Refusal Space leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section 7 or Offering Space(s) leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section 8 below and apply a portion of the Refusal Space Allowance thereto, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.2.E or 8.2.E, respectively, with respect to such Refusal Space Tenant Improvements or Offering Space Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that no more than 30% of any particular Refusal Space Allowance may be utilized for improvements in Refusal Space other than the Refusal Space in connection with which the applicable Refusal Space Allowance was granted and/or in any Offering Space, collectively. Subject to the provisions herein, the “Refusal Space Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (i) the first date on which Tenant conducts business in the Refusal Space pursuant to this Lease, (ii) the date that is 120 days after the date that Landlord tenders possession of the Refusal Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any party. If Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Refusal Space by any holdover or unlawful possession of the Refusal Space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Refusal Space as soon as practicable.

 

  7.3.

Termination of Right of First Refusal; One-Time Right.

 

  A.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Refusal, after the date that is nine (9) month prior to the initial Expiration Date of this Lease.

 

  B.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Refusal, with respect to any Potential Refusal Space after the date on which Landlord becomes entitled to lease such Potential Refusal Space to a third party under Section 7.1.B or Section 7.1.C above.

 

  7.4.

Refusal Amendment. If Tenant validly exercises its Right of First Refusal, Landlord, within a reasonable period of time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “Refusal Amendment”) adding the Refusal Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share, and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 7. Tenant shall execute and return the Refusal Amendment to Landlord within 15 days after receiving it, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Refusal shall be fully effective whether or not the Refusal Amendment is executed.

 

  7.5.

Subordination. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be subject and subordinate to the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any tenant of the Project existing on the date hereof. In addition, if Landlord, as permitted under Section 7.5.1.B or 7.5.1.C above, leases any Potential Refusal Space to a third party on terms including a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or other expansion right with respect to any other Potential Refusal Space (and if, in the case of any such lease permitted under Section 7.5.1.B above, such expansion right was disclosed in the Advice received by Tenant), then Tenant’s Right of First Refusal with respect to such other Potential Refusal Space shall be subject and subordinate to such expansion right in favor of such third party.

 

8.

Right of First Offer.

 

  8.1.

Grant of Option; Conditions.

 

  A.

Subject to the terms of this Section 8, Tenant shall have a right of first offer (“Right of First Offer”) with respect to each of the following suites (and with respect to each portion of each such suite) (each such suite or portion thereof, a “Potential Offering Space”): (i) the 5,229 rentable square feet known as Suite

 

Exhibit F

10


  No. 600 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (ii) the 2,019 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 610 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (iii) the 2,560 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 620 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (iv) the 2,548 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 630 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (v) the 2,853 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 640 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (vi) the 2,208 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 650 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (vii) the 1,985 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 660 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (viii) the 2,812 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 670 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K, (ix) the 3,071 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 680 on the sixth floor of the Building shown on the demising plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit K. Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be exercised as follows: At any time after Landlord has determined that a Potential Offering Space has become Available (defined below), but before leasing such Potential Offering Space to a third party, Landlord, subject to the terms of this Section 8, shall provide Tenant with a written notice (for purposes of this Section 8, an “Advice”) advising Tenant of the material terms on which Landlord is prepared to lease such Potential Offering Space (sometimes referred to herein as an “Offering Space”) to Tenant, which terms shall be consistent with Section 8.2 below. For purposes hereof, a Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become “Available” as follows: (i) if such Potential Offering Space is not leased to a third party as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, such Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become Available when Landlord has located a prospective tenant that may be interested in leasing such Potential Offering Space; and (ii) if such Potential Offering Space is leased to a third party as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, such Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become Available when Landlord has determined that such third-party tenant, and any occupant of such Potential Offering Space claiming under such third-party tenant, will not extend or renew the term of its lease, or enter into a new lease, for such Potential Offering Space. Upon receiving an Advice, Tenant may lease the Offering Space, in its entirety only, under the terms set forth in the Advice, by delivering to Landlord a written notice of exercise (for purposes of this Section 7, a “Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after receiving the Advice.

 

  B.

If Tenant receives an Advice but does not deliver a Notice of Exercise within the period of time required under Section 8.1.A above, Landlord may lease the Offering Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  C.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice if any of the following conditions exists when Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; and (ii) if Tenant receives an Advice from Landlord, Tenant shall not be entitled to lease the Offering Space based on such Advice if any of the following conditions exists:

 

  (1)

a Default exists;

 

  (2)

more than 15% of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate);

 

  (3)

the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted transfer); or

 

  (4)

provided that the Commencement Date has occurred, Tenant is not occupying the Premises.

If, by operation of the preceding sentence, Landlord is not required to provide Tenant with an Advice, or Tenant, after receiving an Advice, is not entitled to lease the Offering Space based on such Advice, then Landlord may lease the Offering Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Exhibit F

11


  8.2.

Terms for Offering Space.

 

  A.

The term for the Offering Space shall be such period as Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may set forth in the Advice; provided, however, that such term shall be not less than coterminous with the term for the initial Premises hereunder and (except to the extent necessary to be so coterminous) shall not exceed 120 months. Sections 5 and 6 above shall not apply to the Offering Space unless the term for the Offering Space is coterminous with the term for the initial Premises hereunder.

 

  B.

The term for the Offering Space shall commence on the commencement date stated in the Advice and thereupon the Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Premises subject to the provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of the Advice (including the provision of the Advice establishing the expiration date for the Offering Space) shall prevail to the extent they conflict with the provisions of the Lease.

 

  C.

Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Offering Space in accordance with the provisions of the Advice. The Base Year with respect to the Offering Space shall be the calendar year in which the Offering Space is scheduled to commence in accordance with the Advice. The Advice shall reflect the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 8.5 below) rate for the Offering Space as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment.

 

  D.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Advice, (i) the Offering Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its configuration and condition existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the Offering Space or the commencement date for the Offering Space; and (ii) if Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Offering Space by any holdover or unlawful possession of the Offering Space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Offering Space and any obligation of Landlord to tender possession of, permit entry to, or perform alterations to the Offering Space shall be deferred until after Landlord has obtained possession of the Offering Space.

 

  E.

If Landlord sends the Advice on or prior to the date that is eighteen (18) months after the date of full execution and delivery of this Lease, then notwithstanding anything in this Section 8 to the contrary, the Advice shall provide (with any concessions being in lieu of and not in addition to concessions that Landlord would otherwise have been prepared to offer in connection with leasing such Offering Space to offer): (i) the commencement date for the Offering Space shall be 120 days after Landlord tenders possession of the Offering Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any other party and the term for the Offering Space shall be coterminous with the initial Term for the original Premises hereunder; (ii) the amount of Base Rent payable for the Offering Space shall be equal to $5.65 per rentable square foot of the Offering Space per month, with three percent (3%) increases effective as of each anniversary of the commencement date for the Offering Space; (iii) in lieu of any abatement of Base Rent as set forth in Section 1.4 of this Lease, there shall be an abatement of Base Rent for the first three (3) full calendar months of the term for the Offering Space; (iii) Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Share of Expense Excess and Tax Excess for the Offering Space on the same terms and conditions (including the same Base Year) as for the original Premises hereunder; and (iv) Tenant shall be entitled to receive a one-time allowance for the construction of tenant improvements in the Offering Space in the amount of $50.00 per rentable square foot of the Offering Space (“Offering Space Allowance”) to be applied toward the Offering Space Allowance Items (defined below). Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Offering Space Improvement Work (defined below), including the costs of the Offering Space Allowance Items, to the extent such costs exceed the lesser of (1) the Offering Space Allowance, or (2) the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision, if Tenant fails to use the entire Offering Space Allowance within twenty-four (24) months following the commencement date for the applicable Offering Space, the unused amount shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto. As used herein, “Offering Space Tenant Improvements” means all improvements to be constructed in the applicable Offering Space pursuant to this provision, and “Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the

 

Exhibit F

12


  Offering Space Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Offering Space Tenant Improvements. Except as otherwise provided in this provision, the Offering Space Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items (in each case, the “Offering Space Allowance Items”): (a) the fees of Tenant’s architect and engineers, if any, and any Review Fees (as defined below); (b) plan-check, permit and license fees relating to performance of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work; (c) the cost of performing the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work, including after-hours charges, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions; (d) the cost of any change to the base, shell or core of the Offering Space or Building required by Tenant’s plans and specifications (in each case, for purposes of this provision, the “Plans”) (including if such change is due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; (e) the cost of any change to the Plans or Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work required by Law; (f) the Coordination Fee (defined below); (g) sales and use taxes; and (h) all other costs expended by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall disburse the Offering Space Allowance for Offering Space Allowance Items by delivering a check to Tenant within 30 days after the latest of (w) the completion of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the approved plans and specifications; (x) Landlord’s receipt of (i) copies of all third-party contracts (including change orders) pursuant to which the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work has been performed, including paid invoices from all parties providing labor or materials to the Offering Space; (ii) executed unconditional mechanic’s lien releases satisfying California Civil Code § 8138, as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iii) if applicable, a certificate from Tenant’s architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work has been substantially completed; (iv) evidence that all governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Offering Space have been obtained; and (v) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord; (y) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord); or (z) Tenant’s compliance with Landlord’s standard “close out” requirements regarding city approvals, closeout tasks, Tenant’s contractor, financial close-out matters, and Tenant’s vendors. Landlord’s disbursement shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work. Without limitation, the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work shall be subject to Sections 7.2 (except Section 7.2(d)), 7.3 and 8 of the Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (subject to clause (a) above), upon demand, for any fees reasonably incurred by Landlord for review of the Plans by Landlord’s third party consultants (in each case, as used in this Section 8, “Review Fees”). In consideration of Landlord’s coordination of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee (in each case, for purposes of this Section 8, “Coordination Fee”) in an amount equal to 1% of the cost of the Offering Space Tenant Improvement Work not to exceed $12,000. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.2.E to the contrary, but subject to the expiration date for the Offering Space Allowance set forth above, Tenant may perform improvements to other Offering Space(s) leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section 8 and apply a portion of the Offering Space Allowance thereto, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8.2.E with respect to Offering Space Tenant Improvements, provided, however, that no more than 30% of any particular Offering Space Allowance may be utilized for improvements in Offering Space(s) other than the Offering Space in connection with which the applicable Offering Space Allowance was granted.

 

Exhibit F

13


  8.3.

Termination of Right of First Offer; One-Time Right.

 

  A.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Offer, after the date that is nine (9) month prior to the initial Expiration Date of this Lease.

 

  B.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Offer, with respect to any Potential Offering Space after the date, if any, on which Landlord becomes entitled to lease such Potential Offering Space to a third party under Section 8.1.B or 8.1.C above.

 

  8.4.

Offering Amendment. If Tenant validly exercises its Right of First Offer, Landlord, within a reasonable period of time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the Offering Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share, and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 8. Tenant shall execute and return the Offering Amendment to Landlord within 15 days after receiving it, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Offer shall be fully effective whether or not the Offering Amendment is executed.

 

  8.5.

Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this Section 8, “Prevailing Market” means the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot, under renewal and expansion leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder, for space comparable to the Offering Space in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the Redwood City, California area. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account (i) any material economic differences between the terms of the Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; and (ii) any material differences in configuration or condition between the Offering Space and any comparison space.

 

  8.6.

Subordination. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be subject and subordinate to the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any tenant of the Project existing on the date hereof. In addition, if Landlord, as permitted under Section 8.1.B or 8.1.C above, leases any Potential Offering Space to a third party on terms including a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or other expansion right with respect to any other Potential Offering Space (and if, in the case of any such lease permitted under Section 8.1.B above, such expansion right was disclosed in the Advice received by Tenant), then Tenant’s Right of First Offer with respect to such other Potential Offering Space shall be subject and subordinate to such expansion right in favor of such third party.

 

9.

Late Delivery of Premises; Abatement of Base Rent. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if the Commencement Date does not occur on or before the Outside Completion Date (defined below), Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent, beginning on the date that Base Rent otherwise first becomes payable hereunder, in the amount of $9,226.62, for each day in the period beginning on the Outside Completion Date and ending on the date immediately preceding the Commencement Date. As used herein, “Outside Completion Date” means May 1, 2019; provided, however, that the Outside Completion Date shall be postponed by one (1) day for each day, if any, by which the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work is delayed by any event of Force Majeure: or (b) any Tenant Improvements that are not customary and typical office improvements, except to the extent that such delay resulting from such change constitutes a Tenant Delay.

 

10.

Elevator Lobby Signage.

 

  10.1.

Tenant’s Right to Elevator Lobby Signage. Subject to the terms of this Section 10, during the Term Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace and operate signage (“Tenant’s Elevator Lobby Signage”) bearing Tenant’s Name (defined below) in the elevator lobby of any full floor that is leased and occupied by Tenant on the wall facing the elevators. As used herein, “Tenant Name” means, at any time, at Tenant’s discretion, (i) the name of Tenant set forth in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Tenant’s Existing Name”), or (ii) if Tenant’s name is not then Tenant’s Existing Name, then Tenant’s name, provided that such name is compatible with a first-class

 

Exhibit F

14


  office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and/or (iii) Tenant’s logo, provided that such logo is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Tenant’s rights under this Section 10 shall be personal to the party named as Tenant in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Original Tenant”) and to any successor to Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease that acquires its interest in this Lease solely by means of one or more Permitted Transfers originating with Original Tenant, and may not be transferred to any other party.

 

  10.2.

Landlord’s Approval. The size, color, materials and all other aspects of the Elevator Lobby Signage, including its exact location and any provisions for illumination, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s approval as to aesthetic matters may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion.

 

  10.3.

General Provisions. Tenant, at its expense, shall design, fabricate, install, maintain, repair, replace, operate and remove the Elevator Lobby Signage, in each case in a first class manner consistent with a first-class office building and in compliance with all applicable Laws. Not later than the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or, if earlier, the date on which Tenant becomes no longer entitled to Elevator Lobby Signage under this Section 10), Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Elevator Lobby Signage and restore all damage to the Building caused by its installation, operation or removal. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant, not Landlord, shall, at its expense, (i) cause its property insurance policy to cover the Elevator Lobby Signage, and (ii) promptly repair the Elevator Lobby Signage if it is damaged by any Casualty. Except as may be expressly provided in this Section 10, the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, removal and any other work performed by Tenant affecting the Elevator Lobby Signage shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Lease as if such work were an Alteration.

 

Exhibit F

15


EXHIBIT G

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

Exhibit G

1


EXHIBIT H

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

INITIAL LOCATION OF RESERVED PARKING SPACES

 

Exhibit H

1


EXHIBIT I

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF BUILDING SIGNAGE

 

Exhibit I

1


EXHIBIT J

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

OUTLINE OF POTENTIAL REFUSAL SPACE

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit J

1


EXHIBIT K

THE TOWERS @ SHORES CENTER

203 REDWOOD SHORES PARKWAY

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

OUTLINE OF POTENTIAL OFFERING SPACE

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit K

1


FIRST AMENDMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of January 15, 2019, by and between HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

 

A.

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated August 9, 2018, (the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 50,327 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) consisting of (a) approximately 25,175 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 700 on the seventh floor, and (b) approximately 25,152 rentable square feet known as Suite No. 800 on the eighth floor, both in the building commonly known as Towers @ Shores - 203 Redwood Shores located at 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California (the “Building”).

 

B.

Tenant and Landlord mutually desire that the Lease be amended on and subject to the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.

Amendment. Effective as of the date of the Lease (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease shall be amended in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

  1.1.

Section 2.6.1 of Exhibit B (“Work Letter”) to the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Construction Pricing Proposal. Within 21 business days after the Architectural Drawings are approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Construction Pricing Proposal”) of the cost of all Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Architectural Drawings and the Approved Additional Programming Information. The Construction Pricing Proposal (other than with respect to soft costs) shall be based on a bid from the Contractor which in turn shall be based on competitive written bids from at least three (3) subcontractors for each trade estimated to exceed $25,000,00, except for (i) any work affecting any fire/life-safety system or structural elements of the Building, and (ii) any asbestos testing or containment. Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice approving or disapproving the Construction Pricing Proposal. If Tenant disapproves the Construction Pricing Proposal, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall be accompanied by proposed revisions to the Approved Architectural Drawings and/or the Approved Additional Programming Information that Tenant requests in order to resolve its objections to the Construction Pricing Proposal, and Landlord shall respond as required under Section 2.7 below. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until the Construction Pricing Proposal is approved by Tenant. Upon Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal, Landlord may purchase the items set forth in the Construction Pricing Proposal and begin construction relating to such items.”

 

  1.2.

Section 2.6.1 of Exhibit B (“Work Letter”) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Landlord shall retain a contractor of its choice (the “Contractor”) to perform the Tenant Improvement Work. In addition, subject to Section 2.6.1, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.”

 

  1.3.

Landlord and Tenant confirm and agree that Exhibits H and I were inadvertently omitted from the executed Lease, and that the correct Exhibits H and I, which are hereby incorporated into the Lease, are attached hereto as Exhibits A and B, respectively.

 

1


  1.4.

Address of Tenant. Effective as of the date hereof, the Address of Tenant referenced in Section 1.10 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

 

“1.10 Address of Tenant:    Before the Commencement Date:
  

Poshmark, Inc.

101 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood City, CA 94065

Attn: Anan Kashyap, Chief Financial Officer

   From and after the Commencement Date:
  

At the Premises

Attn: Anan Kashyap, Chief Financial Officer”

 

2.

Miscellaneous.

 

  2.1.

This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Tenant shall not be entitled, in connection with entering into this Amendment, to any free rent, allowance, alteration, improvement or similar economic incentive to which Tenant may have been entitled in connection with entering into the Lease, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

 

  2.2.

Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  2.3.

In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

 

  2.4.

Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered it to Tenant.

 

  2.5.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

 

  2.6.

Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Amendment has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

a Maryland limited partnership,

its sole member

  By:  

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

a Maryland corporation,

its general partner

    By:  

/s/ Mark T. Lammas

    Name:  

Mark T. Lammas

    Title:  

Chief Operating Officer,

     

Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer

TENANT:

POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Anan Kashyap

Name:  

Anan Kashyap

Title:  

CFO

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Exhibit H to Lease

 

LOGO

 

4


EXHIBIT B

Exhibit I to Lease

 

LOGO

 

5


SECOND AMENDMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of February 5, 2019, by and between HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

 

A.

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated August 9, 2018, as previously amended by that certain First Amendment dated January 15, 2019 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 50,327 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”) at the building commonly known as Towers @ Shores-203 Redwood Shores located at 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California (the “Building”) and described as (i) Suite 700 consisting of approximately 25,175 rentable square feet on the seventh floor of the Building; and (ii) Suite 800 consisting of approximately 25,152 rentable square feet on the eighth floor of the Building

 

B.

Pursuant to Section 7 of Exhibit F to the Lease (entitled, “Right of First Refusal”), Landlord’s Advice (as defined in the Lease) dated January 3, 2019 in connection therewith and Tenant’s Notice of Exercise (as defined in the Lease) in response thereto, the parties wish to expand the Premises (defined in the Lease) to include additional space, containing approximately 25,549 rentable square feet described as Suite 300 on the third floor of the Building and shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”), on the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.

Expansion.

 

  1.1.

Effect of Expansion. Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date (defined in Section 1.2 below), the Premises shall be increased from 50,327 rentable square feet on the seventh and eighth floors to 75,876 rentable square feet on the third, seventh and eighth floors by the addition of the Expansion Space, and, from and after the Expansion Effective Date, the Premises shall be deemed to include the Expansion Space. The term of the Lease for the Expansion Space (the “Expansion Term”) shall commence on the Expansion Effective Date (which may occur before, concurrently with or after the Commencement Date for the Existing Premises) and, unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with the Lease, expire as of the initial Expiration Date under the Lease. From and after the Expansion Effective Date, the Expansion Space shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as provided herein. Except as may be expressly provided herein, (a) Tenant shall not be entitled to receive, with respect to the Expansion Space, any allowance, free rent or other financial concession granted with respect to the Existing Premises, and (b) no representation or warranty made by Landlord with respect to the Existing Premises shall apply to the Expansion Space.

 

  1.2.

Expansion Effective Date. As used herein, “Expansion Effective Date” means the earlier of (i) the first date on which Tenant conducts business in the Expansion Space, or (ii) the date occurring 120 days after the Expansion Delivery Date (defined below). As used herein, “Expansion Delivery Date” means the date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any party, which is estimated to be July 1, 2019. During the period beginning on the Expansion Delivery Date and ending on the date immediately preceding the Expansion Effective Date, all provisions of the Lease relating to the Expansion Space shall apply as if the Expansion Effective Date had occurred; provided, however, that during such period (a) Tenant shall not be required to pay Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space, and (b) Tenant may not conduct business in the Expansion Space. If Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Expansion Space by any holdover or unlawful possession of the Expansion Space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Expansion Space as soon as practicable.

 

  1.3.

Confirmation Letter. At any time after the Expansion Effective Date, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, as a confirmation of the information set forth therein. Tenant shall execute and return (or, by written notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) such notice within 10 business days after receiving it.

 

1


2.

Base Rent. With respect to the Expansion Space, the schedule of Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

Period During Expansion

Term

(to the extent applicable)

   Annual Rate Per Square
Foot (rounded to the
nearest 100th of a dollar)
     Monthly Base Rent  

Expansion Effective Date through last day of 12th full calendar month of the Term (as such “Term” is determined with respect to the Existing Premises in accordance with Section 1.3.1 of the Lease)

   $ 66.00      $ 140,519.50  

13th through 24th full calendar months of the Term

   $ 67.98      $ 144,735.09  

25th through 36th full calendar months of the Term

   $ 70.02      $ 149,077.14  

37th through 48th full calendar months of the Term

   $ 72.12      $ 153,549.45  

49th through 60th full calendar months of the Term

   $ 74.28      $ 158,155.94  

61st full calendar month of the Term through Expiration Date

   $ 76.51      $ 162,900.61  

All such Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Space for the Abatement Period (defined below), in the amount of $140,519.50 per month with respect to any portion of the Abatement Period that occurs prior or during to the 12th full calendar month of the Term (as such “Term” is determined with respect to the Existing Premises in accordance with Section 1.3.1 of the Lease), and in the amount of $144,735.09 per month with respect to any portion of the Abatement Period that occurs after the 12th full calendar month of the Term (as such “Term” is determined with respect to the Existing Premises in accordance with Section 1.3.1 of the Lease), if any, in either case prorated for any partial month in accordance with Section 3 of the Lease. As used in this Section 2, the “Abatement Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Expansion Effective Date and ending on the date that is the number of months thereafter (with any partial month rounded to the nearest full day) obtained by multiplying 9 by the Refusal Space Term Percentage (as defined in Section 7.2.E of Exhibit F to the Lease). Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary; if a Default exists when any such abatement would otherwise apply, such abatement shall be deferred until the date, if any, on which such Default is cured.

 

3.

Intentionally Omitted.

 

4.

Tenant’s Share and Base Year. With respect to the Expansion Space during the Expansion Term, (a) Tenant’s Share shall be 7.6384% and (b) and the Base Year shall be the calendar year 2019.

 

5.

Expenses and Taxes. With respect to the Expansion Space during the Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended.

 

6.

Improvements to Expansion Space.

 

  6.1.

Configuration and Condition of Expansion Space. Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Expansion Space and agrees to accept it in its existing configuration and condition (or in such other configuration and condition as any existing tenant of the Expansion Space may cause to exist in accordance with its lease), without any representation by Landlord regarding its configuration or condition and without any obligation on the part of Landlord to perform or pay for any alteration or improvement, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

 

2


  6.2.

Expansion Space Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to receive a one-time allowance (“Expansion Space Allowance”) for the construction of tenant improvements in the Expansion Space in the amount of $80.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space multiplied by the Refusal Space Term Percentage (as defined in Section 7.2.E of Exhibit F to the Lease) to be applied toward the Expansion Space Allowance Items (defined below). Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Expansion Space Improvement Work (defined below), including the costs of the Expansion Space Allowance Items, to the extent such costs exceed the lesser of (1) the Expansion Space Allowance, or (2) the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision, if Tenant fails to use the entire Expansion Space Allowance within twenty-four (24) months after the Expansion Effective Date, the unused amount shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto. As used herein, “Expansion Space Tenant Improvements” means all improvements to be constructed in the Expansion Space pursuant to this provision, and “Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements. Except as otherwise provided in this provision, the Expansion Space Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items (in each case, the “Expansion Space Allowance Items”): (a) the fees of Tenant’s architect and engineers, if any, and any Review Fees (as defined below); (b) plan-check, permit and license fees relating to performance of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work; (c) the cost of performing the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work, including after-hours charges, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions; (d) the cost of any change to the base, shell or core of the Expansion Space or Building required by Tenant’s plans and specifications (in each case, for purposes of this provision, the “Plans”) (including if such change is due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; (e) the cost of any change to the Plans or Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work required by Law; (f) the Coordination Fee (defined below); (g) sales and use taxes; and (h) all other costs expended by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall disburse the Expansion Space Allowance for Expansion Space Allowance Items by delivering a check to Tenant within 30 days after the latest of (w) the completion of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the approved plans and specifications; (x) Landlord’s receipt of (i) copies of all third-party contracts (including change orders) pursuant to which the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work has been performed, including paid invoices from all parties providing labor or materials to the Expansion Space; (ii) executed unconditional mechanic’s lien releases satisfying California Civil Code § 8138, as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iii) if applicable, a certificate from Tenant’s architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work has been substantially completed; (iv) evidence that all governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Expansion Space have been obtained; and (v) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord; (y) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord); or (z) Tenant’s compliance with Landlord’s standard “close out” requirements regarding city approvals, closeout tasks, Tenant’s contractor, financial close-out matters, and Tenant’s vendors. Landlord’s disbursement shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work. Without limitation, the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work shall be subject to Sections 7.2 (except Section 7.2(d)), 7.3 and 8 of the Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (subject to clause (a) above), upon demand, for any fees reasonably incurred by Landlord for review of the Plans by Landlord’s third-party consultants (in each case, as used in this Section 6.2, “Review Fees”). In consideration of Landlord’s coordination of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee (as used in this Section 6.2, “Coordination Fee”) in an amount equal to 1% of the cost of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Work not to exceed $12,000. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.2 to the contrary, but subject to the expiration date for the Expansion Space Allowance set forth above, Tenant may perform improvements to any Offering Space (as defined in Section 8 of Exhibit F to the Lease) leased by Tenant pursuant to such Section 8 and apply a portion of the Expansion Space Allowance thereto, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.2 with respect to Expansion Space Tenant Improvements, provided, however, that no more than 30% of the Expansion Space Allowance hereunder may be utilized for improvements in Offering Space(s).

 

3


7.

Other Pertinent Provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree that, effective as of the date of this Amendment (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects:

 

  7.1.

California Civil Code Section 1938. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Expansion Space has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52).

Accordingly, pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938(e), Landlord hereby further states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises”.

In accordance with the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that if Tenant requests a CASp inspection of the Expansion Space, then Tenant shall pay (i) the fee for such inspection, and (ii) except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Expansion Space identified by such CASp inspection so carried out by or at the request of Tenant.

 

  7.2.

Parking. With respect to the Expansion Term, the number of non-reserved parking spaces that Tenant is entitled to use pursuant to Sections 1.9 and 24 of the Lease shall be increased by eighty-four (84) non-reserved parking spaces.

 

  7.3

Extension Options. The First Extension Option set forth in Section 5 of Exhibit F to the Lease and the Second Extension Option set forth in Section 6 of Exhibit F to the Lease shall include the Expansion Space.

 

  7.4

Monument Signage.

7.4.1. Tenant’s Right to Monument Signage. Subject to the terms of this Section 7.4, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to have signage (“Tenant’s Monument Signage”) bearing Tenant’s Name (defined below) installed on the second panel of the monument sign currently located near the front main entrance to the Building (the “Monument Sign”). As used in this Section 7.4, “Tenant’s Name” means, at any time, at Tenant’s discretion, (i) the name of Tenant set forth in the first paragraph of the Lease (for purposes of this Section 7.4, “Tenant’s Existing Name”), or (ii) if Tenant’s name is not then Tenant’s Existing Name, then Tenant’s name, provided that such name is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and/or (iii) Tenant’s logo, provided that such logo is then being used by Tenant on a substantially nationwide basis and is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant’s rights under this Section 7.4 shall be personal to the party named as Tenant in the first paragraph of the Lease (for purposes of this Section 7.4, “Existing Tenant”) and to any successor to Existing Tenant’s interest in the Lease that acquires its interest in the Lease solely by means of one or more Permitted Transfers originating with Existing Tenant, and may not be transferred to any other party.

7.4.2. Landlord’s Approval. Any proposed Tenant’s Monument Signage shall comply with all applicable Laws and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that (a) Landlord’s approval as to aesthetic matters may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion, and (b) Landlord may require that Tenant’s Monument Signage be of the same size and style as the other signage on the Monument Sign. To obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord showing the type and sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used in Tenant’s Monument Signage; and (if applicable and Landlord consents thereto) any arrangements for illumination.

7.4.3. Fabrication; Installation; Maintenance; Removal; Costs. Landlord shall (a) fabricate (substantially in accordance with Tenant’s design approved by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.4.2 above), install and, at the expiration or earlier termination of Tenant’s rights under this Section 7.4, remove Tenant’s Monument Signage; and (b) maintain, repair, and (if applicable) illuminate the Monument Sign. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, promptly upon demand, for (x) all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in fabricating, installing or removing Tenant’s Monument Signage, and (y) Tenant’s pro rata share (as determined taking into account any other parties using the Monument Sign) of all costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining, repairing and (if applicable) illuminating the Monument Sign.

 

4


7.4.4. Costs Associated With Relocation of Existing Panel. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, promptly upon demand, for all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord to relocate another tenant’s existing Monument Sign panel from the second position to the third position thereon.

 

8.

Miscellaneous.

 

  8.1.

This Amendment and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Amendment, set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Tenant shall not be entitled, in connection with entering into this Amendment, to any free rent, allowance, alteration, improvement or similar economic incentive to which Tenant may have been entitled in connection with entering into the Lease, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

 

  8.2.

Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  8.3.

In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

 

  8.4.

Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered it to Tenant.

 

  8.5.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

 

  8.6.

Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers (other than S5 Advisory) claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Amendment has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:  
HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,
  a Maryland limited partnership,
  its sole member
  By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Arthur X. Suazo

    Name:   Arthur X. Suazo
    Title:   Executive Vice President

 

TENANT:
POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Anan Kashyap

Name:   Anan Kashyap
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

6


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

 

1


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

_____________________, 20__

 

To:  

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Re:

Second Amendment (the “Amendment”), dated ______________, 20____, to a lease agreement dated August 9, 2018, between HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), concerning Suite 300 on the third floor of the building located at 203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California (the “Expansion Space”).

Dear _________________:

In accordance with the Amendment, Tenant accepts possession of the Expansion Space and confirms that the Expansion Effective Date is _____________, 20___.

Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention. Please note that, under Section 1.3 of the Amendment, Tenant is required to execute and return (or reasonably object in writing to) this letter within 10 business days after receiving it.

 

“Landlord”:
HUDSON TOWERS AT SHORE CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,
  a Maryland limited partnership,
  its sole member
  By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    its general partner
    By:  

             

    Name:  

 

   

Title:

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as
of                   , 20 .

 

“Tenant”:
POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

                 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.11

POSHMARK, INC.

SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

September 15, 2020

$50,000,000

 

 


THIS SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), dated as of September 15, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and among POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”) and the purchasers set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (in each case, together with their respective successors and registered assigns, a “Purchaser”, and collectively, “Purchasers”).

The parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS; INTERPRETATIVE PROVISIONS.

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and calculations and determinations shall be made following GAAP, in each case, as in effect from time to time and consistently applied; provided that, if after the Effective Date, there occurs any change in GAAP or in the application thereof that materially impacts the calculation of the financial metrics under this Agreement and the Issuer notifies the Holders that the Issuer requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of such change in GAAP or in the application thereof (or if the Required Holders notify Issuer that it requests an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such provision is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision is amended in accordance herewith. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth on Exhibit A. As used in the Note Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. For purposes of the Note Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to a Person’s knowledge or awareness, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer of such Person.

2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.

2.1 Purchase and Sale of Notes. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase, on the Effective Date, and Issuer hereby agrees to issue to each Purchaser, on the Effective Date, senior unsecured convertible promissory notes, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively, the “Notes”, and each, a “Note”), in an aggregate original principal amount of $50,000,000.

2.2 Payment or Conversion of the Notes.

(a) Payment at Maturity. Unless earlier converted in accordance with the terms of the Notes, Issuer shall pay in cash, on the Maturity Date, in respect of each Note, the outstanding principal amount thereof, the Exit Fee and any unpaid Other Obligations then due and owing to Holders.

(b) No Prepayment at the Election of Issuer. The principal amount of the Obligations may not be voluntarily paid prior to the Maturity Date except as set forth in subsections (c), (d) or (e) below.

(c) Mandatory Prepayment Upon Acceleration. If the Obligations are accelerated in accordance with the terms hereof following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Issuer shall immediately pay to Holders, in respect of each Note, the outstanding principal amount thereof, the Applicable Premium and any unpaid Other Obligations then due and owing to Holders.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon Change of Control. If Issuer consummates a Change in Control, Issuer shall pay in cash upon the effectiveness of such Change of Control, in respect of each Note, an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount, plus the Applicable Premium, and any unpaid Other Obligations then due and owing to Holders.

(e) Prepayment / Conversion Upon SPAC Transaction. If Issuer consummates a SPAC Transaction, the Required Holders may elect to (i) require prepayment of the Notes, in which case Issuer shall pay in cash upon the effectiveness of such SPAC Transaction, in respect of each Note, an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount, plus the Applicable Premium, and any unpaid Other Obligations then due and owing to Holders, or (ii) convert the Notes, in which case, each Note shall convert in accordance with the terms set forth in the Notes.


(f) Automatic Conversion upon Initial Public Offering Or Direct Listing. If Issuer consummates a Qualified IPO or a Qualified Direct Listing, the Notes shall be automatically converted in accordance with the terms set forth in the Notes, provided that, in no event shall any Holder be required to enter into a lock-up agreement or similar arrangement in connection with such conversion.

2.3 Payments. All payments made in respect of the Notes or otherwise pursuant to the Note Documents shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff, recoupment or counterclaim before 4.00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date when due by wire transfer in accordance with wire transfer instructions confirmed in writing by each Holder on or prior to the date of payment. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day. Upon payment in cash or delivery of Conversion Shares, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement and the Notes, the Notes shall be deemed satisfied in full.

2.4 Fees, Premium and Holder Expenses; Default Rate. Issuer shall pay the following to Holders in respect of the Notes:

(a) Exit Fee. The Exit Fee, if the Notes are repaid in cash when due in accordance with Section 2.2(a).

(b) Applicable Premium. The Applicable Premium, if the Notes are repaid in cash when due in accordance with Section 2.2(c) or (d), or, subject to Required Holders election to receive payment in cash, Section 2.2(e);

(c) Holder Expenses. All Holder Expenses incurred through the date of issuance, on the Effective Date, and all Holder Expenses incurred after the Effective Date, promptly upon request.

(d) Default Rate. During the existence of an Event of Default due to non-payment of any Obligations, whether at the scheduled Maturity Date or upon acceleration of the Obligations, the outstanding Obligations shall, at the election of Required Holders, bear interest at the Applicable Default Rate, which shall accrue to principal monthly, on the first day of each month, (the “Default Interest”). Accrual, payment or acceptance of Default Interest is not a permitted alternative to timely payment or delivery of Conversion Shares and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Holders.

2.5 Withholding.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Issuer under any Note Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.

(b) If a Holder is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Note Document, such Holder shall deliver to Issuer, at the time or times reasonably requested by Issuer, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Issuer as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding, including, but not limited to, IRS Form W-9, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8IMY, in each case, as applicable. In addition, each Holder, if reasonably requested by Issuer, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Issuer as will enable Issuer to determine whether or not is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Holder agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Issuer in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Holder agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Issuer in writing of its legal inability to do so.

3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Closing. Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase Notes on the Effective Date shall be subject to Purchasers’ receipt of each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchasers, or satisfaction of the following conditions, as applicable:

(a) this Agreement, duly executed by Issuer;

(b) each Note to be delivered to the Purchasers as of the Effective Date, duly executed by Issuer;

 

2


(c) an officer’s certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, duly executed by a Responsible Officer, certifying as to the Operating Documents of the Issuer as in effect as of the Effective Date, resolutions of the Board approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares (upon conversion of the Notes), and a waiver by the requisite stockholders of any conversion price adjustment or preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

(d) a legal opinion of Issuer’s counsel with respect to the Note Documents; and

(e) payment of all Holder Expenses incurred through the Effective Date, as set forth in the flow of funds agreed upon between Issuer and each Purchaser on or prior to the Effective Date.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ISSUER

Issuer hereby represents and warrants as follows:

4.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Agreement, to issue the Notes, to issue the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes, and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes and any other Note Documents and to carry on its business as presently conducted. Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not be reasonable expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2 Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2 hereto, as of the Effective Date, (a) Issuer does not own or control any Equity Interest of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (b) every Subsidiary of Issuer is wholly-owned, and (c) Issuer is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or similar arrangement.

4.3 Capitalization.

(a) Schedule 4.3(a) hereto sets forth with respect to each class and series of capital stock of Issuer as of the Effective Date, the par value, the number of shares authorized, outstanding and reserved for issuance pursuant to options, warrants or convertible securities, and with respect to Issuer’s 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan (“Plan”), the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to options duly granted pursuant to the Plan and the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant options available to be granted pursuant to the Plan. As of the Effective Date, Issuer has not made any representations regarding equity incentives to any officer, employee, director or consultant that are inconsistent with the share amounts and terms set forth in Schedule 4.3(a) hereto.

(b) All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom; and (iii) are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of Issuer upon transfer as set forth in the Operating Documents of the Issuer as of the Effective Date.

(c) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Preferred Stock are as stated in the Operating Documents delivered to the Purchaser on the Effective Date. When issued upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms there of and the Operating Documents, the Conversion Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of any Liens or encumbrances other than Liens and encumbrances created by or imposed upon the applicable Holder; provided, however, that the Conversion Shares may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws or as otherwise required by such laws at the time a transfer is proposed. The issuance of the Notes, and the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes is not and will not be subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal that have not been properly waived.

(d) Issuer has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or redeem any of its capital stock.

 

3


(e) To Issuer’s knowledge, any “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as such term is defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) under which Issuer makes, is obligated to make or promises to make, payments (each, a “409A Plan”) complies in all material respects, in both form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder. To the knowledge of Issuer, no payment to be made under any 409A Plan is, or will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

(f) Subject to the accuracy of the representations of Purchasers in Section 5, and subject to the filings set forth below, the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local Governmental Authority is required on the part of Issuer in connection with the consummation of the issuance of the Notes and the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes, except for (i) filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act or the filing pursuant to Section 25102(f) or 25102.1 of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and any other applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

4.4 Authorization; Enforceability. All corporate action on the part of Issuer, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Note Documents, the performance of all Issuer’s obligations thereunder, and the sale, issuance and delivery of the Notes pursuant hereto and the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes, has been taken. The Note Documents, when executed and delivered, will be valid and binding obligations of Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights, (b) general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

4.5 Financial Statements. The audited consolidated balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows for the seven months ended July 31, 2020 (the “Statement Date”, and such audited and unaudited financial statements, collectively, the “Financial Statements”), copies of which have been delivered to Purchasers, fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, the consolidated financial position of Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods presented, subject, with respect to unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures (in case of the unaudited financial statements). As of the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Financial Statements, Issuer and its Subsidiaries have no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to Statement Date and obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required to be reflected in the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of Issuer and its Subsidiaries. Since the Statement Date, no event, circumstance, development or change has occurred that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Material Agreements. As of the Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) hereto, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to its knowledge by which it is bound which may involve (i) future obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, Issuer or a Subsidiary, as applicable, in excess of $1,000,000, (ii) the Transfer or license of any Intellectual Property to or by Issuer or a Subsidiary (other than (A) licenses of “off the shelf” or other standard products or (B) the nonexclusive license of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business pursuant to standard end-user agreements), (iii) provisions restricting the development, manufacture or distribution of Issuer’s products or services, or (iv) indemnification by Issuer or a Subsidiary with respect to infringements of Intellectual Property (such agreements, “Material Agreements”).

4.7 Related Party Matters. There are no arrangements or agreements with Affiliates existing as of the Effective Date that would violate Section 7.7. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 hereto, none of the officers, directors or, to the best of Issuer’s knowledge, key employees or stockholders of Issuer or any Subsidiary or any members of the immediate families of the foregoing, has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person with which Issuer is affiliated or with which Issuer has a business relationship, or any Person that competes with Issuer, other than (i) passive Investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 2.5% of such company) which may compete with Issuer, and (ii) Investments by venture capital funds affiliated with members of the Board in other portfolio companies of such venture capital fund. No officer, director or, to Issuer’s knowledge, stockholder or member of the immediate families of any officer, director or stockholder, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any Material Agreement.

 

4


4.8 Title to Properties and Assets; Liens, Etc. Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to the properties and assets it owns, subject to no Lien other than Permitted Liens. All facilities, machinery, equipment, fixtures, vehicles and other properties owned, leased or used by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are in good operating condition and repair and are reasonably fit and usable for the purposes for which they are being used. With respect to the property and assets it leases, Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with such leases to which it is a party, and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Liens other than Permitted Liens and other than those of the lessors of such property or assets.

4.9 Intellectual Property.

(a) Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to all Intellectual Property necessary for its business as now conducted, without any known infringement of the rights of others. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(a) hereto, there are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the foregoing proprietary rights, nor is Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any kind with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity other than such licenses or agreements arising from the purchase of “off the shelf” or standard products.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(b) hereto, to Issuer’s knowledge, neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any communications alleging that Issuer or such Subsidiary has infringed upon any Intellectual Property of another Person, nor is Issuer aware of any basis therefor.

(c) Issuer is not aware that any of its or its Subsidiaries’ employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to Issuer or its Subsidiary, as applicable, or that would conflict with Issuer’s business as currently conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted.

(d) Neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is not subject to any obligation or condition under any free or open source software that would require that any of its proprietary software (A) be disclosed, distributed, or made available in source code form; (B) be licensed with the permission to create derivative works; or (C) be redistributable at no charge.

4.10 Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation or default of any term of its Operating Documents, or (ii) is in violation or default in any material respect of any material term of any Material Agreement or any material judgement, decree or writ by which it or a material portion of its assets are bound. The execution delivery and performance of this Agreement and the issuance of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes) will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, result in (i) any material violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a material default under any Operating Document, or (ii) any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default in any material respect under, any Material Agreement or judgment or decree or writ by which a material portion of its assets are bound, and will not result in the creation of any Lien on any material portion of the properties or assets of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, other than a Permitted Lien, or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, its respective business or operations or any of its assets or properties.

4.11 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Issuer’s knowledge, currently threatened against Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to Issuer’s knowledge, against any officer or key employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries arising out of his or her employment, that would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in any Material Adverse Effect, or that questions the validity of this Agreement, the other Note Documents, or the right of Issuer to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions pending or, to Issuer’s knowledge, threatened involving the prior employment of any of Issuer’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees, their use in connection with Issuer’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. Neither Issuer nor any Subsidiary is a party or subject to the provisions of any material order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. As of the Closing Date, there is no material action, suit, proceeding or investigation by Issuer currently pending or which Issuer or any Subsidiary intends to initiate. For purposes of the foregoing, “material” shall mean reasonably expected to result in monetary damages in excess of $1,000,000 or otherwise reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, if adversely determined.

 

5


4.12 Tax Returns and Payments. Issuer is a subchapter C corporation. Issuer and its Subsidiaries have each timely filed all income and other material tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by them, and has timely paid all federal state and local Taxes due and payable as of the Effective Date (except (i) in case of state or local taxes, where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) for Taxes duly contested by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, so long as reserves or other appropriate provision is made therefor in accordance with GAAP). Issuer has not been advised in writing (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed adjustment to its federal, state or other Taxes.

4.13 Employees. As of the Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 hereto,

(a) neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries has any collective bargaining agreements with any of its employees;

(b) neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract (other than standard offer letters entered into in the ordinary course of business), deferred compensation arrangement, severance arrangement bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employee compensation plan or agreement;

(c) no employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries has been granted the right to continued employment by Issuer or such Subsidiary or to any material compensation following termination of employment with Issuer or such Subsidiary;

(d) to Issuer’s knowledge, no employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any consultant with whom Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries has contracted, is in material violation of any material term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, Issuer or such Subsidiary; and neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging that any such material violation has occurred;

(e) to Issuer’s knowledge, no officer, key employee or group of employees of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries intends to terminate his, her or their employment with Issuer or such Subsidiary, nor does Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries have any present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees;

(f) there are no actions pending, or to Issuer’s knowledge, threatened, by any former or current employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries concerning such Person’s employment by Issuer or such Subsidiary;

(g) neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is materially delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants, or independent contractors for any material wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, or other direct compensation for any service performed for it or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees, consultants or independent contractors;

(h) Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all applicable state and federal equal employment opportunity laws and with other laws related to employment, including those related to wages, hours and worker classification;

(i) Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries has withheld and paid to the appropriate Governmental Authority or is holding for payment not yet due to such Governmental Authority all amounts required to be withheld from employees of Issuer or such Subsidiary and is not liable for any arrears of wages, taxes, penalties or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing;

(j) the employment of each employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is terminable at the will of Issuer or such Subsidiary;

(k) except as required by law, upon termination of the employment of any such employees, no severance or other payments will become due, and neither Issuer nor any Subsidiary has any policy, practice, plan or program of paying severance pay or any form of severance compensation in connection with the termination of employment services;

(l) each former key employee whose employment was terminated by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into an agreement with Issuer or such Subsidiary providing for the full release of any claims against Issuer or such Subsidiary and any related party arising out of such employment;

 

6


(m) neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries has established, sponsors, maintains or participates in or contributes to any employee benefit plan, which is subject to ERISA, and Issuer or such Subsidiary has made all required contributions and has no liability to any such employee benefit plan, other than ordinary administrative expenses and liability for health plan continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Title I(B) of ERISA;

(n) each current and former employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries has executed a non-solicitation agreement substantially in the form or forms delivered to Purchasers, and Issuer is not aware that any violation of any such agreement;

(o) neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the knowledge of Issuer, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; and there is no strike or other labor dispute involving Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pending, or to Issuer’s knowledge, threatened, which could have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is Issuer aware of any labor organization activity involving the employees of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(p) to Issuer’s knowledge, none of the key employees or directors of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries has been (A) subject to any order, judgment or decree (not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated) of any court of competent jurisdiction permanently or temporarily enjoining him from engaging, or otherwise imposing limits or conditions on his or her engagement in any securities, investment advisory, banking, insurance, or other type of business or acting as an officer or director of a public company; or (B) found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any federal or state securities, commodities, or unfair trade practices law, which such judgment or finding has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated.

4.14 Obligations of Management. As of the Effective Date, each officer and key employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of Issuer or such Subsidiary. As of the Effective Date, Issuer is not aware that any officer or key employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is planning to work less than full time at Issuer or the applicable Subsidiary in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to Issuer’s knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

4.15 Registration Rights and Voting Rights. Except as required pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, Issuer is presently not under any obligation, and has not granted any rights, to register under the Securities Act any of Issuer’s presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may hereafter be issued. To Issuer’s knowledge, except as contemplated in the Voting Agreement, no stockholder of Issuer has entered into any agreement with respect to the voting of equity securities of Issuer.

4.16 Compliance with Laws; Permits. Neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable Requirement of Law, which violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No material consents, approvals or authorization, filing registrations or declarations is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Note Documents or the issuance of the Notes (or the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Notes), except such as have been duly and validly obtained or filed, or with respect to any filings that will be timely made after the Effective Date. Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries has all material franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. Without limitation of the foregoing:

(a) Real Property Holding Corporation. Issuer is not a real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) Investment Company Act. Neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or an “affiliated Person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended.

 

7


(c) Margin Stock. Neither Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin security” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “Margin Stock”). None of the proceeds of issuance of the Notes have been (or will be) used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Note Issuances or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

(d) OFAC; Sanctions. Issuer has not taken or permitted to be taken any action which would reasonably be expected to cause any Note Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board. Neither the issuance of the Notes nor Issuer’s use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the applicable foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Neither Issuer, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to Issuer’s knowledge, any Affiliate of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Issuer, any present holder of Equity Interests of any of the foregoing (i) is, or will become, a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury (“OFAC”) or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or similar sanctions of any other Governmental Authority including of any other applicable jurisdiction, (ii) is located in or resides within any country that is subject to embargo or trade sanctions enforced by OFAC, (iii) is, or will become, a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order, or (iv) engages or will engage in any unlawful dealings or transactions with any such Person.

(e) FCPA; Patriot Act. Issuer and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes has been (or will be) used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

(f) ERISA. No Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in Section 4043 and Section 406 of ERISA, respectively, in each case which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Issuer, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, and Issuer has not failed to meet the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 of ERISA.

(g) Bad Actor. No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”) is applicable to Issuer or, to Issuer’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person, except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “Company Covered Person” means, with respect to Issuer as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

(h) Environmental Laws. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries is and has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (b) there has been no release or threatened release of any pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous material, substance or waste or petroleum or any fraction thereof (each a “Hazardous Substance”), on, upon, into or from any site currently or heretofore owned, leased or otherwise used by Issuer or such Subsidiary; (c) there have been no Hazardous Substances generated by Issuer that have been disposed of or come to rest at any site that has been included in any published U.S. federal, state or local “superfund” site list or any other similar list of hazardous or toxic waste sites published by any Governmental Authority in the United States; and (d) there are no underground storage tanks located on, no polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”) or PCB-containing equipment used or stored on, and no hazardous waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, stored on, any site owned or operated by Issuer, except for the storage of hazardous waste in compliance with Environmental Laws. To the extent such materials exist, Issuer or the applicable Subsidiary has made available to the Purchasers true and complete copies of all material environmental records, reports, notifications, certificates of need, permits, pending permit applications, correspondence, engineering studies and environmental studies or assessments.

(i) Data Privacy. In connection with its collection, storage, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including, without limitation, any customers or employees (collectively “Personal Information”), Issuer is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws in all relevant jurisdictions, Issuer’s privacy policies and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which Issuer is a party. Issuer has

 

8


commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place designed to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. Issuer is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations.

4.17 Offering Valid. Subject to the representations and warranties of Purchasers set forth in Section 5, the offer, sale and issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares (upon conversion of the Notes) will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and will have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. Neither Issuer nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Notes to any Person or Persons so as to bring the sale of such Notes by Issuer within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

4.18 Changes. During the period from the Statement Date through the Effective Date, except as set forth in Schedule 4.18 hereto, there has not been:

(a) any change in the consolidated assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Issuer and its Subsidiaries, except changes in the ordinary course of business that do not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any waiver or compromise by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries of a contractual right with a contract value in excess of $250,000 individually or of a material Indebtedness of another Person owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien on the assets of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or repayment of any Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, except in the ordinary course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) any material change to a Material Agreement by which Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective assets are bound or subject;

(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(g) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h) any Lien created by or arising on any material properties or assets of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Liens;

(i) any loans or guarantees made by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of business or which would constitute a Permitted Investment;

(j) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of Issuer’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by Issuer;

(k) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Intellectual Property other than licensing in the ordinary course of business;

(l) to Issuer’s knowledge, any other event or condition of any character, other than events affecting the economy or Issuer’s industry generally, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m) any arrangement or commitment by Issuer to do any of the things described in this Section 4.18.

4.19 Full Disclosure. Issuer has provided each Purchaser with all information requested in writing by such Purchaser in connection with its decision to purchase the Notes. To Issuer’s knowledge, neither this Agreement, nor the other Note Documents, nor any other document delivered by Issuer to any Purchaser or its counsel or agents in connection herewith or therewith or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact nor, to Issuer’s knowledge, omit to state a material fact necessary in order to

 

9


make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, when taken as a whole, it being recognized by the Purchasers that the projections and forecasts provided by Issuer in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS

Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Issuer, severally and not jointly, as follows (provided that such representations and warranties do not lessen or obviate the representations and warranties of Issuer set forth in this Agreement):

5.1 Requisite Power and Authority. Each Purchaser has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Note Documents and to carry out their provisions. All action on each Purchaser’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Note Documents has been taken. Upon their execution and delivery, this Agreement and the Note Documents will be valid and binding obligations of each Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights, or (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

5.2 Investment Representations. Each Purchaser understands that neither the Notes nor the Conversion Shares have been registered under the Securities Act. Each Purchaser also understands that the Notes are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon such Purchaser’s representations contained in the Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing:

(a) Purchaser Bears Economic Risk. Each Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to Issuer so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Issuer and has the capacity to protect its own interests. Each Purchaser must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless the Notes (or the Conversion Shares) are registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration is available. Each Purchaser also understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available and that, even if available, such exemption may not allow such Purchaser to transfer all or any portion of the Notes or the Conversion Shares under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times such Purchaser might propose. Each Purchaser also understands that no public market now exists for the Notes, the Conversion Shares or any shares of the Common Stock, and that Issuer has made no representation that a public market will ever exist for the Notes, the Conversion Shares or the Common Stock.

(b) Acquisition for Own Account. Each Purchaser is acquiring the Notes and the Conversion Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment only, and not with a view towards their distribution. By executing this Agreement, each Purchaser further represents that such Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to the Notes and the Conversion Shares.

(c) Purchaser Can Protect Its Interest. Each Purchaser represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, such Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, and Note Documents. Further, such Purchaser is aware of no publication of any advertisement in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement.

(d) Accredited Investor. Each Purchaser represents that it is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

(e) Company Information. Each Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss Issuer’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of Issuer and has had the opportunity to review Issuer’s operations and facilities. Each Purchaser has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from, Issuer and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Nothing in this Section 5 limits or modifies the representations and warranties of Issuer in Section 4 or the right of any Purchaser to rely thereon.

 

10


(f) Rule 144. Each Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Notes, and, if issued, the Conversion Shares, are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time and must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Each Purchaser has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, which permits limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things: the availability of certain current public information about Issuer, the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(g) Residence. If any Purchaser is an individual, then such Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of such Purchaser set forth on Schedule 1 hereto; if such Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of such Purchaser in which its investment decision was made is located at the address or addresses of such Purchaser set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

(h) Exculpation Among Purchasers. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, other than Issuer and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in Issuer. Each Purchaser agrees that neither any Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Notes.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

6.1 Legal Existence; Good Standing; Compliance with Laws. Except for transactions permitted by Section 7.3, Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain its legal existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable, and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (x) comply with all Requirements of Law to which it is subject, except where a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (y) obtain all of the Governmental Approvals required in connection with the operation of its business as currently conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and for the performance of its obligations under the Note Documents and comply with all terms and conditions with respect to such Governmental Approvals, except, in each case, where failure to obtain such Governmental Approval or the failure to comply with such Governmental Approvals would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Issuer shall maintain and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain compliance in all material respects with applicable Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws, and shall implement and cause each of its Subsidiaries to implement appropriate policies and procedures designed to promote in all material respects compliance by their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws, and shall not engage in unlawful transactions or dealings with a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country. Issuer shall not (u) become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (v) undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry Margin Stock, or use the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes for that purpose; (w) fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA; (x) permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in Section 4043 and Section 406 of ERISA, respectively, in each case which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Issuer to occur; (y) fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (z) withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates; Holder Meetings.

(a) Financial Statements; Reporting and Notices. Issuer shall deliver to Holders the following:

Monthly Financial Statements. Within 30 days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement (including a statement of cash flows) covering Issuer’s consolidated operations for such month, certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Required Holders, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, except for the absence of footnotes, and subject to normal year-end adjustments;

Quarterly Financial Statements. Within 45 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement (including a statement of cash flows) covering Issuer’s consolidated operations for such fiscal quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, except for the absence of footnotes, and subject to normal year-end adjustments;

 

11


Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than 120 days after the last day of Issuer’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit other than (x) a qualification resulting from an upcoming maturity date or scheduled commitment termination date for any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered and (y) a qualification related solely to the actual or potential inability to comply with a financial maintenance covenant during the period covered or within the applicable time following such report);

Budgets and Financial Projections. (i) Within 60 days after fiscal year end of Issuer, annual financial projections for the fiscal year commenced as approved by the Board, and any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections, and (ii) promptly following Board approval thereof, any Board approved update to such projections;

Quarterly Compliance Certificate. Together with the quarterly financial statements delivered in accordance with subsection (i) above, a duly completed Compliance Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, signed by a Responsible Officer;

Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries an adverse determination of which would reasonably be expected to result in (i) damages or costs to Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries of $1,000,000 or more in the aggregate, (ii) a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) invalidation of any material Intellectual Property;

Valuation Reports; Capitalization Tables. A copy of each 409A valuation report as to Issuer’s capital stock that is approved by the Board following the Effective Date, together with the next Compliance Certificate due after such approval,

Capitalization Table. Following any material change to the fully diluted capitalization of Issuer, an updated capitalization table with the next Compliance Certificate following such change (it being understood and agreed that, for purposes hereof, a “material change” shall mean a change in ownership with respect to capital stock representing in excess of 2.5% of all capital stock of Issuer, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis).

Operating Documents; Financing Documents. Upon any material amendment to Issuer’s Operating Documents, a copy of the Operating Documents as then in effect or upon the consummation of any preferred stock financing or other financing involving the issuance of Equity Interests, a copy of such amended Operating Documents or transaction documents entered into in connection with such financing, as applicable, in each case, within 5 Business Days following the effectiveness thereof;

Revolving Debt Reporting, Notices and Documents. Concurrently with delivery to any holder of Permitted Revolving Indebtedness (if any), a copy of all financial reporting, including any borrowing base certificates and compliance certificates; upon delivery or receipt by Issuer, any material notices pursuant to the documentation relating to such Permitted Revolving Indebtedness; and within three Business Days of effectiveness, copies of any amendments, restatements, waivers, or other modifications to the documentation relating to such Permitted Revolving Indebtedness; and

SPAC Transaction. Not less than ten (10 ) days prior to the effectiveness of a SPAC Transaction, notice thereof and a summary of terms and copies of such transaction documents as Required Holders may reasonably request.

(b) Holder Meetings. Issuer will, within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter, at the request of Required Holders and upon reasonable prior notice, participate in a conference call to review the financial results of the fiscal quarter then ended, as well as prospects of the business of Issuer and its Subsidiaries and any other matters that Required Holders may reasonably wish to discuss.

(c) Electronic Delivery. Information required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) above may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earlier of (i) the date on which Issuer posts such information, or provides a link thereto on Issuer’s website or at www.sec.gov; or (ii) the date on which such information is posted on Issuer’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Purchasers have been granted access; provided that, in each such case, Issuer provides notice to the Purchasers that such information has been posted or provided as set forth herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Holder may by written notice to Issuer elect to forego reporting, notices or other information required in accordance with this Section 6.2 or any other notice or report including non-public information, either for a specified period or until further written notice by such Holder is given, and upon receipt of such notice, Issuer shall discontinue such reporting and notices accordingly.

 

12


6.3 Taxes; Pensions. Issuer shall timely file, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required Tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local Taxes when due, except for (i) deferred payment of any taxes contested in good faith and subject to reserves in accordance with GAAP and (ii) state or local Taxes that, if not paid, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.4 Intellectual Property. Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the owned Intellectual Property that is material to its business; promptly advise Holders in writing of material infringements that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property that is material to the Issuer’s business; and use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any owned Intellectual Property that is material to Issuer’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public.

6.5 Use of Proceeds. Issuer shall use the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes to fund the working capital needs of Issuer and its Subsidiaries and/or to fund its and its Subsidiaries’ general corporate purposes, business requirements and growth initiatives.

6.6 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. If Issuer forms or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any Subsidiary after the Effective Date (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary), or at the written request of the Required Holders with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), Issuer shall (a) promptly, and in any event within 10 days thereof, provide written notice to Holders together with certified copies of the Operating Documents of such Subsidiary, and (b) promptly, and in any event within 30 days of such formation or creation or acquisition (or such later date as the Required Holders may agree) cause such Subsidiary to enter into a Guaranty as Holders may reasonably require. If following any fiscal quarter, Issuer determines that the conditions set forth in the defined term “Immaterial Subsidiaries” are not met with respect to all Subsidiaries then designated as Immaterial Subsidiaries, Issuer shall promptly notify Holders thereof, and, at the request of Required Holders shall designate one or more Subsidiaries to provide a Guaranty with respect to the Obligations, such that after giving effect thereto, the conditions set forth in “Immaterial Subsidiary” are satisfied.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following so long as Obligations remain outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted in writing and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement):

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”) all or any part of its business or property, except for Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Changes in Business. Engage in any business other than the businesses substantially same as the businesses currently engaged in by Issuer and its Subsidiaries, or reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complimentary thereto or a natural extension of the same, without the prior written consent of Required Holders.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate with any other Person, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that (i) any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into any other Subsidiary or Issuer, provided that in any transaction involving (x) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (y) Issuer, such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or Issuer, as applicable, shall be the surviving entity, (ii) Issuer or any Subsidiary may acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of any Subsidiary, provided that such transaction does not result in the transfer of property or capital stock by Issuer or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, (iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may transfer all or substantially all assets if such transaction would constitute a “Permitted Transfer”, and (iv) Issuer may enter into and consummate a transaction resulting in a Change in Control, subject to prepayment in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or become liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, except for Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, or allow or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its property, except for Permitted Liens.

 

13


7.6 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution with respect to, or redeem, retire or purchase any of, its Equity Interests, except for Permitted Distributions; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments.

7.7 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Issuer, except for the following:

(a) transactions that are upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Issuer or its Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person;

(b) bona fide rounds of debt or equity financing by investors in Issuer for capital raising purposes;

(c) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee fees, compensation, expense reimbursement, and other customary benefits including retirement, health, stock option, equity compensation, and other benefit plans and indemnification arrangements approved by the Board;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of any customary stockholder or registration rights agreement approved by the Board;

(e) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options, stock ownership plans or similar arrangements approved by the Board,

(f) any Permitted Distribution,

(g) any Permitted Investment to the extent expressly contemplated by the terms of the applicable clause of the defined term “Permitted Investment” to be a transaction among Affiliates;

(h) any Permitted Transfer to the extent expressly contemplated by the terms of the applicable clause of the defined term “Permitted Transfer” to be a Transfer to an Affiliate;

(i) intercompany transactions between or among Issuer and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries not otherwise restricted by this Agreement.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”):

8.1 Payment Default. Issuer fails to pay (a) outstanding principal, any Exit Fee, or any Applicable Premium, any Default Interest when due in respect of any Note, or (b) any Other Obligations within five (5) Business Days of becoming due in respect of any Note.

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Issuer (i) fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Article 7 hereof, or (ii) fails to deliver Conversion Shares when required in accordance with the Notes and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days following the date such delivery was required; or

(b) Issuer fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in the Note Documents, and as to any such Default (other than those constituting an Event of Default or set forth in subsection (a) above), if such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement is capable of being cured, has failed to cure such Default within thirty days of the occurrence thereof.

8.3 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000, (ii) a notice of Lien or levy is filed against Issuer’s assets, or the assets of any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority in an aggregate amount or fair market value in excess of $1,000,000, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within thirty (30) days, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal; or

 

14


(b) (i) any material portion of Issuer’s assets or the assets of any of its Subsidiaries is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting all or any material part of its business; or (iii) the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control with respect to any deposit or securities account maintained by Issuer with a balance in excess of $1,000,000.

8.4 Insolvency. (a) Issuer and its Subsidiaries, as a whole, are unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or the fair salable value of the assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) of Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds the fair value of liabilities of Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis; (b) Issuer and its Subsidiaries voluntarily commences an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days.

8.5 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which an Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in a principal amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000,000.

8.6 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $5,000,000 shall be rendered against Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within thirty (30) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, or after execution thereof, stayed (or an action of similar effect outside the United States) or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay.

8.7 Misrepresentations. Issuer makes any representation, warranty, or other statement in writing now or later in any Note Document or in any writing delivered to Purchasers or to induce Purchasers to enter the Note Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made.

8.8 Revolving Indebtedness. An “event of default” has occurred pursuant to the Permitted Revolving Indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond the applicable grace period.

9. HOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Required Holders may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.4 occurs, all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Holders). Holders have all rights and remedies provided by applicable law, or in equity. A Holder’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Holders from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and any waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Holders’ delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.2 Demand Waiver. Issuer hereby waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and notice of nonpayment at maturity.

10. NOTICES.

All notices (including a Notice of Conversion), consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to the Note Document must be in writing and (unless expressly provided otherwise in the applicable Note Document) shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, or email address indicated on the signature pages hereto or Schedule 1, as applicable. . Issuer and each Holder may change their respective mailing or electronic mail addresses by giving the other parties hereto written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all reporting and notices in accordance with Section 6.2 shall be delivered exclusively by electronic mail, to the following address: PoshmarkReporting@owlrock.com, unless otherwise notified by a Holder in writing.

 

15


11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Note Documents, this Agreement and the other Note Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Issuer and each Holder hereby (or by acceptance of the applicable Note) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in New York County, City of New York, New York. Each party hereto expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each party hereto hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each party hereto hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Issuer at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by such party in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Issuer’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ISSUER AND EACH HOLDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, ISSUER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM ANY HOLDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted in writing and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied in full. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Issuer may not assign any Note Document or any rights or obligations under it without Required Holders’ prior written consent. Without the consent of the Issuer (which shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld), no Purchaser or any subsequent Holder shall sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Purchaser’s or such Holder’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Note Documents; provided that no consent of Issuer shall be required for any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation or grant of participation (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or (ii) to another Purchaser or Holder, to an Affiliate of the transferring Purchaser or Holder, to its and its Affiliate’s Approved Funds or to a Separately Managed Account of such Purchaser or Holder. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to the contrary, Issuer may withhold its consent to any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation or grant of interest to any Person to any Person deemed by the Issuer’s Board to be a competitor of Issuer or its Subsidiaries. Any sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation or grant of participation in contravention of this Section 12.2 shall be void ab initio.

12.3 Indemnification. Issuer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Holders and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing a Holder (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Holder Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions among Holders and Issuer (collectively, “Claims”), except for (x) Claims and/or losses to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such

 

16


Indemnified Person, (y) Claims resulting from a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnified Person under the Note Documents, and (z) Claims and/or losses to the extent resulting from disputes among or between Indemnified Persons; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to taxes other than any taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc., arising from any non-tax claim. Notwithstanding any provision of the Note Documents to the contrary, no party hereto shall be responsible or liable to any other Person for any special, indirect, consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the terms of this Section or otherwise in connection with the Note Documents, except for indemnification obligations brought by third parties for which Issuer is otherwise liable pursuant to the provisions of this Section. This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Note Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Note Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by Issuer and the Required Holders. Any provision of this Agreement or any Note Document may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of Issuer and the Required Holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Note Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Note Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations among the parties about the subject matter of the Note Documents merge into the Note Documents.

12.5 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations.

12.6 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.7 [Reserved].

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information or materials provided by or on behalf of Issuer to any Holder in connection with or pursuant to the Note Documents (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), Holders shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Holders’ Subsidiaries, Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and legal, tax and accounting advisors in the ordinary course of business and to the extent necessary to monitor and evaluate such Holder’s investment in Issuer (and/or advising such Holder in connection with such purpose); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in any Note (collectively, “Permitted Disclosees”), provided, however, Holders shall obtain any such Permitted Disclosee’s agreement to the terms of this provision or ensure such Permitted Disclosee is bound by confidentiality terms no less restrictive than the terms of this Section 12.9; (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order and in connection with reporting obligations applicable to Holders, including pursuant to the Exchange Act, (d) to Holder’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Holders’ examination or audit; and (e) as Required Holders consider appropriate in exercising remedies under the Note Documents. Confidential Information does not include information that either: (i) to the extent such confidential information is in the public domain or in a Holder’s possession when disclosed to a Holder, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to a Holder; or (ii) is disclosed to Holders by a third party without restricting Holders’ use or disclosure thereof, if a Holder does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Without limitation of the foregoing, except for information with respect to Holders’ investment in the Notes required to be disclosed pursuant to the Exchange Act or other information publicly available due to reporting obligations pursuant to any applicable Requirement of Law, no Holder shall disclose Confidential Information to any direct competitor of Issuer. Each Holder agrees to notify Issuer in writing of any misuse, misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information which has come to its attention. In the event that a Purchaser or any of its Permitted Disclosees receives a request or is required by a Governmental Authority to disclose all or any Confidential Information, such Purchaser or its Permitted Disclosees, as the case may be, agree to (A) immediately notify Issuer of

 

17


the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such request, except to the extent such notification would violate any applicable Requirement of Law, (B) consult with Issuer on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow such request and (C) assist Issuer in seeking a protective order or other appropriate remedy, in each case, at Issuer’s expense. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or that Issuer waives compliance with the provisions hereof, such Holder or its Permitted Disclosees, as the case may be, may disclose to any Governmental Authority only that portion of the Confidential Information which such Holder is advised by counsel is legally required to be disclosed, and such Holder shall exercise reasonable commercial efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

12.10 Publicity. Issuer consents to Purchaser issuing a tombstone and using Issuer’s logo to highlight the transaction in its marketing materials, and agrees to collaborate with Purchaser on a mutually agreeable press releases, at Purchaser’s request, following the Effective Date.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Note Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Tax Treatment. The parties agree to treat the Notes as “equity” for tax purposes in accordance with Section 385(c) of the Code. Each party shall file all federal, state, county and local tax returns and information reporting forms required to be filed consistent with the treatment of the Notes as equity and otherwise in accordance with this Section 12.14, unless otherwise required by a change or clarification of applicable law. Except as otherwise required by law, no party to this Agreement shall take a position inconsistent with the foregoing on any tax return or otherwise.

12.15 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.16 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any Person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any Person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

18


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

ISSUER:
POSHMARK, INC.
By  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name: Manish Chandra
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
[____________________]


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

PURCHASERS:
OR TECH LENDING LLC
By  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name: Alexis Maged
Title: Authorized Signatory


EXHIBIT A

DEFINED TERMS

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls, directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Anti-Terrorism Order” means Executive Order No. 13,224 as of September 24, 2001, Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49,079 (2001), as amended.

Applicable Default Rate” means an annual rate of 20.0%

Applicable Premium” means the following amount, as applicable:

(a) In case of a repayment on or prior to the one year anniversary of the Effective Date, $8,823,529.41;

(b) In case of a repayment after the one year anniversary of the Effective Date but no later than the two year anniversary of the Effective Date, $12,500,000.00; and

(c) In case of a repayment after the two year anniversary of the Effective Date, $16,666,666.67

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Holder or Purchaser, any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and is administered, advised or managed (including pursuant to a separately managed account) on an exclusive discretionary basis by (a) such Holder or Purchaser, (b) any Affiliate of such Holder or Purchaser or (c) any entity or any Affiliate of any entity that administers, advises or manages such Holder or Purchaser.

Board” means the Issuer’s board of directors.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein; (d) (i) demand deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition, (ii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one (1) year from the date of acquisition, and (iii) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000 and (e) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Change in Control” means any of the following (or any combination of the following) whether arising from any single transaction or event or series of related transactions or events that, individually or in the aggregate, resulting in: (a) the holders of Issuer’s Equity Interests representing at least a majority of Issuer’s total outstanding combined voting power of Issuer’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date, ceasing to own a majority of the outstanding combined voting power of Issuer’s Equity Interests; or (b) any “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of Equity Interests of Issuer ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “Person” or “group” to elect a majority of the members of the Board, who did not have such power before such transaction, provided that a formation of a holding company or other corporate restructuring as a result of which the majority of Issuer’s total outstanding combined voting power

 

A-1


shall remain owned by the same holders as immediately prior to such restructuring, shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately upon the effectiveness thereof, any new holding company or parent shall enter into a Guaranty with respect to the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SPAC Transaction shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.

Code” means Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

Common Equity” of any Person means, if such Person is a corporation, all common stock of such Person (including voting, limited voting and non-voting stock) or, if such Person is not a corporation, the equivalent equity interests of such Person.

Common Stock” means shares of common stock of Issuer, par value $0.0001 per share.

Contingent Obligation” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Conversion Shares” means the shares of Common Equity that are listed on a Recognized Trading Market in connection with a Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, of Issuer, and which are deliverable upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes.

Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Default” means any circumstance, event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Environmental Laws” means any law, regulation, or other applicable requirement relating to (a) releases or threatened release of Hazardous Substance; (b) pollution or protection of employee health or safety, public health or the environment; or (c) the manufacture, handling, transport, use, treatment, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person, any of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person, any of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and any of the other ownership, membership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2


Excluded Subsidiary” means (i) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (ii) any Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a Guaranty by such Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences, or violation of any applicable Requirement of Law, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary that (x) owns material Intellectual Property, or (y) is a guarantor or co-borrower with respect Permitted Revolving Indebtedness, shall be deemed an Excluded Subsidiary.

Exit Fee” means, with respect to each Note, a fee in an amount equal to 33.3% of the principal amount outstanding under such Note.

Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

Governmental Approval” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor” means any Person guaranteeing the Obligations from time to time.

Guaranty” means a guaranty with respect to the Obligations, in form and substance satisfactory to Required Holders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Holder” means any holder of Notes, from time to time.

Holder Expenses” are all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, and expenses incurred by Purchasers or Holders from time to time (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Note Documents (or in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Purchaser or Holder with respect to the Note Documents.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated in writing as such by Issuer, satisfying the following conditions: (i) cash and other assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate do not exceed 15% of consolidated assets of Issuer, in each case, determined as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter then ended for which financial statements are available; and (ii) revenue for all Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate, does not exceed 15% of consolidated revenue of Issuer for such period, in each case, determined by reference to the most recent fiscal quarter then ended for which financial statements are available. As of the Effective Date, each of Poshmark India Private LTD and Poshmark Canada Inc. are designated as Immaterial Subsidiaries.

Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness: (i) accruals for (A) payroll and (B) other non-interest bearing liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the

 

A-3


seller of such asset, (iii) trade accounts payable, deferred revenues, liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits and other accrued obligations (including transfer pricing and accruals for payroll and other operating expenses), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) operating leases (including, without limitation, real property leases that, pursuant to GAAP, would not be classified and accounted for as a balance sheet liability), (v) customary obligations under employment agreements and deferred compensation and (vi) prepaid or deferred revenue and deferred tax liabilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, all leases of Issuer and its Subsidiaries that are treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP as of December 31, 2018, shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases and not as capital lease obligations regardless of any change to GAAP following such date which would require otherwise; provided that nothing in this sentence shall affect Issuer’s financial reporting obligations as set forth in the Note Documents.

Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, and operating manuals;

(c) source code;

(d) design rights;

(e) claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Investment” means any acquisition of a beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investor Rights Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2017, by and among Issuer and the investors party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Lien” means a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Issuer; (ii) the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations; or (iii) the ability of Holders to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to any Obligations.

Maturity Date” means September 14, 2023.

Note Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, and any other present or future agreement to which Issuer is a party in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligations” means all outstanding principal under the Notes, and any Exit Fee, Applicable Premium, and Other Obligations, as applicable.

Operating Documents” means, for any Person, such Person’s organizational documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of formation, organization or incorporation, as applicable, on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, as amended

 

A-4


or restated from time to time not in contravention of this Agreement and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement or operating agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments, restatements and modifications thereto.

Other Obligations” means the Holder Expenses, any Default Interest, and any other fees, expenses or other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Note Documents.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same and all rights therein provided by international treaties or conventions.

Permitted Distributions” means:

(a) any conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of Issuer into other Equity Interests of Issuer (including conversion of convertible securities in accordance with their respective terms) and any conversion of the Notes and payment of Obligations in accordance with the Note Documents;

(b) the payment of dividends solely in Common Stock by Issuer and the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares and “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options;

(c) the repurchase by Issuer of its stock from former employees, directors or consultants, provided that such repurchases do not, in the aggregate exceed $5,000,000 per fiscal year;

(d) any dividends, distributions or other payments by a Subsidiary to Issuer;and

(e) any other distributions in an amount of $1,000,000 per fiscal year.

Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) each Issuer’s Indebtedness to a Holder under the Note Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing as of the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 7.4 hereto;

(c) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding in connection with equipment financing secured by a Lien permitted by clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens”;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) the Permitted Revolving Indebtedness;

(g) Indebtedness arising in connection with permitted intercompany Investments;

(h) Indebtedness in connection with the deemed financing of insurance premiums arising as a result of the payment of such premiums in installments in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness owed to any Person (including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued for the benefit of such Person) providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(j) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(k) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and similar arrangements in connection with deposit accounts in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(l) reimbursement obligations pursuant to corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

A-5


(m) guarantees by Issuer of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness would constitute Permitted Indebtedness if Issuer were the primary obligor with respect thereto, and (ii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such guarantee must be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on the same terms; and

(n) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments, restatements and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (b) and (n) of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the terms thereof, excluding the principal amount, are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Issuer or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 7.4 hereto

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents and bank deposits;

(c) Investments consisting of repurchases of Issuer’s Equity Interests from former employees, officers and directors of Issuer to the extent permitted as a Permitted Distribution;

(d) Investments not to exceed $1,000,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans not involving the net transfer of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of Equity Interests of Issuer pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by the Board;

(e) Investments consisting of accounts receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business;

(f) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(g) guarantees of Permitted Indebtedness;

(h) Investments accepted in connection with a Permitted Transfer;

(i) Investments constituting deposits and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business and deposits described in the definition of the term “Permitted Liens”;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this clause (j) shall not apply to Investments of Issuer in any Subsidiary;

(k) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Investments by Issuer or any Subsidiary consisting of the creation and ownership in Equity Interests in their respective Subsidiaries;

(m) Investments among Issuer and Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate amount of Investments and payments pursuant to cost-plus, transfer pricing or similar intercompany arrangements by Issuer or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor in or to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall not exceed (i) $10,000,000 in aggregate during the period from the Effective Date through the one year anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) $15,000,000 in aggregate during the period from the one year anniversary of the Effective Date through the two year anniversary of the Effective Date, and (iii) $20,000,000 in aggregate during the period from the two year anniversary of the Effective Date through the date the Obligations are repaid in full;

(n) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Issuer do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(o) Investments consisting of repurchases of Issuer’s Equity Interests as contemplated by, and in compliance with, clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Distributions”; and

(p) any other Investment in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 per fiscal year.

Permitted Liens” means:

 

A-6


(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule 7.5 hereto or arising under the Note Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Issuer maintains adequate reserves on its books;

(c) Liens securing Indebtedness not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business of such Person, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of business of such Person;

(e) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business, and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(f) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(g) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(h) Licenses of Intellectual Property described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Transfers”;

(i) Liens and customary rights of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks with respect to deposit accounts and of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or similar statutes or equivalents thereof in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;

(j) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements relating solely to operating leases for personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) security deposits paid to landlords in the ordinary course of business securing leases and subleases permitted hereunder;

(m) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Issuer’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secured standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(n) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by Issuer of any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(o) Liens in favor of insurers (or other Persons financing the payment of insurance premiums) for premiums payable in respect of insurance policies in connection Indebtedness described in clause (h) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(p) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, restrictions arising mandatorily by any applicable Requirement of Law;

(q) Liens attaching solely to cash or Cash Equivalents earnest money deposits in connection with an acquisition of property not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(r) Liens consisting of restrictions arising in connection with repurchase agreements constituting Permitted Investments;

(s) Liens created in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods and, in connection with any Permitted Transfer, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to the sale or transfer pending completion thereof;

 

A-7


(t) an escrow agent’s Lien granted in connection with any Permitted Investment;

(u) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual arrangements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with Issuer of any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(v) (i) pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business (including such deposits to secure letters of credit for such purpose) and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Issuer or any Subsidiary;

(w) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by the Requirements of Law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(x) Liens on property of Issuer or any Guarantor securing the Permitted Revolving Indebtedness; and

(y) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of Liens described in clause (a) of Permitted Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase (other than accreted interest).

Permitted Revolving Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Issuer and any Guarantor pursuant to a revolving loan facility, provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding shall at no time exceed $45,000,000.

Permitted Transfers” means any transfer made by Issuer or any Subsidiary, as applicable consisting of:

(a) sales of inventory or immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and licenses that would not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States in the ordinary course of business;

(c) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus equipment in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Transfers consisting of the granting of Permitted Liens and the making of Permitted Investments and other Transfers that are explicitly permitted by Section 7;

(e) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Note Documents;

(f) (i) Transfers to Issuer or any Guarantor and (ii) Transfers by any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party;

(g) Transfers that constitute Permitted Distributions;

(h) Transfers of accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof;

(i) to the extent constituting a Transfer, transactions permitted by Section 7.3;

(j) Transfers resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of Issuer or any Subsidiary;

(k) the lapse or abandonment of any registrations or applications for registration of Intellectual Property no longer used or useful in the conduct of business of Issuer and its Subsidiaries or to the extent no longer economically desirable in the conduct of their business;

(l) the surrender or waiver of contractual rights and settlement or waiver of contractual or litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; and

 

A-8


(m) other Transfers of assets (other than Intellectual Property or other proprietary information) having a fair market value of not more than $100,000 per fiscal year.

For the avoidance of doubt, the sale of Equity Interests of Issuer by Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a “Transfer” by Issuer of its property restricted by Section 7.1.

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Preferred Stock” means preferred stock of Issuer, par value $0.0001 per share.

Qualified Direct Listing” means the registration of any of shares of Common Equity of Issuer by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that registers shares of Common Equity for resale, and following which the shares of Common Equity of Issuer are listed for trading on a Recognized Trading Market, the reference price per share of which, as set by the Recognized Trading Market on the Business Day immediately prior to the first Trading Day in connection with such listing, shall be at least equal to a price per share equal to the quotient of (x) $1,100,000,000, divided by (y) the total number of shares of Common Equity outstanding or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all then-outstanding exercisable or convertible securities or reserved for future issuance pursuant to any equity incentive plan as of such date.

Qualified IPO” means a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Equity for the account of the Issuer in which (A) the per share price to the public of such offering is equal to at least the quotient of (x) $1,100,000,000, divided by (y) the total number of shares of Common Equity outstanding or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all then-outstanding exercisable or convertible securities or reserved for future issuance pursuant to any equity incentive plan, and (B) the gross cash proceeds to Issuer (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $120,000,000, provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing amount shall not include the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, and (C) Issuer’s shares have been listed for trading on a Recognized Trading Market.

Recognized Trading Market” means the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market.

Required Holders” means, as of any date of determination, the Holders representing at least a majority in principal amount of Notes outstanding.

Requirement of Law” means as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer” means with respect to any Person, any of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and Controller of such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Responsible Officer herein shall be a reference to a Responsible Officer of Issuer.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or other Sanctions.

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by OFAC or other relevant U.S. sanctions authority.

Sanctions and Anti-Corruptions Laws” means applicable Sanctions, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions, in each case, as in effect from time to time.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-9


Separately Managed Account” means Separately Managed Account” means, with respect to any Purchaser or Holder, any managed account that is administered, advised or managed on an exclusive discretionary basis by such Purchaser or Holder or any Affiliate of such Purchaser or Holder.

SPAC Transaction” means an acquisition, merger or other business combination between Issuer and a special purpose acquisition company, provided that (i) the surviving entity shall be Issuer and (ii) the transaction shall result in shares of Common Equity of Issuer being listed on a Recognized Trading Market.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other Equity Interests having ordinary voting power (other than Equity Interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) over the selection of the Board or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Issuer.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Issuer connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Voting Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2017, by and among Issuer and certain stockholders party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Additionally, the following defined terms have the meaning ascribed thereto in the referenced Section of this Agreement:

 

Defined Term

  

Section

409A Plan    4.3(f)
Agreement    Preamble
Claims    12.3
Company Covered Person    4.16(g)
Compliance Certificate    6.2(a)(v)
Confidential Information    9.12
Default Interest    2.4(c)
Disqualification Event    4.16(g)
Effective Date    Preamble
Event of Default    8
Financial Statements    4.5
Foreign Holder    2.5(e)(ii)
Hazardous Substances    4.16(h)
Indemnified Person    12.3
Issuer    Preamble
Margin Stock    4.16(c)
Material Agreements    4.6
Note    2.1
OFAC    4.16(d)
PCB    4.16(h)
Permitted Disclosee    9.12

 

A-10


Personal Information    4.16(i)
Plan    4.3(a)
Purchaser    Preamble
Statement Date    4.5
Transfer    7.1
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate    2.5(e)(ii)(3)

 

A-11


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTE


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Date:

Reference is made to that certain Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”), and the purchasers set forth on Schedule 1 thereto (in each case, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, a “Purchaser”, and collectively, “Purchasers”). All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As a Responsible Officer, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) the financial statements delivered herewith are prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, except for the absence of footnotes, and subject to normal year-end adjustments. except for qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and (ii) and no Event of Default exists as of the date hereof.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements    Monthly, within 30 days    Yes    No
Quarterly financial statements    Quarterly, within 45 days    Yes    No
Annual audited financial statement    Annually, within 120 days of fiscal year end    Yes     No    N/A
Annual budget and financial projections    Annually, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, and promptly upon Board approval of any update thereto    Yes     No    N/A
409A valuations    With Compliance Certificate, if applicable    Yes     No    N/A
Legal Action Notice    Promptly    Yes     No    N/A
Updated Capitalization Table    Upon material change to fully diluted capitalization (>2.5% change of FDSO)    Yes     No    N/A
Changes to Operating Documents; Financing Documents    Within 5 Business Days    Yes     No    N/A
Revolving Debt Reporting, Notices and Documents    Within 3 Business Days    Yes     No    N/A

Other Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Stock Repurchases    Not to exceed $5,000,000 / year    $    Yes    No
Other Distributions    Not to exceed $1,000,000 / year    $    Yes    No
Employee Advances    Not to exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time    $    Yes    No
Equipment Financing    Not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time    $    Yes    No
Investments in non-Guarantor Subsidiaries   

Not to exceed

(i) $10,000,000 in months 1-12

(ii) $15,000,000 in months 13-24

(iii) $20,000,000 in months 25-36

   $    Yes    No

Maximum Revolving Indebtedness

   Not to exceed $45,000,000 outstanding at any time    $    Yes    No    N/A


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE]

 

ISSUER:
POSHMARK, INC.
By                                                                            
Name:                                                                            
Title:                                                                            


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

[Agreed form to be attached]


SCHEDULE 1

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

PURCHASER

   COMMITMENT   

ADDRESS

OR TECH LENDING LLC

   $50,000,000   

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

c/o OR TECH LENDING LLC

399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Bryan Cole

        Email: bryan@owlrock.com

TOTAL

   $50,000,000   


THIS SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OR CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE OR SOLD UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS SHALL BE EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS AVAILABLE IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH OFFER OR SALE.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED BY HOLDER, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 12.2 OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

Principal Amount: $50,000,000    Issue Date: September 15, 2020

SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”), hereby promises to pay to OR TECH LENDING LLC (together with its successors and registered assigns, “Holder”), all principal amount, together with Exit Fee or Applicable Premium (each, if applicable) and any other amounts due in accordance with the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) on the Maturity Date or such earlier date that the Obligations are accelerated in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, unless converted in accordance with the terms hereof.

1. Purchase Agreement. This Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Note”) is issued pursuant to that certain Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Issuer and each of the Purchasers (as defined therein), and is subject to the terms thereof. Unless otherwise defined in this Note, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

2. Payment. Unless converted in accordance with Section 3, Issuer shall pay all principal, any Exit Fee, Applicable Premium or Other Obligations, each, as applicable, when due in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Purchase Agreement. Principal amount converted in accordance with this Note and the Purchase Agreement shall be deemed satisfied in full. Amounts not paid in cash (or converted) when due in accordance with the Purchase Agreement or this Note, shall be subject to Default Interest, as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement. Except for Default Interest, this Note and the Obligations with respect to this Note shall not accrue interest. This Note is subject to restrictions on prepayment as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

3. Automatic Conversion upon Qualified IPO or Qualified Direct Listing; Conversion at Holder’s Election upon Certain Other Events.

3.1 In case of a Qualified IPO or Qualified Direct Listing, this Note shall be automatically, and with no further action on the part of Issuer or Holder, converted into fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares, as set forth in this Section 3.

3.2 In connection with a SPAC Transaction, at the election of the Required Holders pursuant to a Notice of Conversion in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, on or prior to the effective date of the SPAC Transaction, this Note shall be converted into fully-paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares, as set forth in this Section 3.

3.3 In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2, (i) Issuer’s obligations under this Note and the Purchase Agreement shall be terminated in full, other than Issuer’s obligation to deliver the Conversion Shares, as set forth in this Section 3, and this Note shall cease to be outstanding, (ii) Holder shall promptly deliver written instructions to Issuer for delivery of the Conversion Shares and cash in lieu of fractional shares; provided, that failure to promptly deliver instructions for delivery of the Conversion Shares or cash in lieu of fractional shares shall not release Issuer of its obligations in connection with any conversion of the Note hereunder; (iii) Issuer shall pay any transfer, stamp or similar Tax due on the issuance or delivery of the Conversion


Shares upon conversion, except any such transfer, stamp or similar tax that is due because Holder requests those shares to be registered in a name other than Holder’s name, in which case Issuer shall not be required to make any such issuance or delivery of the Conversion Shares, upon conversion unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance or delivery has paid to Issuer the amount of any such transfer, stamp or similar tax or has established, to the satisfaction of Issuer, that such transfer, stamp or similar tax has been paid or is not payable. and (iv) Holder shall surrender this Note as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the Conversion Date, provided that Issuer’s obligation to deliver the Conversion Shares shall not be conditioned upon surrender of the original Note by Holder. Delivery of Conversion Shares shall, unless otherwise requested in writing by Holder, be by means of delivery of book entry shares to the account of Holder or to the account of the securities intermediary of Holder for the benefit of Holder, in each case, pursuant to the instructions provided pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

3.4 On each Trading Day during the Settlement Period, Issuer shall deliver a number of Conversion Shares equal to the quotient of one-tenth (1/10) of the outstanding principal amount of this Note divided by the applicable Conversion Price; provided that delivery of such Conversion Shares may be delayed until the Trading Day after Issuer receives written delivery instructions as described in Section 3.3(ii).

3.5 No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of this Note. As to any fraction of a share which Holder would otherwise be entitled to receive such conversion, Issuer shall at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Conversion Price or round up to the next whole share. The Conversion Shares delivered in accordance with the foregoing shall be free of restrictive legends and trading restrictions.

3.6 If after the date the Reference Price is determined, Issuer makes any dividend or distribution in respect of the Common Equity that is listed on a Recognized Trading Market in connection with a Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, of Issuer, or combines or subdivides such Common Equity, in each case, prior to the completion of the Settlement Period, the Conversion Price shall be ratably adjusted in accordance with the increase or decrease to the number of shares of such Common Equity outstanding on a fully diluted basis in connection with such transaction. In case of any change to the Conversion Price in accordance with the foregoing, Issuer shall promptly deliver Holder a notice setting forth a detailed calculation with respect to the resulting change.

3.7 For purposes of this Section 3 and the Note Documents, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Applicable Discount Rate” means:

(a) If the Conversion Effective Date occurs prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date, eighty-five percent (85%);

(b) If the Conversion Effective Date occurs on or after the one year anniversary of the Issue Date but prior to the two year anniversary of the Issue Date, eighty percent (80%); and

(c) If the Conversion Effective Date occurs on or after the two year anniversary of the Issue Date, seventy-five percent (75%).

Conversion Effective Date” means, (i) in case of a Qualified IPO, the date of the closing of the initial sale of shares of Common Equity pursuant to such Qualified IPO, (ii) in case of a Qualified Direct Listing, the fifth Trading Day immediately following the date of settlement of the initial trade of shares of Common Equity following such Qualified Direct Listing, and (iii) in case of a SPAC Transaction, subject to Required Holders’ election to convert, the Trading Day immediately following the effective date of a merger consummated in connection therewith.

Conversion Price” shall mean, the applicable Reference Price, multiplied by the Applicable Discount Rate.

 

2


Daily VWAP” shall mean the per share volume-weighted average price as reported by Bloomberg, LP in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Equity that is listed on a Recognized Trading Market in connection with a Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by Issuer). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

Reference Price” shall mean (i) in case of a Qualified IPO, the per share price for which shares of Common Equity are initially offered in the Qualified IPO as reflected in the final prospectus in such Qualified IPO, (b) in case of a Qualified Direct Listing, the simple arithmetic average Daily VWAP for each of the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on the date of settlement of the initial trade of shares of Common Equity, the date of settlement of the initial shares of Common Equity that are listed on a Recognized Trading Market in connection a Qualified Direct Listing following the Direct Listing, and (c) in case of a SPAC Transaction, the price per share of the successor entity that is established in connection with such SPAC Transaction.

Settlement Period” shall mean ten (10) consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the Conversion Effective Date.

Trading Day” shall be each Monday through Friday, other than any day on which securities are not traded in the system or on the exchange that is the principal market for the Common Equity that are listed on a Recognized Trading Market in connection with a Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, of Issuer.

4. Transfer. This Note may not be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, by Holder, except as expressly permitted by Section 12.2 of the Purchase Agreement.

4.1 If this Note is to be transferred as permitted under this Note and Section 12.2 of the Purchase Agreement, in whole or in part, Holder shall surrender this Note to Issuer, whereupon Issuer will issue and deliver a new Note to the transferee (in accordance with Section 4.4), representing the principal amount of this Note being transferred by Holder and, if less than the entire principal amount of this Note held by Holder is being transferred, a new Note (in accordance with Section 4.4) to Holder, representing the portion of the principal amount not being transferred (each, a “Replacement Note” and collectively, the “Replacement Notes”).

4.2 This Note is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by Holder at the principal office of Issuer, for one or more Replacement Notes representing in the aggregate the principal amount of this Note in accordance with Section 4.4. Each such Replacement Note will represent such portion of such principal amount as is designated by Holder at the time of such surrender.

4.3 Upon receipt by Issuer of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Issuer of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by Holder to Issuer in customary form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, Issuer shall execute and deliver to Holder a Replacement Note (in accordance with Section 4.3).

4.4 Whenever Issuer is required to issue a Replacement Note pursuant to the terms of this Note, such Replacement Note (i) shall be of like tenor with this Note, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, the principal amount of such Note (or, in the case of a Replacement Note being issued pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2), the principal amount designated by Holder which, when added to the aggregate principal amount represented by the other Replacement Notes issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the principal amount under this Note immediately prior to such issuance of Replacement Notes), (iii) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, which is the same as the Issuance Date of this Note, (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Note and (v) shall be timely prepared and issued by Issuer, but in no event shall Issuer issue such Replacement Note more than ten (10) Business Days after surrender of this Note or the receipt of the evidence reasonably satisfactory to Issuer pursuant to Section 4.2, as the case may be.

 

3


5. Rule 144. With a view to making available to Holder the benefits of Rule 144 (or its successor rule) promulgated under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144”) to sell Conversion Shares delivered to Holder upon conversion of this Note, Issuer agrees, at Issuer’s sole expense, to:

(a) after the consummation of the Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports and other documents (other than Current Reports on Form 8-K) required of Issuer under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act so long as (1) Issuer remains subject to such requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, (2) the filing of such reports and other documents is required to satisfy the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c)(1), and (3) it is necessary for the Issuer to satisfy the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c)(1) for the Holder to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (assuming the Holder is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer’s, and that has not been an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer’s during the immediately preceding three months);

(b) furnish to Holder as promptly as practicable at Buyer’s request, (i) a written statement by Issuer that it has complied in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 144(c)(1)(i) and (ii), and (ii) such other information, if any, as may be reasonably requested to permit Holder to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration, in each case, so long as (1) Holder owns such Conversion Shares, (2) Issuer is required to file with the SEC reports and other documents under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, (3) the filing of such reports and other documents is required to satisfy the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c)(1), and (4) it is necessary for the Issuer to satisfy the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c)(1) for the Holder to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (assuming the Holder is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer’s, and that has not been an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer’s during the immediately preceding three months); and

(c) take such additional action as is reasonably requested by Holder to enable Holder to sell the Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144, including, without limitation, delivering all such legal opinions consents, certificates, resolutions and instructions to Issuer’s transfer agent as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Holder and otherwise provide reasonable cooperation to Holder and Holder’s broker to effect such sale of securities pursuant to Rule 144.

6. Antitrust Approvals. If any notifications, filings or approvals are required to be obtained under any law that is designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions or transactions having the purpose or effect of monopolization, restraint of trade, harm to competition or effectuating foreign investment (an “Antitrust Law”) that are applicable to the conversion of the Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3, then, prior to the consummation of any Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, each of the Issuer and the Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under any applicable laws to make such notifications or filings and to obtain such approvals as promptly as reasonably practicable. In such event, each of the Issuer and the Holder shall cooperate with the other party’s legal advisors in the preparation and filing of any documentation, notifications, filings, registrations, submissions and other materials required or necessary under any applicable Antitrust Law and providing, within a reasonable time, all documents and information necessary to prepare and make any such filing prior to the consummation of any Qualified IPO, Qualified Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction. Issuer and Holder shall timely provide all information, documents and statements required by the applicable governmental authorities for the analysis of any such filing. All filings made pursuant to any applicable Antitrust Laws shall be made in substantial compliance with the requirements of such Antitrust Laws and any other applicable Laws. Each of the Issuer and the Holder shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any required filings under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other applicable Antitrust Laws to be considered for grant of “early termination” or the equivalent thereof. Issuer and Holder shall cooperate with each other in connection with the foregoing and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry of any governmental authority under any applicable Antitrust Law.

7. Waivers. Issuer hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note.

 

4


8. Headings. The headings in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

9. Choice of Law; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver. Sections 9, 10 and 11 of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference mutatis mutandis.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Note as of the date first above written.

 

ISSUER:
POSHMARK, INC.
By:  

/s/ Manish Chandra

Name:   Manish Chandra
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Acknowledged:
HOLDER:
OR TECH LENDING LLC
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

The undersigned, representing the Required Holders, on behalf of all Holders hereby elects to convert all principal under the Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Notes of POSHMARK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”), into the Conversion Shares, of Issuer, as of the date written below.

Conversion Effective Date: [___________]

Number of Conversion Shares to be issued:

Signature:                                                                          

Name:                                                                                

Address for Delivery of Common Stock Certificates:

Or

DWAC Instructions:

Broker No:                                 

Account No:                              

Exhibit 16.1

 

LOGO   

Ernst & Young LLP

303 Almaden Blvd.

San Jose, CA 95110

  

Tel: +1 408 947 5500

Fax: +1 408 947 4975

ey.com

December 15, 2020

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have read the “Changes in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” section in response to Item 304(a) in Form S-1 of Poshmark, Inc. and are in agreement with the statements contained in this section therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Poshmark, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Poshmark Pty Ltd.    Australia
Poshmark Canada Inc.    Canada
Poshmark India Private Limited    India

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Poshmark, Inc. of our report dated September 25, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Poshmark, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers L.L.P.

San Jose, California

December 17, 2020